HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA From Nile 10 Niger will! IlIe Je~vs JOSEPH ]. WILLIAMS, S.)., PH.D., LITT.D. r~J1ow of the Royal Geographical and the American Geographical Societies. Member of the International I.nstitute of African Languages and Cultures, Member of the Catholic Anthropological Conference. Author of Whisprri1lgs 01 the Caribbt(m, etc. etc. LINCOLN MAC VEAGH THE ,D I ALP RES S NEW YORK MCMXXX LONGMAN!, GREEN & CO., TOR-ONTO COPYRIGHT, 1930, BY JOSEPH J. WILLIAMS ( MANUFACTURED IN THE UNITED STATES OP AMERICA BY THE VAIL-BALLOU PRESS, INC., lIINOHAMTON. N. Y. 30 101-1- -+- ('\ 0'1 I .".... I . ·1F·ot~ I L -"12'[··' (f. ... h;i'fJ"1:l: 1[*1? I 10' 301----\ 2f 'f 6f Sf 'S(J;6l.i<-;{. r I"{ . 130 40° 30· 20" HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA , . CONTENTS PAGE INTRODVCTION-ASHANTI INFLUENCE ON JAMAICA CUSTOMS Jamaica Negroes-African Siaves-Koromantyns-Bryan Ed- wards' Account-Slave Rebellion of I760-Grewsome Repris- als-New York Parallel-Koromantyn Illdifference to Death- Branding of Slaves-Timidity of Eboes-Bravado of Koro- mantyns-Dominant Influence in Jamaica-Origin of Koroman- tyns-"11emeneda Koromante"-Ashanti Defeat at Koromante -Prisoners of \Var-Slavery for Debt-Koromantyns: Generi- cally Gold Coast Slaves-Specifically Ashanti-Leaders of Ma- roons-Sir \Vrn. Butler's Testimony-Confirmation of Folk- Lore-Anancy Tales-Nanas-Fufu Yams-Sensey Fowls- Proverbs-Funeral Customs-Hebrewisms in Jamaica-Hayti- Virgin Islands-Sir Harry Johnston's View-Grave Offering -Koromantyn Accompong-Ashanti Nyankopon-Witchcraft -Voodooism-Obeah-Duppies and Mmotia-Oratory-Songs -Jamaican Superiority-Encomium of the Ashanti-Jamaica Peasantry-Cleanliness-Conclusion 1. THE ASHANTI OF "VEST AFRICA Admirers :-Captain Newland-Lord Wolscley-Swan7y-Du- puis-Oaridge-Theories of Ashanti Origin-From Egypt: Ar- cin-From the North: Sir John Hay-MacDonald-Captain Rattray-Cardtnall-Ratzel-From the East: Johnston-Mock- ler-Ferryman-P. Amaury Talbot-Ethnic Criteria-Dixon -Pittard-Haddon-Summary of Claridge-Contention of Bowditch-Scoffed at by Freeman-General Theory-Infiltra- tion from Egypt-Parallel Customs-Religious Observances- Legal Procedure-Architecture-Names-Freeman's Admission -Stanley's Observations-Ashanti Stools-Scroll-Work-San- dais-CardinalI's Impressions-Conclusions II. ASHANTI HEBREWISMS J . 43 Jamaica Obeah-Implements of Obeah-Make Obi-Poison and Fear-Bottle Witchcraft-Suggestion from Philo-Conclu- sion of Deane-Semitic Influence-Religious Dance-"Amen" -Vowel Value-Patriarchal System-Ashanti Stool-Symhol of Authority-Chair of Moses-Chair of Elias-Enthrone- ment of CQnyonk-Jews of Caifomfnu-Language Indications- Verbal Ingrafts-Derivation of Ashanti-Endogamy-Cross- Cousin 1-farriages-Familial Names-Marriage Rite-Unclean- ness after Child-birth-Purification Ceremony-Menstrual Se- clusion-Ceremonial Ablutions-Dupuis' Account-Yahoodce- Sudanese Jews-Summary v vi CONTENTS III. THE SUPREME BEING OF THE ASHANTI Assertion of Ellis-Refutation of Rattray-Partial Retracta- tion-Rattray as an Authority-Supreme Being of the Ashanti -Mixed Religion-Judaism-Idols of Canaan-Hebrew 1[000- theism-Divided Service-Rattray's Views-Ashanti Nyame- Identification with Yahweh-Testimony of Queen-).Iothers- Rattray's Argument-Ashanti Proverbs-Priests of Nyame -Redeemer-Ta Kora-Ashanti Myth-Semitic Heathenism- Ashanti Religion-Sterility a Curse-Nyame is Yahweh-Al- tar to Nyame-Breastplate-Misnefet-Vestige of High Priest -Grebo Bodia-Ashanti Osene-Twelve Tribes-Hebrew Tribes-Parallel to Elias-Ashanti New Year Festival- Feast of Tabernacles-Ashanti Parallelisms-Taboo Violated- Ashanti Ntoro-Hebrew Torah-Natural Law-Conclusions IV. OTHER HEBREWISMS IN WEST AFRICA 93 Purport-Racial Deterioration-Cult of the Dead-Demons' Feast-Floggings-New l\1oon-\Vriting-Oath-Drink-Mes- sias-Black ]ews-\Vilson's Observations-Diaboli and Dae- monia-Circumcision-Duodecimal Tribal Division-Exogamy -Blood Sprinkling-Mourning Customs-Obsess ions-Tradi- tional Practices-Other Testimonies-Priestly Garb-Legal Defilement-Jewish Octave-Adultery-Parallelisms-Funeral Customs-Sabbath Rest-Human Sacritice-Le\'irate Marriages -Vestiges-Glass Making-Magic Lore-Egyptian Influence- Long-Horned Cattle-Yorubas-Hausa-Ancient :\.Ianufac- tures-vVindow Shutters-Summary-Tribal Culture-Culture Parallels-Explanations-Diffusion-Envirorunent-Convergent Evolution-Contrasts-Historic Contact-Dixon's Ethnologic Africa v. THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL II6 A Closed Question-Professor Rawlinson-Anglo-Saxons-Hu- morous Aspects-House of David-Irish Jews-Mythical \Nan- derings-Northern Kingdom Destroyed-Remnants Absorbed -Rehabilitation of Samaria-American Indians-Controversy in England-Manasseh ben Israel-Missionary Reports- :\Iex- ican Mythology-Defenders-Opponents-Concessions-Peru- Kroeber's Conclusions-True Diaspora-Spiritual Influence VI. TilE DrASPORA . Beginnings-Judeans-Fatl of Jerusalem-Remnant in Juda- Babylonian Sojourn-Return from Exile-Babylonian Com- munity-Esdras-Post-Exilic Judea-Jews Abroad-Jewish ~Ierchants-Colonies-Proselyting-Yahweh's People-Inter- Marriage-Early Biblical Examples-Absorption-King David -Solomon-Mosaic Exclusiveness-Hittite Nose-Jews and Samaritans-Pure Race Non-existent-Ethnic Permanency Im- possible-Jewish People-Ethnic Complex-Converts to Juda- ism-Community: not Race-Protection of Ghetto-Foreign Influences-Language Difficulties-\Veakenings-Black Jews of India-Jews of China-Their Discovery-Renegades-1Iongol Chazars-Jewish Battalions-Greece and Rome-"KillingU of Crockery-Present Quest-Jewish Types-\Vhat Constitutes the Jew?-Definition of Question CONTENTS vii VII. THE LION OF THE TRlBE OF lUDA . 159 Mode of Inquiry-Queen of Sheba-Menilek-Abyssinian Royal Family-Lion of Juda-Falashas-Traditional Origin- "Kebra Nagast"-\Vallis Budge's Version-"Lady Zion"-Abu Salih-Stern's Report-Jewish Influence--\Verner's Theory- 1fercer's Conclusions-Marie Disagrees-;\lendelssohn-Judaic Origins-Disagreements-Sheba's Residence-"King Solomon's Mines"-Land of Ophir-Zimbabwe Ruins-Krapf's Opinion- Margolis and Du Toit-Peters' Findings-Egyptian Statuette- Ancient Coins-Coins of Machabees-Johnston's Deductions- Semitic Influences-Scepticism of Randall-~Iaciver-Doubtful Evidence-Donnithorne's Observation-Burkitt's View-\Valk- er's Conclusions-Unsolved Iv!ystery-}cwish Refugees-Fa- lasha :Ueans Exiles-Himyarites ?-Egyptian Jews ?-Falasha Religion-Conclusions VIII. VANISHED GLORIES OF THE NORTH 186 North African Jews-Phoenicians-Origin-National Develop- ment-Colonization-Hebraic Participation-Jews of Carthage -Language of Carthage-Testimony of the Tombs-Solomon and Hiram-Tarshish-Continued Alliance-United Navies- Carthaginian Hebrewisms-Dcvelopment of Carthage-Ahsorp- tion of Tribes-Jewish Influx-Carthage in its Prime-Tripoli -Early Hebrews-Tenacity to Traditions-Favored by Alex- ander-And the Ptolemies-Cyrenaica-Pioneer Hebrews- ~'1ilitary Colonies-Renewal of Fervor-Palestinian Exiles- Jewish Rebellion-Survi\"ors-Judeo-Berbers-Jewish Sanctu- aries-Aaronides-Jerba-Morocco-Atlas Jews-Ancient Tra- ditions-Daggatouns-1foroccan Legends-:\[zab---Berberized Carthaginians-Persistence of the Jews-Phoenician Explorers -Relics-Colonies-"Dumb" Commerce-Gold Coast and Tar- shish-Conclusions IX. MYSTERIES OF THE DESERT . 21 7 Tuaregs-Divergent Theories-Semitic Strain-People of the Veil-Christian Influence-Hamites-Report of Procopius- Fugitives from Canaan-Slouchz' Statement-Discredited by Gsell-Accepted by Many-Traditional Tom1>-Cretan Refu- gees-Carthaginian Influence-Ossendowski's Evidence-Rene- gade Jews of the Desert-South of the Sahara-Ghana-Eldad the Danite-Rodanites-S lave Merchants-Legends of the Sa- hara-In the Oases-On the Niger-Casserly's Comment- Modern Researches-Arabic Records-Jews of the Sahara-In Salah-Mohammed and the- Jews-Personal Animosity-For- bearance of Islam-Islamised North Africa-"Time of the Jews"-Desolation-Nda Family-Northern Influx-Jew or Christian ?-Kisra-Evidencc of Christianity-Fulani-Theories of Origin-Morel's Opinion-Othrr Explanations-Desplagncs' Theory-Summary-Johnston's Assertion-Conclusions-He- brew Patois X. THE FLESH P OTS OF EGyPT 257 Hyksos-Hebrews in Egypt-Refug'ces-Mcrcenarics-Stcady Growth-Exiles with J eremias-Idolatry-Flesh Pots-]cre- viii CONTENTS PAOli mias' Prophecy-Fulfilment-Survivors-Mernphis-Astarte- Terre-Cotta Heads-Memphis and Niger-Retreat up the Nile -Ethiopia-Mosaic Myth-Soldiers' Rebellion-Elephantine Colony-Soldiers and Tradesmen-Jewish Strength-Prose- lytes Present-Judeans-Temple of Ya'u-Onias Temple Com- pared-Language Indications-Possible Origin-Divided \VOf- shiJ>-Destruction of Colony-In the Interior-El Yahud- Heart of Africa-Land of Hebrews--Growth of Judaism- Alexandrine Jews-Religious Freedom-Civic Autonomy-Re- juvenation-Onias and Dositheus-Temple of Onias-Septua- gint-Monasticism-Jewish Element . Copts-"Jeremias' Tomb"-Conclusions XI. THE LONG TREK Songhois-\Vhite Infiltration-Conjectural Source-Statement of Leo Africanus-Ogilby's Version-Origin of Songhois Dialliaman-Yemen-Kokia-Malfant's Testimony-Several Kokias-Songhois Migration-Probable Route-Caucasian Blood-Language-Location-Songhois and Ashanti-Petrie's Theory-Architecture-Egypt and \Vest Africa-Ivory Coast -Ichthyolatry-Ophiolatry-Ashanti-Human Sacrifice-Bibli- cal Precedent-Legal Penalty-Jukun-Akin to Ashanti- Linked with East-Shilluks-Summary XII. CONCLUSIONS 319 Pittard's Warning-Hebrew Influences in Negro Land-Among Ashanti-Elsewhere-Possible Explanations-Northern Infiu..'C -Hebrews and Phoenicians-North African Judaism-Jewish Colonial A frica-Jewish Sanctuaries-Survival of the Cohanim -Lack of Records-Across the Sahara-Decline of Judaism- A New Kingdom-Ghana and Mohammedanism-Pagan Tribes -Talmudists-God of Israel-Pre-Exilic Hebrews-Relative Idolatry-Modern Parallel-Compatibility with Real ~[onothe ism-Effect of Exile-Canaanitish Influence-Elephantine \Vor- ship-Jews of the Nile-Soldiers' Rebellion-Refugees-Kol.";a -Philae-Commercial Enterprise-Songhois-Kindred Peoples -Jukun and Ashanti-Later Infiltrations-Ghana-Judaised Tribes-Judeo-Negroes-Final Conclusion-Nile to (Niger XIII. CONFIRMATION OF THE THEORY . Divine Name-African Nomenclature-Yahweh Derivatives- Nyame-Bantus-:\Ionotheists-Rationalists' Error-Radin's View-Lang's Contention-Dawson's Testimony-Retrogres- sion-African Judaism-Cultural Development-Civilization- Criteria-Cro-Magnon Man-Primitive ~Ian-Final Conclusion B,BL,OGRAPHY 357 INDEX A-INDIVIDUALS 4II B-PLACES, PEOPLES, ETC. 41 5 C-TOPICS 427 D-REFERENCES 433 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS To Face Page ASHANTI AMBASSADORS CROSSING THE PRAH 82 FROM NILE TO NIGER MAPS AFRlCA Frontispiece PAGB WEST AFRICA 33 ABYSSINIA NORTH AFRlCA 201 EGYPT 273 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA Introduction ASHANTI INFLlTENCE ON JAMAICA CUSTOMS Robert T. Hill of the United States Geological Jamaica Negroes. Survey, writing towards the close of the last century, was emphatic in his statement: "The Jamaican negroes are sui generis; nothing like them, even of their own race, can elsewhere be found-not e\'en elsewhere in the 'West Indies. They are omnipresent. The towns, the country high- ways, and the woods ring with their laughter and merry songs: they fill the churches and throng the highways, especially on market-days, when the country roads are black with them: and they are witty and full of queer stories and folk-lore." 1 He is speaking of the native Blacks, the real peasantry of the Island. During a five-years' residence in Jamaica, when much of the time was spent in the "bush" in close contact with the simple unaffected children of the soil, the present writer, in his turn, was deeply impressed by a striking difference between the Jamai- can Black and all the other negro types that he had ever en- countered. African Slaves. '!!. J. Gardner, in his History of Ja»laic~. states: Great numbers of negro slaves were Imported from Africa. representing tribes as diverse in character as differ- Koromantyns. ent European nations. Among these the fierce Coromantyns occupied a very prominent place, but though their dangerous character was so well known, their supe- rior strength was so highly valued as to lead to the rejection of all measures proposed to check their importation." 2 Later on, the same author, while describing the variou classes of slaves, tells us: "The Negroes from the Gold Coast were known generally as Coromantyns. The Ashantees and the Fans described 1 Robert T. Hill, Cuba and Porto Rico with th. olher Islalws of the IVrsl Indies. New York. 1898. p. 227. 2 W. J. Gardner, History of Jamaica, London, J909, p. 132. 1 2 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA by du Chaillu were included in this term. They were strong and active, and on this account valued by the planters. The Spanish and the French colonists shunned them on account of their ferocious tendencies; but attempts to prohibit their importation into Jamaica failed, though they were the instigators and leaders of every rebellion." 8 Bryan Edwards, the historian, for many years a !7c~~~.dwards' resident of Jamaica and a member of the Council,' furnishes us with the most authentic description of these Koromantyn slaves, and as an appreciation of their char· acteristic traits will help to clarify what follows, a somewhat lengthy quotation from his graphic account may be pardoned. Speaking from his personal observations, he says: "The circum- stances which distinguish the Koromantyn, or Gold Coast, Negroes, from all others, are firmness both of body and mind; a ferociousness of disposition; but withal, activity, courage, and a stubbornness, or what an ancient Roman would have deemed an elevation, of soul, which prompts them to enterprises of difficulty and danger; and enables them to meet death, in its most horrible shape, with fortitude and indifference. They sometimes take to labour with great promptitude and alacrity, and have constitu- tions well adapted for it; for many of them have undoubtedly been slaves in Africa :-1 have interrogated great numbers on this sub- ject, and although some of them asserted they were born free, who as it afterwards proved by the testimony of their own rela- tions, were actually sold as slaves by their masters; others frankly confessed to me that they had no claim to freedom in their own country, and were sold either to pay the debts, or to e.xpiate the crimes, of their owners. On the other hand, the Gold Coast being inhabited by various different tribes which are engaged in per- petual warfare and hostility with each other, there cannot be a doubt that many of the captives taken in battle, and sold in the European settlements, were of free condition in their native coun- try, and perhaps the owners of slaves themselves. It is not wonder- ful that SUcll men should endeavour, even by means the most desperate, to regain the freedom of which they had been deprived; nor do I conceive that any further circumstances are necessary to • Idem, p. 175. 'Frank Cundall, Historic Jamaica, London, 1915, p. 308 if. ASHANTI INFLUENCE ON J AMAICA CUSTOMS 3 prompt them to action, than that of being sold into captivity in a distant country. I mean only to state facts as I find them. Such I well know was the origin of the Negro rebellion Slave which happened in Jamaica in 1760. It arose at the Rebellion of 1160. instigation of a Koromantyn Negro of the name of Tacky, who had been a chief in Guiney; and it broke out on the Frontier plantation in St. Mary's parish, be- longing to the late Ballard Bechford, and the adjoining estate of Trinity, the property of my deceased relation and benefactor Zachary Bayly. On these plantations were upwards of 100 Gold Coast Negroes newly imported, and I do not believe that an in- dividual amongst them had received the least shadow of ill treat- ment from the time of their arrival there. Concerning those on Trinity estate, I can pronounce of my own knowledge that they were under the government of an overseer of singular tenderness and humanity. His name was Abraham Fletcher, and let it be remembered, in justice even to the rebels, and as a lesson to other overseers, that his life was spared from respect to his virtues. The insurgents had heard of his character from the other Tegroes, and suffered him to pass through them unmolested-this fact appeared in evidence. Having collected themselves into a body about one o'clock in the morning, they proceeded to the fort at Port Maria; killed the sentinel, and provided themselves with as great a quan- tity of arms and ammunition as they could conveniently dispose of. Being by this time joined by a number of their countrymen from the neighbouring plantations, they marched up the high road that led to the interior parts of the country, carrying death and desolation as they went. At Ballard's Valley they surrounded the overseer's house about four in the morning, in which eight or ten White people were in bed, everyone of whom they butchered in the most savage manner, and literally drank their blood mixed with rum. At E her, and other estates, they exhibited the same tragedy; and then set fire to the buildings and canes. In one morn- ing they murdered between thirty and forty Whites, not sparing even infants at the breast, before their progress was stopped. Tacky, the Chief, was killed in the woods, by one of the parties that went in pursuit of them; but some others of the ringleaders being taken, and a general inclination to revolt appearing among all the Koromantyn Negroes in the island, it was thought neces- 4 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA sary to make a few terrible examples of some of the most guilty. Of three who were clearly proved to have been Grewsome Reprisals. concerned in the murders committed at Ballard's Valley, one was condemned to be burned, and the other two to be hung up alive in irons, and left to perish in that dreadful situation. The wretch that was burned was made to sit on the ground, and his body being chained to an iron stake, the fire was applied to his feet. He uttered no groan, and saw his legs reduced to ashes with the utmost firmness and composure; a fter which one of his arms by some means getting loose, he snatched a brand from the fire that was consuming him, and flung it in the face of the executioner. The two that were hung up alive were indulged, at their own request, with a hearty meal imme- diately before they were suspended on the gibbet, which was erected in the parade of the town of Kingston. From that time, until they expired, they never uttered the least complaint, except only of cold in the night, but diverted themselves all day long in discourse with their countrymen, who were permitted, very im- properly, to surround the gibbet. On the seventh day a notion pre- vailed among the spectators, that one of them wished to com- municate an important secret to his master, my near relation; who being in St. Mary's parish, the commanding officer sent for me. I endeavoured, by means of an interpreter, to let him know that I was present; but I could not understand what he said in return. I remember that both he and his fellow sufferer laughed immoderately at something that occurred-I know not what. The next morning one of them silently e.-xpired, as did the other on the morning of the ninth day." 5 We may here be allowed to digress long enough New York Parallel. to remark that while one cannot help being shocked at this inhuman treatment, it does not behoove us to reproach the Jamaica Planters. For, it is reported that after a negro insurrection in New York in 1741, no less than thirteen unfortunate Blacks were given to the flames, eighteen were im- prisoned and eighty-eight deported· 5 Bryan Edwards, History Civil Dud Commercial 0/ the British ~V£'st [tidies, London, 1793, Vol. II, p. 63 If. o Cfr. "Villiam S. Nelson, La Race N01'rt! dan.s itJ DJmocratie Amc,icai,te, Paris, 1922, p. 3. ASHANTI INFLUENCE ON JAMAICA CUSTOMS But let us now return to the narrative of Bryan Koromantyn Edwards. He continues: "The courage or uncon- Indifference to Death. cern, which the people of this country mani fest at the approach of death, arises, doubtless, in a great measure, from their national manners, wars and superstitions. which are all in the highest degree. sayage and sanguinary. A power over the li"es of his slaves is possessed. and exercised too, on very frivolous occasions, without compunction and scruple, by every master of slaves on the Gold Coast. Fathers have the like power over their children. In their wars they are bloody and cruel beyond any nation that ever existed; for all such of their captives as they reserve not for slaves, they murder with circum- stances of outrageous barbarity; cutting them across the face, and tearing away the under jaw, which they preserve as a trophy, leaving the miserable victims to perish in that condition. I have collected this account from themseh es. They tell me like- wise, that whenever a considerable man expires, several of his wives, and a great number of his slaves, are sacrificed at his fun- eral. This is done, say they, that he may be properly attended in the next world. This circumstance has been confirmed to me by every Gold Coast Tegro that I have interrogated on the subject, and I have enquired of many. In a country where executions are so frequent, and human blood is spilt with so little remorse, death must necessarily have lost many of its terrors; and the natives in general, conscious they have no security even for the day that is passing over them, seem prepared for, and re igned to, the fate that probably awaits them. This contempt of death, or in- difference about life, they bring with them to the West Indies; but if fortunately they fall into good hands at first, and become well settled, they acquire by degrees other sentiments and no- tions. :t\'ature resumes her lawful inAuence over them. \\,ith the consciousness of security, the love of existence also, amidst all the evils that attend it in a state of slavery, gains admission into their bosoms. They feel it, and, such is the force of habitual barbarity, seem ashamed of their own weakness. A gentleman of Jamaica visiting a valuable Koromantyn :t\'egro that lias sick, and perceiving that he was thoughtful and dejected, endeavoure9 by soothing and encouraging language, to raise his drooping spir- 6 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA its. Massa, said the Negro, in a tone of self-reproach and con- scious degeneracy, since me come to White man's country me lub (love) life too much! "Even the children brought from the Gold Coast manifest an evident superiority both in hardiness of frame, and vigour of mind, over all the young people of the same age that are imported from other parts of Africa. The like firmness and intrepidity which are distinguished in adults of this nation, are visible in their boys at an age which might be thought too tender to re- ceive any lasting impression, either from precept or example.- I have been myself an eye-witness to the truth of this remark, in the circumstances I am about to relate. A gentleman of my ac- quaintance, who had purchased at the same time ten Koromantyn boys, and the like number of Eboes, the eldest of the whole ap- parently not more than thirteen years of age, Branding of Slaves. caused them all to be collected and brought before him in my presence, to be marked on the breast. This operation is performed by heating a small silver brand, com- posed of one or two letters, in the flame of spirits of wine, and applying it to the skin, which is previously anointed with sweet oil. The application is instantaneous, and the pain momentary. Nevertheless it may be easily supposed that the apparatus must have a frightful appearance to a child. Accordingly, when the first boy, who happened to be one of the Eboes, T imidity of Eboes. and the stoutest of the whole, was led forward to receive the mark, he screamed dreadfully, while his companions of the same nation mani fested strong emotions of sympathetic terror. The gentleman stopped his hand; but the Bravado of Koromantyn boys, laughing aloud, and, immedi- Koromantyns. ately coming forward of their own accord, of- fered their bosoms undauntedly to the brand, and receiving its impression without flinching in the least, snapt their fingers in exultation over the poor Eboes. "One cannot surely but lament, that a people thus naturally emulou and intrepid, should be sunk into so deplorable a state of barbarity and superstition; and that their spirits should ever be broken down by the yoke of slavery! \Vhatever may be al- lowed concerning their ferociousness and implacability in their present notions of right and wrong, I am persuaded that they pos- ASH ANTI INFLUENCE ON JAMAICA CUSTOMS 7 sess qualities which are capable of, and well deserve cultivation and improvement." 7 \Vho, then, were these Koromantyns, who as a Dominant matter of fact, maintained a commanding influ- Influence in Jamaica. ence over all the other types of slaves, even impos- ing on them their own peculiar superstitions and religious practices. and who have left their impress on the gen- eral population of the Island to such an extent that they may undoubtedly be declared the dominant influence in evolving our Jamaica peasant of the present day? The term Koromantyn, or as we frequently find ~~::':!tyns. it Coromantyn spelt with a C, was not the name of any particular race or tribe. Strictly speaking, it was applied in general to those slaves who were brought from the Gold Coast in West Africa and who measured up to a cer- tain standard or quality. Its derivation can only be conjectured with more or less plausibil ity. Captain Rattray, while describing the great oath "Memeneda Koromante. " of the Ashanti whereby they appeal for justice directly to the paramount chief, possibly throws some light on the subject. This solemn oath was taken merely by uttering the words "Memeneda Koromante," that is, literally, "Koromante Saturday," and the real import of the words was this: If the King or paramount chief did not render justice to the one who was making the appeal, might the same evil befall the people as had happened at Koromante on a Saturday. Thus the oath was in reality a conditional curse. The author then goes on to state, that it was at a place called Koromante that Ossai Panyin of Coomasie was defeated and slain, and adds: "This calamity was considered so terrible that even the name came to be proscribed and became known simply as ntam kese, the great oath." 8 Lt. Col. Ellis, formerly of the lately disbanded Ashanti Defeat at West India Regiment, who spent many years upon Koromante. the Gold Coast, thus refers to this incident which took place in a war between the Ashanti and the Akims: "As Osai Tuto was on his way to join this army with a 1 Bryan Edward •• 1. c. Vol. II. p. 64 If. 8 R. Sutherland Rattray. Ash• • ' i Proverbs, Oxford, 1916. # 496. p . 130. 8 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA small escort, he and his followers were suddenly attacked by a strong body of the enemy, which, lying in ambush, fell upon them as they were crossing the Prah. The King was wounded in the side at the first fire; but he threw himsel f out of his hammock, and was rallying his men, when a second volley was discharged, and he fell dead upon his face in the river." 9 The brother of Ossai Tuto shortly after crushed the Akims and completely oblit- erated the town of Koromante, or as Ellis calls it Acromanti, where "the party of Akims who had slain Osai Tuto was halted on the night previous to their attack, every living creature found in it being put to death. and every house razed to the ground." 10 As the main supply of sla\'es, especially at the Prisoners of War. start, was drawn from the prisoners taken in the endless tribal wars, it is just barely possible that the few captives taken at Koromante may well have been the first of a type that was henceforth to be classified as Koromantyns. Then, aO'ain, the great oath or curse might itself indicate a like origin of this particular class of slaves, as we shall see shortly. For aside from the prisoners of war, it was no uncommon thing for the native tribes to sell into bondage debtors and criminals generally. Mungo Park, the intrepid adventurer of the clos- Slavery for Debt. ing days of the eighteenth century, who pene- trated alone into the very heart of \Vest Africa, and who lost his life there on the occasion of his second expedi- tion of di covery, states from his own observations: "Of all the offences, if insolvency may be so called, to which the laws of Africa have affixed the punishment of slavery this is the most common." 11 At times too, the petty chieftains helped along their revenues by assessing different villages a certain number of victims who were to be e.xchanged at the coast for rum and powder. 'Vhat more natural then, than that the victim of his chieftain's greed should utter the great oath or curse against him, and with "!\lemeneda Koromante" on his lips that he should be started • A. B. Ellis, A History of tile Gold Coast of West Africa, London. 1893. p.88. ,. Idem, p. 88. 11 Mungo Park, Trot'c/S ill tire blterior Districts of A/rica, London, 1810, p. 441. ASHANTI INFLUENCE ON JAMAICA CUSTOMS 9 into bondage, his curse mistaken by the slavers for a homesick wail for his people and his country. This, however, is of course mere conjecture. In any case, sufficient for our present purpose is Koromantyns: the explanation of Ellis, when he writes: "The Generically Gold Coast Gold Coast negroes are termed Koromantees or Slaves. Koromantyns, in the jargon of the slave-traders, this name being a corruption of Coromantine, whence the English had first exported slaves. They were distin- guished from all other slaves by their courage, firmness, and im- patience of control; characteristics which caused numerous mutin- ies on board the slavers, and several rebellions in the West Indies. In fact every rebellion of Slaves in Jamaica originated with, and was generally confined to, the Koromantees; and their independ- ence of character became so generally recognised that at one time the legislature of Jamaica proposed that a bill should be brought in for laying an additional duty upon the 'Fantin, Akin and Ashanti negroes, and all others, commonly called Koromantees,' that should be imported. The superior physique of the Gold Coast Xegroes, however, rendered them very valuable as labourers, and this bill met with so much opposition that it was withdrawn; and, notwithstanding their dangerous character, large numbers con- tinued to be introduced to the island." 1 Z While this derivation of the term would include Specifically Ashan ti. both Fantis and Akims with the Ashanti, the real Koromantyn of type was preeminently an Ashanti, as Si r Harry Johnston clearly recognise 18 Moreover, in connection with the fearless inde- Leaders of pendence and uncompromising spirit of the Gold Maroons. Coast Negro, whether we call him Ashanti or Koromantyn, it is well to remember that the Maroons of the Jamaica Mountains who wrote their own chapter of daring in the history of the Island were for the most part re- cruited, at least as regards their leaders, from the same group.' I "Ellis, Histor,)' of the Gold Coast, p. 94. IS Harry H. Johnston, A History of the Co(o,~iza/ion of Africa by Alien Races, Cambridge, 1913, p. 124. it Note :-Commander Bedford Pim, R.N. on February I, 1866. read a paper, befpre the ~thro'pological Society of London, on the Negro and Jamaica, In connection with the then recent rebellion in the Island. In the course of the discussion which followed, a Mr. Harris, speaking from pcr- 10 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA Sir William Butler, who arrived on the Gold Coast Sir Wm. Butler's to take part in the Ashanti Campaign in October, Testimony. 1873, tells us in his autobiography: "This coast has been for two hundred and more years the greatest slave preserve in the world. All those castles dotted along the surf-beaten shore at ten or twelve miles intervals were the prisons where, in the days of the slave-trade, millions of wretched negroes had been immured, waiting the arrival of slave-ships from Bristol or Liverpool to load the human cargo for West Indian or American ports. It would not be too much to say that from each of these prison castles to some West Indian port, a cable of slave skeletons must be lying at the bottom of the ocean. In that terrible trade the protected tribes of the coast were the prime brokers. They bought from the black interior kingdoms of Dahomey and Ashanti, and they sold to the white merchant trad- ers of Europe; slaves, rum and gunpowder were the chief items in the bills of lading. The gunpowder went to the interior, the rum was dnmk on the coast, the slaves, or those who survived among them, went to America. If two in ten lived through the horrors of the middle passage, the trade paid." 15 This would in- dicate, first of all, that the Koromantyn was not a native of the Coast, but was brought from the interior, and secondly, directly indicates the Ashanti as the source of supply. . This theory, that the Koromantyns, at least as ~~:~~~t.on of regards their leading spirits, were in reality Ashanti, is strongly supported by the folk-lore and present-day customs of the Jamaica "bush." Even Obeah, as it is practiced in the interior of the Island, with its cognate branches of Duppyism and Myalism, is directly traceable to the superstitions and practices of the Ashanti in West Africa. sonal observation, said in reference to the Maroons of Sierra Leone who had been transported from Jamaica by way of Halifax: "The Maroons are prin- cipally descendants of the Gold Coast tribes, and still retain amongst them the same religious superstitions, customs, and common names, as, for in- stance, the naming of their children after the days of the week upon which they were born, such as Quamin (Monday), the son of Quacco (Thursday), each day being denoted by the masculine and feminine gender. They boast of being directly descended, or having been concerned in the Jamaica re- bellion at the end of the eighteenth century, as partisans of King Cudjoe, their teader."-Cfr. Bedford Pim, The Negro and Jamaica l London, 1866, p. 641. "W. F. Butler, All Autobiography, New York, 1913, p. 149. ASHANTI INFLUENCE ON JAMAICA CUSTOMS II Newbell Niles Puckett, it is true, shows that much of the negro folk-lore of our Southern States is due to a European origin. From Master to Slave, we are told. the stories passed, only to be preserved by the latter long after they had been forgotten by the \Vhites.'6 It is further stated concerning the folk-beliefs of the American Negro: "Purely local African lore would be apt to die out since its devotees in America were too few in num- ber and too scattered to provide the constant repetition necessary for remembrance. only African beliefs of an universal na- ture would be likely to survive unless, perchance, many slaves from the same African locality were grouped on a single plan- tation." 17 This last condition was truly verified in Jamaica. The trouble-making Koromantyns, with the Ashanti as their leading spirits, while excluded from most other slave marts. were in great demand in Jamaica. Thus, to give but a single example, Messrs. Coppells, one of the leading slave dealers in Kingston, Jamaica, reported having imported and sold 10.380 slaves from November, 1782, to January, 1788, and that of this number no less than 5,724 were from the Gold Coast, that is, Koromantyns l8 Anancy T ales. Through the folk-lore of a people we may at times trace its origin as well as its contacts with other peoples. The Jamaica Anancy Tales, as has been shown else- where, ,. are clearly of Ashanti origin. They resemble in many ways the Brer Rabbit Stories of Uncle Remus, that are in one form or another common to all the tribes of Africa. However, as the name implies, in the Jamaica folk-lore it is the spider and not the rabbit or hare that forms the central figure, and here we have a strong indication of the source of the stories, as the Ashanti word for spider is ananse. Nay more, while the term is used in the folk-lore of the Gold Coast to-day under a slightly different form, Anansi,'° we find that there the Spider's son is called Kweku Tsin, while among the Ashanti themselves the name is Ntikuma?' Is it a mere coincidence that the same in- dividual is styled Tacooma in the Jamaica "bush"? "Newbell Niles Puckett. Folk Beliefs of the Southern Negro, London, 1926. p. 2. 17 Idem, p. 7. 18 Cfr. Stephen Fuller, Two Reports, London, 1789. p. 22. UI Whisperi1Jgs of the Caribbean, New York, 1925, Cbapter VII. 20 Cfr. Barker and Sinclair, Wut A/r;ca'J Folk-Tales, London, 1917. 21 Rattray, Ashanti Proverbs, #175. p. 73. 12 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA Incidentally, the Ashanti have a proverb, "No one tells stories to Ntikuma." Captain Rattray explains the meaning, that "as the spider is the fount and origin of all stories, the son, Ntikuma, would be supposed to know every story in the world, having heard them from his father. The saying is used in the sense of 'I know all about that, tell me something I do not know.''' 22 In Jamaica they say: "I'm not asking you, I'm telling you," with precisely the same meaning. In this connection it may be objected that the Jamaica Anancy's wi fe is called Crookie, while the present-day Ashanti speak of her as Konori or Konoro, which would seem to militate against our argument. Let us see! Frank R. Can a makes the statement: "The most probable tradition represents the Ashanti as deri\'ing their origin from bands of fugitives, who in the 16th or 17th century were driven before the f\foslem tribes migrating southward from the countries on the Niger and Sene~al." 23 Now among the Hausa of Northern Nigeria, where Major Tremearne assures us that distinction of sex is rare, the exception is made in favor of the spider-perhaps to mark its superior position, and while the male spider is called Gizzo in their folk-lore, the female is known as Koki. 21 f\light not this imply that the Jamaica Crookie is a survival of the earlier term still in use when the first slaves were dragged from the Ashanti forests? The Jamaica Anancy Stories have been passed Nanas. along in a living tradition by the old Nanas, or creole nurses, who corre pond in many respects to the f\lammies of the Southern States. The word Nana is itself pure Ashanti and means granny. Thus nana-barima, a maternal grandparent; oba-nana, a grandchild. To-day the term Nana has almost disap- peared from common use in Jamaica, and in its place Granny is generally heard in reference to the type formerly called l'\anas. And as Nana was generically applicable to either grandparent or grandchild, so even now granny is used in the same way, and elderly persons speak of any of their offspring beyond their im- mediate children by the general term "him me granny." "Idem, # 183, p. 76. 23 Cfr. Ellc:yciopaedia BriUa"ica. lIth Edition, Vol. H. Article: Ashanti, p. 725· 24 A. J. M. Tremearne, Hausa Superstitions and C1.stoms, London, 1913, p. 32• ASHANTI INFLUENCE ON JAMAICA CUSTOMS 13 Again, the Jamaica peasant habitually makes use Fufu Yams. of words eemingly meaningless in themselves, and yet they also are pure Ashanti, and their signification has been preserved in use. To cite only an instance or t\\'o. The staple food of the Ashanti is fufu, which consists of mashed yam or plan- tain. Its derivation is from the word "fu," meaning white. In the Jamaica "bush" a very superior species of white yam is known as fufu yam, and none of the peasants seem to know Sensey F owls. the origin of the term. So too, in the Jamaica l\Iountains, there is a type of fowl with ruffled feathers and half-naked neck, as if it had been partially plucked. They are called sensey fowls, while the Ashanti word for the same kind of bird is Asense'5 \\'e see the same in some of the Proverbs of Proverbs. Jamaica. 2 • Thus for example, "Poor man neber bex (\'exed)," which Gardner explains by saying "he is humble, and cannot afford to take offence," 27 shows its derivation from the Ashanti "Ohiane bo mfuw," rendered by Rattray, "The poor man does not get into a rage." 28 In each case the meaning is the· same, that a poor man cannot afford to take umbrage at those who are better supplied with this world's goods, and on whose charity he may be dependent. When we come to tribal customs, we find the same Funeral Customs. condition of things. And unless we are ready to accept these facts as a verification of the lasting influence which the Ashanti have exercised on the peasant popu- lation of the Island, we must ascribe them to a most extraordi- nary series of coincidences. Thus, for example, a "bush" funeral is almost invariably marked by a peculiar practice. Before start- ing for the burial ground, the coffin is raised and lowered three times. No one can give any real explanation for the act. Nor does local superstition seem to be attached to it. It is always done that way, and that is all there is about it. The very same practice has been in vogue among the Ashanti from prehistoric times. "Rattray, Ashanti Proverbs, #6<)7, p. J6<). 26 Note :-Professor Wallis states: "African culture is richly endowed w!th proverbs . .. . The distribution of proverbs suggests that the negro tribes acquired them from the Semitic J>Coples."-Wilson D. Wallis, A,~ /,,- troductiou, to Anthropology, New York, ]926, p. 324- 27 Gardner, History of Jamaica p. 392. 28 Rattray, Asha,lti Proverbs} #630, p. 159. 14 HEB.REWISMS OF WEST AFRICA Captain Rattray thus explains the custom. "The coffin is now closed, and a hole is knocked in the wall; through this the coffin is carried by the asokwafo; on its arrival outside it is placed on the ground, but not without a pretence being first made to set it down twice before it finally comes to rest. The reason for this curious custom is undoubtedly to give Asase Ya (the Earth God- dess) due notice and warning." 20 Then, after a short ceremonial, "The sextons now raise the coffin to carry it away to burial; the same courtesies are paid to the Earth Goddess as when the corpse was set down." 30 So sacred has this custom become, that after the Ashanti had developed into a conquering nation, with the advent of the famous Golden Stool, the symbol of power and national vitality, on the occasion of each enthroning, or rather enstooling, of a new king, the ceremony required that he should feign three times to sit upon the Golden Stool, actually he may not rest upon it, raising and lowering his body three times as it will be raised and lowered after death. 3 ! It is almost as if he were reminded, "Dust thou art, and unto dust thou shalt return." 32 In many other ways also, as the present writer has noted elsewhere,33 practices connected with the Jamaica "bush" funerals indicate their Ashanti origin. Now, as Gardner observes, even to-day in Jama- Hebrewisms in Jamaica. ica the descendants of the old slaves retain a prac- tice "that the room in which a person dies should not be swept or disturbed for nine days. Water and other requi- sites are placed in it and as among the Jews, a light is kept burn- ing during the prescribed period." 34 Gardner, however, is in error, when he positively asserts that this practice is not of African origin. As a matter of fact, Hebrewisms of African de- Hayti. rivation are not confined to Jamaica among the West Indian Islands. Blair Niles in her recent delightful little volume, Black Hayti, speaking of the slaves from Africa, posi- tively asserts: "Some were said to be descendants of Jews mixed 29 R. Sutherland Rattray, Religion and Art in Asha"/i~ Oxford, 1927, p. 160. 30 Idem, p. 161. 81 R. S. Rattray, Asha"tj, Oxford, 1923, p. 82. B2Gen. iii, 19. " Whispcri"gs of the Caribbean, Chapter VIII. U Gardner, History of Jamaica, p. 391. ASHANTI INFLUENCE ON JAMAICA CUSTOMS IS with negroes. These were tall, well built men whose features had a Caucasian cast and whose language was clearly Semitic in char- acter." .. Dr. Price-Mars, whom she quotes as an authority, also claims a distant Semitic infiltration in the antecedents of some of the San Domingo slaves·· This may seem to us less strange when we read Virgin Islands. the testimony of the Reverend Henry S. \Vhite- head who is speaking "'from information gained at first hand on the ground." \Vhile insisting that the opprobrious term "worthless old Cartegene," current to-day in the Virgin Is- lands is to be traced back to the African Carthage of the Punic Wars, he also remarks: "On the doors of the Negro cabins 'in the country,' i. e. outside the towns, crosses may be seen, much like those the Hebrews made with the blood of the Passover lamb. This is 'to keep out de wolf.' " 3' It is interesting then, to find Sir Harry Johnston Johnston's View. insisting: "The Eiamites of Mesopotamia appear to have been a negroid people with kinky hair, and to have transmitted this racial type to the Jews and Syr- ians," 88 and further noting: "The Jewish hybrids with the Negro in Jamaica and Guiana reproduce most strikingly the As- syrian type." 39 Whatever we may think of this author's claim of a negro element in the ancient Hebrews, his attitude will make less shocking Our present endeavour to show an infiltration of the same Hebrew stock in the evolving of certain distinctively Negro tribes in Africa. It is surprising too, to find a Mississippi Negro Grave Offering. attributing to the Jews the custom so prevalent in West Africa as well as in Jamacia in the slave days, of "putting food and money in the coffin with the dead so that he can eat and buy things when he gets to heaven." 40 81l Blair Niles, Black Hayti, New York, 1926, p. IJ3. 86 Dr. Price-Mars, "Le Sentjmen~ et Ie Phfnomene religieux chez lcs negres de Saint-Domingue,"-Bulletin de /a Societe d'Histoire et de Geogra- phi, d' Hayti, May 1<)25, p. 35 If. "Henry S. Whitehead, "Obi in the Caribbean,"-Th, Ca",,,,o,,,"eal, June, I, 1927, p. 94 f; July 13, 1927, p. 261. 38 Harry H. Johnston, The Negro in the New ~VoTfd, London, 19tO, p. 27. a9 Idem, p. 102. •• Puckett, Folk Beliefs of the Soltthem Negro, p. 102. Note :-A. W. F. Blunt would make this a Canaanitish custom.-Cfr. Israel before Christ Lon- don, 1<)24. p. 23. ' r6 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA Bryan Edwards, in his brief outline of the reli- Koromantyn Accompong. gious beliefs of the Koromantyn slaves, asserts: "They believe that Accompong, the God of the heavens, is the creator of all things; a Deity of infinite good- ness." 41 In fact, we have in Jamacia to-day, in the Parish of St. Elizabeth, a Maroon town called Accompong which according to Cundall, the Island Historian, was so called after an Ashanti chief who figured in one of the early rebellions of the Island." One's first impression would be that this chief had arrogated to himself the title of the Deity. But we are assured by J. G. Chris- taller that among the Ashanti the Divine Name was frequently given to a slave in acknowledgement of the help of God enabling the owner to buy the slave." The Supreme Being among the Ashanti is Ashanti Nyankopon. Nyame," whom we shall later try to identify with the Hebrew Yahweh. His primary title is Nyan- kopon, meaning Nyame, alone. great one." Accompong then. appears to be the white man's effort to express the spoken Nyan- kopon as heard from the early slaves. \Vhen the slave trade was at its height, two Witchcraft Negro Nations shared the mastery of West Africa, the Ashanti and the Dahomans. and wherever the slaves of either tribe predominated, there we find the special forms of superstitions and witchcraft which were peculiar to that people. Thus in Cuba, San Domingo, Louisiana, etc. where the Dahomans were in the ascendency, the ophiolatry of Voodoo- Voodooism. ism became prevalent.·o In Jamaica, on the other fl Gardner, History of Jamaica, p. go. 42 Cundall, H istorie Jamaica, p. 325. f3]. G. Christaller, A DictioIJory of the Asante a"d Fallte Language, Basel, 1881, p. 343. O,tyame. 44 Rattray. Asliollti, p. 86. 46 Rattray, Ashaltti Proverbs, #r, p. 19. 46 Note :-Ellis says: "In the southeastern portions of the Ewe territory, however, the python deity is worshipped, and this vodu cult, with its adora- tion of the snake god was carried to Hayti by slaves from Ardra and \Vhydah, where the faith still remains to-day. In 1724 the Dahornies invaded Ardra and subjugated it; three years later Whydah was conquered by the same foe. This period is beyond question that in which Hayti first received the vodu of the Africans. Thousands of Negroes from these serpent-worshiping tribes were at that time sold into slavery, and were carried across the Atlanttc to the western island. They bore with them their cult of the snake. At the same period, Ewe-speaking slaves were taken to Louisiana."-Cfr. A. B. Ellis, "On Vodu-Worship"-Poplliar S.j",ce MOllthly, Vol. XXXVIII (1891), p. 651 If. ASHANTI INFLUENCE 0 JAMAICA CUSTOMS 17 hand, Voodooism is practically unknown," while Obeah with its concomitant poisonings has been ri fe since the earliest days.48 The word Obeah itself is really the Ashanti O beah. Obayi fo, a witch or rather more properly, in practice as least, according to Captain Rattray, a wizard, being de- rived from bayi, sorcery·' Now an Ashanti legend runs as follows. \Vhen Big l\fassa was busy with the "'ork of creation, it happened that the little monkey Efo was making himself generally useful, and when the task \\'a accomplished, he a ked Big Massa, that, in return for the help rendered, all creatures should bear his name. To this Big Massa acceded to such an extent that henceforth certain classes of creatures added to their own proper names the suffix FO, in acknowledgment of the little monkey's part in the work·· Such is the Ashanti fable, and hence we find this suffix FO in the names of peoples, nations and occupations. During the Haytian revolution many planters with their slaves took refuge in Cuba, whence some of them subsequently found their way to New Orleans. The Voodoo cult was thus established both in Cuba and in Louisiana. f7 Note :-Ellis observes: "That the term vodu should survive in Hayti and Louisiana, and not in the British West I ndia Islands. will surprise no one who is acquainted with the history of the slave trade. The tshi-speaking slaves, called Coromantees in the slave-dealers' jargon, and who weTe e.xported from the European forts on the Gold Coast, were not admitted into French and Spanish colonies on account of their disposition to rebel, and consequently they found their way into the British colonies, the only market open to them, while the French and Spanish colonies drew their chief supply from the Ewe-speaking slaves exported from Whydar and Badogry."-Cfr. A. B. Ellis, The Ewe-Speaking Peoples of the Sla"e Coast of Wrst Africa, Lon- don, 1890, p. 29 . • 8 Note :-Since the World War, I am told, Voodooism has spread in Jamaica, especially in the Parish of St. Catherine. In my own experience, only once did I find any indication of Voodooism and that was in upper West- moreland in 1913 . .. Rattray, Ashant; Proverbs, #56, p. 48. Note :-According to M. Oldfield Howey, one of the latest writers on the subject: "There are two distinct cults of fetish worship in the West Indies, Voodoo, or Voudou, and Obeah (Tchanga and Wanga) .... But between the Voodoo and the Obeah cults are important differences. In the former the will of the god is communicated only through a priest and priestess; the ritual is carried out at night, and the serpent must be displayed in a cage . ... The Obeah cult requires for its rites only a priest or a priestess, instead of the two, and the presence of the snake is not essential. Its sacrific ial victims too are slain by poison in- stead of meeting a bloody death as in the rites of Voodoo."-Cfr. M. Oldfield Howey, The Encircled Serpent, Philadelphia, 1928, p. 246. As we shall sec later, Howey is probably in error in requiring the serpent even as a con- comitant of Obeah which strictly speaking is in no wise a form of ophiola- try. 110 Rattray, Ashanti Proverbs, #78, p. 54. 18 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA Dropping this suffix then, from Obayifo, the resultant Obayi, as heard from the lips of the Koromantyn slaves, was variously rendered by the Jamaican Whi tes as obeah, obia, etc. For even now there is no agreement as to the correct spelling of the word. Of Obeah itself we shall have much to say, when we come to the consideration of Ashanti witchcraft and the source from which it was derived. For the present, let it suffice to note, that Jamaica Obeah is really a continuation of the Ashanti sorcery, just as Myalism in the Jamaica "bush" is a residue of the old tribal re- ligious dance of the same African race. Both with the Ashanti themselves and their descendants in Jamaica the word is commonly shortened into Obi. Thus we find the Obi-country referred to in the history of the Ashanti Fetish Priest, Okomfo-Anotchi, that is, Anotchi the priest. About the year I700, after committing a capital offence, as Captain Rattray tells us, he "fled for his life to the Obi country. Here he had made a study of 'fetish' medicine and became the greatest 'fetish' man the Ashanti have ever had." Referring to the Obi country, Rat- tray notes: "I have so far been unable to trace this place,51 but to this day in Ashanti any big fetish priest is called Obi Okomfo, that is, Obi Priest." 52 So also in Jamaica, in the practice of Obeah, the native "makes obi" even to-day. In fact what Cap- tain Rattray witnessed among the Ashanti, e. g. his description of the making of a suman, or fetish charm,"' has its counterpart in the weird incantation and grotesque fabrication of the Jamaica Obeah-man, that produces a bundle of sticks as a protection against thief or evil spirit. &1 Note :-Howey reports: "Among the \Vhydanese is a tribe called Eboes. Shepheard says this is 'a word of the same import as Oboes, which might mean the people or worshippers of Ob, the serpent-god. These people still practice a kind of serpent-warship-they worship the guana, a species of lizard,' "-The reference is to H. Shepheard, Traditions of Eden, London, 1871. Cfr. Howey. The Encircled Serpent, p. 28. Now while not agreeing with Howey as regards the identification of Ob with the serpent-god, as already noted, this citation may throw some light on the question of the Obi- country. Ii2 Rattray, Ashanli, p. 288. Note :-Captain Newland states: "The Magu- zawa, a section of the Hausa. may be found in the north of Togo and Cameroons." He notes that "Maguzawa" signifies "Magician and is a term applied by the Hausa Mohammedans to those of their kin who have re- mained pagans."-Cfr. H. Osman Newland, I-Vest Africa, London, 1922, p. 82. This may possibly be another clue to the Obi-country. &a Rattray. Asltanti, p. 310. ASHANTI INFLUENCE ON JAMAICA CUSTOMS 19 Moreover, is it merely another coincidence that Duppies and Mmotia. the Jamaica duppies or ghosts are notorious for their stone-throwing propensities, pretty much the same as the Ashanti mmotia who, as A. \V. Cardinali relates, "are pre-eminently mischief-workers, and are said to 'throw stones at one as one passes through the bush ?' " 5' l\lany years ago, Jolm Beecham remarked of the Oratory. Ashanti: "The natives of this part of Africa are remarkable for oratory, and will discourse fluently on a given subject for hours." .5 Any visitor to Jamaica who attends a school entertainment, especially in the country districts, will be impressed by the natural fluency and ease of manner in public appearances, on the part of even the smallest children. "Stage- fright" is positively unknown among them. And as for the peasantry themselves, how "dem do lub to argyfy" either in Court or along the public highway, wherever they can find an audience, however small. Again we are told by Ellis who primarily signifies Songs. Ashanti when he speaks of his Tshi group: "The Tshi songs consist of a recitative with a short chorus. The reci- tative is often improvised, one taking up the song where another is tired. Frequently the words have reference to current events, and it is not uncommon for singers to note the peculiarities of persons who may pass and improvise at their expense." O. Had Ellis been writing of his experiences in Jamaica, and not of those on the Gold Coast, he would scarcely have changed a single word, except the subject of his remarks. 37 This is especially true in the heart of the "bush." .. A. W. Cardinali, III Ashallti m,d B'YOM, Philadelphia. 1927. p. 224. OCi John Beecham, Ashantte and the Gold Coast, London, 18~I, p. 167 . .. A. B. Ellis. The Tshi-Speaking Peoples of the Gold Coast of West Africa, London. 1887. p. 328. 61 Note :-10 connection with what is known as the Apo Custom, an annual festival among the Ashanti, there is a. lampooning liberty which is thus de- scribed to Captain Rattray Hby the old high-priest of the god Ta Kese at Tekiman."-"You know that everyone has a sun sum (soul) that may get hurt or knocked about or become sick, and so make the body ill. Very often, although there may be other causes, e. g. witchcraft, ill health is caused by the evil and the hate that another has in his head against you. Again, you too may have hatred in your head against another, because of something that person has done to you, and that, too, causes your sunsum to fret and become sick. Our forbears knew this to be the case, and so they ordained a 20 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA Having once established the dominant Ashanti Jamaican Superiority. influence in the formation of the Jamaica peas- antry, it is easy to understand how the Blacks of the Island, if really representative of the higher caste, stand out above their brothers-in-color similarly situated in any other part of the world. After a careful study of his subject, \V. \Valton Encomium of the Ashanti. Claridge does not hesitate in his testimony to the truly remarkable innate ability of the Ashanti, both as individuals and as a Nation, when he says: "Although tradition asserts and other evidence favours the belief that this people and the Fantis and other Twi-speaking races are the off- spring of a common stock, yet the Ashantis stand out in marked contrast to all the others, distinguished as much by their skill and bravery in war as by the patriotism and power of combination that ultimately led to the formation of the most powerful and in fact the only really important kingdom and empire that the Gold Coast has ever seen. From small beginnings these people gradually extended their power and authority, both by diplomacy and by force of arms, until in the end all the surrounding tribes owed allegiance to them and their countries became tributary provinces of Ashanti. Nor can there be the least doubt that that kingdom would, before the close of the nineteenth century. have included the whole Gold Coast, had not the seaboard tribes have been time, once every year, when every man and woman, free man and slave. should have freedom to speak out just what was in their head, to tell their neighbours just what they thought of them and of their actions, and not only their neighbours, but also the king or chief. \Vhen a man has spoken freely thus, he will feel his sun sum cool and quieted, and the sunsum of the other person against whom he has now freely spoken will be quieted also. The King of Ashanti may have killed your children. and you hate him. This had made him ill, and you ill, too; when you are allowed to say before his face what you think, you both benefit. That was why the King of Ashanti in ancient times, when he fell sick, would send for the Queen of Nkoranza to insult him, even though the time for the ceremony had not come round. It made him live longer and did him good."-Cfr. Rattray, Ashan/i, p. 152. Can this ceremony have given rise to the practice still in vogue in Jamaica of "throwing words at the moon?" You may tell the moon the most insult- ing things about a party within his hearing without being liable for libel as you would be if you addressed the same words to your victim or to another person. Thus you in turn may be called "a tief" or "a liar fee true," every word reaching you and those who are standing about, and yet if you ask your vilifier what he is saying, the answer will come: "Not you, sah. Him moon talk." It certainly "cools the sunsum" of the speaker who goes away contented and satisfied, though it must be confessed it has a far different effect on the object of the remarks. I speak from e..xperience. ASHANTI INFLUENCE ON JAMAICA CUSTOMS 21 asssisted and protected by the Europeans. who feared their Set- tlements and trade might be endangered." 58 A century earlier, Doctor l\Iorse. of the Congregational Church in Charlestown. had already recorded his appreciation of the Ashanti, when he wrote: "To the English officer, who had very considerable opportunities of observation, the Ashantees appear a people decidedly superior to any other inhabitants of the Gold Coast. This superiority consists not only in military skill and valor, but as remarkably in moral feeling and intelligence." 50 The same might well be said of the descendants of Jamaica Peasantry. the Ashanti in Jamaica. For, while you have in various parts of the Island many examples of the other negro types, still there stands out a strong distinctive ele- ment, that gives a tone to the general character of the peasantry, as it has all along left its impress on the folk-lore and super- stitions that connect the entire Black population with their old haunts in Africa. A visitor to Jamaica from the States i immedi- Clean1iness. ately impresssed by the cleanliness of the native peasant in his habits and his fondness for bathing-a striking contrast with our Southern Negro, who too frequently seems to have a horror of water. In the Jamaica costal towns, the entire male population as a rule devotes a great part of every Sunday morning to swimming. so much so. that it frequently interferes with divine service, and even on weekdays, wherever water is plentiful, the morning bath is the rule rather than the exception. In this connection it is interesting to find A. \V. Cardinall writing: "The Ashanti are remarkable for their extreme clean- liness; and they take a pride in themselves, their clothing and their houses, which some of the other tribes do not. and many of the non-African population competely ignore." 00 Bowditch too, had noted the same characteristic of the Ashanti more than a century before: "Both men and women are particularly cleanly in their persons," he wrote of them, and adds that they washed "daily on rising, from head to foot, with warm water and 08 W. Walton Claridge. History of the Cold Coast and Ashollti, London, 1915. Vol. I. p. 181. 69 Jedidiah Morse, Tile Am.erican Universal Geography. Boston, I819, Vol. II, p. 783. "Cardinali, /" Ashanti alld Beyond, p. 48. 22 HEBREWISI\IS OF WEST AFRICA Portuguese soap, using afterwards the vegetable grease or butter, which is a fine cosmetic." 6' Is it a consequence of this use of Portuguese soap that in Jamaica to-day, perhaps no gift is more highly prized, even by the better class of the peasantry, than a cake or two of scented soap? On the occasion of my first Christmas in Jamaica, I was astonished by the number of gifts of soap, which almost seemed a reRection until I became better acquainted with the native customs. To understand properly the spirit and aspirations Conclusion. of the better type of Jamaica peasant then, a close study of the Ashanti themselves became necessary, and this study, in turn, led to some rather startling results and conclusions, that have been incorporated into the following pages. In the first place, many Hebrewisms were discovered in the Ashanti tribal customs. Then, several Ashanti words were found to have a striking resemblance to those of equivalent Hebrew meaning. Finally, the Supreme Being of the Ashanti gave strong indication of being the Yahweh of the Old Testament. The ques- tion naturally rose. how to explain these parallels of cultural traits? Should they be ascribed to mere coincidence--to independ- ent de\'elopment? Or, have we here a remarkable instance of dif- fusion across the entire breadth of Africa? Is it possible to estab- lish even a partial historical contact between the Ashanti of to-day and the Hebrews of fully two thousand years ago, or more? The problem might be approached, either by trying to trace the story of the Dispersion of the Jews, usually called the Diaspora, or by the study of tribal beliefs and practices and the records of early African travellers, particularly of those who had written of the manners and customs of the Negro before the inroads of Is- lam ism had tended to utterly destroy all traditions of the past. It was finally decided to attack the question from both angles. The worldwide diffusion of the Jews was followed in its mani- fold ramifications with a view of establishing every possible in- flux of Hebraic culture that might possibly at any time have reached the shores of Africa. After a general consideration of the Diaspora itself, the first line of investigation led from the Abys- sinian centre of Hebraic influence, that dates back to a more or 61 T. Edward Bowditch, lrfission from Cape Coast Castle to Asl1antee. Lon- don, ,819, p. 318. ASHANTI INFLUENCE ON JAMAICA CUSTOMS 23 less legendary origin, and which eventually built up the dis- tinctiyely Jewish Falashas. Then again, long before the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus, the Mediterranean shore of Africa had become lined with inAuen- tial Jewish colonies which undoubtedly were in constant mercan- tile relations with the interior of the Dark Continent. But Egypt especially had been the haven of the refugees from Jerusalem at the time of the Babylonian Captivity, and for many subsequent centuries the Jewish element in the land of the Pharaohs continued to increase and prosper. From all three of these sources, an Hebraic inAuence might well have penetrated to the very heart of Western Africa, espe- cially along the general lines of commerce. It was here that the study of the \Vest African tribes them- selves was undertaken, and every vestige of evidence recorded. It was indeed surpising how many Hebrewisms, either real or at least apparent, were to be found among the unislamised tribes. The present volume is, then, the consequence of eleven years of intensive research, after the preliminary five years spent in Jamaica. It naturally follows along the line of study, with chapters parallel to the steps of the investigation, except that the Hebrew- isms are, for the most part, grouped at the beginning of the work. The argument at best must be a cumulath'e one, and as a single witness may be accused of bias or of being liable to error, quo- tations must necessaril:v be multiplied, even with a danger at times of becoming tedious. The two closing chapters will deal with a general summary and the author's personal deductions. Chapter I THE ASHANTI OF WEST AFRICA Admirers: Captain Newland, in his handbook of practical in- Captain formation intended for the guidance of officials Newland. and others in West Africa, writes: "Of all the Tshi-speaking races, the Ashantis have the most marked charac- teristics. Their skill and bravery in war, their diplomacy, and their singular patriotism and power of combination and organization, not only makes them the most formidable people in the Gold Coast, and the founders of the only important kingdom there, but also enabled them to become masters of the whole country and coast. Such was their ability and adaptabilty, that Lord \Volseley, who led the expedition against them in 187-1-, Lord Wolseley. recorded: 'From the Ashantees I learned one important lesson, namely, that any virile race can become paramount in its own region of the world, if it pos- sesses the courage, the constancy of purpose, and the self-sacrifice to resolve that it will live under a stern system of Spartan mili- tary discipline en forced by one lord, master or king.' "Mr. James Swanzy, as long ago as 1816, in his Swanzy. evidence at the House of Commons, said: 'The Dupuis. Ashantees are the most civil and well-bred people that I have seen in Africa,' and Depuis, the British Consul in Ashanti, 1820, remarked that they professed never to appeal to the sword while a path lay open for negotiations, nor to violate their word, and he stated that their Moslem neighbours corrob- orated this assertion. "Dr. Walton Claridge, also, in his recent His/or), Claridge. of the Gold Coast alld Ashall/i, illustrates from the British wars in Ashanti at the end of the nineteenth century. the forbearance, the warlike skill, and courage of this race, whom 24 THE ASHANTI OF WEST AFRICA 25 he declares to be 'perhaps the most abused and least understood in Africa.' " 1 \Vho then, are these Ashanti who have merited Ashanti such unstinted praise even from those whom they Origin: T heories. have successfully opposed for nearly a hundred years before being finally subjected at the begin- ning of the present century? Without adducing any proof, Andre Arcin posi- F rom E gypt: Arcin. th'ely asserts, in connection with the Arab inva- sion of Africa: "From Ethiopia, Middle Egypt and Central Sudan, descended the Ashanti and the tribes known as Bantu." 2 \Vhether, or not, there is ultimately any foundation for this assertion in the antecedents of the present-day Ashanti, we shall see later. Vice-Admiral Sir John Hay, who cooperated with From the General Wolseley in the campaign of 1874, makes North: Sir J ohn Hay, the following observation: "\V hen the Moslem in- vasion of " 'estern Europe was stemmed, and the Christians reasserted their superiority in Spain, the Moors turned the tide of conquest towards Central A frica, and on the banks of the long mysterious Quorra or Niger established their seat of empire at Timbuctu. They advanced gradually to the Kong Moun- tains, pushing before them the aboriginal race of Central Africa; and having driven them into the low lying countries between the Kong Mountains and the sea, the tide of Mahometan conquest ex- pended itself in establishinO' the kingdom of Gaman. The native t ribes, which occupy the Countries now known as Ashanti and the Protected Territory, seem then to have been known as Ashanti, Fanti, Akim, Assin, Akuama, and Denkera." 3 However, in thus fixing the date of the Ashanti migration from the north, Sir John is evidently in error. The Moorish conquest of Timbuktu took place about the year 1591,' at a time when the Ashanti with- out a doubt had already been well established back of the Gold Coast. George MacDonald, who at one time was the MacDonald. Director of Education for the Gold Coast Colony, 1 Newland, West Africa, p. 94. 2 Andre Arcin, La Guinee Fran,aise, Paris, 1907, p. 169. 8 John Dalrymple Hay, Asha"ti and the Gold Coast, London, 1874, p. 22. 4. Felix Dubois, Tombollctou ta Mysterieuse, Paris, 1897. p. 255. 26 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA also thinks that the Ashanti were driven from the interior by the advancing :Mohammedan tribes, and that they "settled in the countries round the Kong Mountains a district then known to the Arab traders as Wangara." r. That they actually reached their present location Captain Rattray. from the north, there can be but little doubt. Cap- tain l{. Sutherland Rattray, who has spent more than a quarter of a century in Africa, and about twenty years of the time in the West, is without question the leading authority on all matters pertaining to the Ashanti. Great weight, then, must be attached to his statement: "All I can say so far about the origin of the .\shanti is that I feel sure they came from the North or ~orth-\Vest. They do not know this themselves, because all their myths record their origin as being from Ashanti proper." 0 In confirmation of this opinion of Captain Rat- Cardinali. tray, we find A. W. CardinalI reporting of the Northern Territory, that "as a matter of fact, the people here have many traditions concerning the Ashanti." 7 Friedrich Ratzel is also fully in accord with this Ratzel. view, when he observes: "As early as the sixteenth century, came in, it is said, from the Niger, the Intas, a race capa- ble of founding states, who set up in Upper Guinea powerful states, especially Ashantee, which for some time embraced nearly the whole Gold Coast, with country a long way inland .... Ac- cording to their own traditions, the Ashantee are decidedly a race of conquerors; and in the judgment of Europeans they are among the best breeds of Guinea-intelligent, industrious and courage- OllS." 8 From the East: Sir lIarry Johnston, too. is quite positive in his J ohnston. opinion, that, "according to their language rei a- G George MacDonald, The C"ld Coast, Past Dud Presmt, New York, 1898, p. 32. o Personal letter dated Uampon, Ashanti, Oct. S. 1925. Note :-Cfr. also Raymond Leslie Buell, Natiz't" Problems in Africa, New York, 1928, Vol. r, p. 785: "Originally occupying the northern part of what is now the Gold Coast, it is bclic\'ed that the Akan people were gradually driven south by lighter-skinned peoples, and took lIP their abode in the forests which gave them protection against the cavalry attacks of the invaders." The Ashanti, of course, were a component part of the Akan. 7 A. "V. Cardinali, Tltt' Nati7.'CS of tlte Nortlrern Territories of the Gold Coost, London, 1920, p. 22. 8 Friedrich Ratzel, History oj Afankilld, London, 1896, Vol. III, p. 142. THE ASHANTI OF WEST AFRICA 27 tions the Ashanti group of Negroes once came from the Niger north of Yoruba land, in the Borgu country." • Now, as Lieut. Col. Mockler-Ferryman insists: Mockler- Ferryman. "that the Borgus claim relationship with the Bor- nus," JO and the Bornus are located to the south- west of Lake Chad, there is a far-reaching indication of the possi- 9 ~arry H. Johnston, HlStor:J' and Description of the British Empire to" Afrrca, London, 1910, p. 293. Note :-As great stress is going to be placed on the t~stimony of the late Sir Harry Johnston in the course of the present volume, It may be well to record the following appreciation of the man and his work. At the general meeting of the Royal Geographical Society held June 18, 1928, Sir Charles Close in his Presidential Address said: "We have also to deplore the loss, during the past year, of that most accomplished and versatile traveller, explorer, and administrator, Sir Harry Johnston. He be- came a Fellow in 1883. he had been a Member of the Council and a Vice- President and was awarded the Founders Medal for his exploration in Africa in 1904. He died nearly a year ago, on 31 July 1927, in his seventieth year. He had lived a remarkably ful1 life, Not only did he know Africa as few know it, ... but in East Africa, and e\'en more in yasaland, he took a prominent share in establishing the Government of this country. ... In the midst of all this work he found time to write excellent accounts of the coun- tries that he visited .... He was an intrepid explorer, he wrote admirably, he was a musician. and was a deep student of the customs and languages of the natives of Africa."-T/" Geographical Journal, London, Vol. LXXII (1928), p. 97 f. And the New York Times in its editorial of August 2, 1927. entitled "A 'Many-sided Englishman" says: "Sir Harry 1 lamilton Johnston was one of the most accomplished men of his time. He was not only a salient figure in the long line of British explorers, administrators. 'conditores im- perii.' He was a student of architecture and painting, and his pictures of African scenes are said to have merit, though exhibited at the Royal Acad- emy. He was master of some fifteen languages, eleven modern ones, and we don't know how many African dialects. He knew Arabic much better than the late Sir Mark Sykes, that engaging aristocrat who had some reputation as a linguist. He studied comparative anatomy at the Royal College of Sur- geons. He was a Zoologist of note, whose services were recognized by the Zoological Society. To the knowledge of the Aora and fauna as well as the geography of Africa he made important contributions. He was an apt after- dinner speaker, He was a man after Theodore Roosevelt's own heart and a friend of many other famous persons. In his sixties he be¥an that brilliant series or continuations of renowned stories which made hiS name familiar here to a generation which had forgotten the expedition to Mount Kilimanjaro, the protectorates over the Niger delta and the Nyasa region and the grandiose 'Cape to Cairo'-Johnston was the first to usc this phrase-plan, which the British Government allowed Germany to block. His works on Africa are many; some of them too loaded with detail for the easy-going reader to enjoy. But his work in Africa is a monument. He had ruled over enormous regions; had fought 'unofficial' wars, pacified the Niger delta, reorgani7ed the administra- tion of Uganda protectorate. The pompous term 'proconsul' is often applied to men like him. It was as a Vice-Consul or a Consul that Johnston most dis- tinguished himself, though in British Central Africa he was British Commis- sioner and Consul General. It was not his G. C. M. G. or K. C. B. that hon- ored him. We like to think rather of the Medalist of the South Kensington School of Art, the Honorary Life Member of the New York Zoological So- ciety; of the young man who confabulated with Stanley on the Congo and was perhaps the third European of the early 80S to sec that then almost 28 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA ble origin of the Ashanti, that carries u well on our way to the verification of the assertion of Andre Arcin, already quoted, that the Ashanti may trace their descent from distant Egypt." Moreover, P. Amaury Talbot who has spent P. Amaury Talbot. many years in Nigeria, points out that "semi- white invaders appear to have penetrated by way of Borgu and Nupe into the Yoruba country about the eighth or ninth century, and to have supplied the ruling dynasty of these three tribes." 12 Professor Roland B. Dixon of Harvard as we Ethnic Criteria : shall see is of the opinion that the oldest strata Dixon. in Africa are represented by the Mongoloid-that is round-headed (brachycephalic) low-skulled (chamaecephalic) broad-nosed (platyrrhine) and the Proto- Australoid-that is long-headed (dolichocephalic) low-skulled (chamaecephalic) broad-nosed (platyrrhine)-types. '3 Speaking of the latter classification, Professor Dixon calls attention to the fact that this type "appears as a not inconsiderable element in the Abyssinian plateau and among the Ashanti of \Vest Africa." 14 This might imply at least a partial derivation from a common source. He makes the further observation: "If we turn to archae- ological data, it appears that the Proto-Australoid type was by a small margin dominant in Egypt in Pre-Dynastic times and de- fabulous stream above Stanley Poot. It seems curious that the man who in- troduced the okapi to the world also gave us The Gay Dombeys." 10 A. F. Mockler-Ferryman, British Nigeria, London, 1902, p. 144 N. 11 Note :-According to Dr. Hermann Baumann of the Staatliches Museum £Ur Volkerkunde in Berlin, the autochthonous African culture was character- ized by the fact that the woman atone was the worker of the soil. On this native culture was superimposed a high-grade Asiatic civilization which swept f rom the East across the Sudan, leaving a notable impress, for example, in its method of field work by men. The West African civilization, he finds, "assimilated particularly elements of that 'new-Sudanese' culture. which trans- formed above all the real \Vest African culture on the Gold and Slave Coasts and inland as far as Nigeria./I-Cfr.Hermann Baumann, "The Division of Work according to Sex in Africa Hoe Culture,"]oIlN,al of the International Inst itute of African Languages and C"ltures, London, Vol. I (1928), p. 298 ..... Dr. Baumann further concludes that the Ashanti are to be classed with "the strongly Sudanese Yoruba and Nupe" who "follow the Sudanese method of work by the men."-1. c., p. 301. 12 P. Amaury Talbot, The Peoples of Southern Nigeria, Oxford, 1926, Vol. I , ,P,-R~iand B. Dixon, Racial His/ory of Mall, New York, 1923, p. ISo. U Idem, p. 181. THE ASHANTI OF WEST AFRICA 29 creased largely later except for a temporary rise in the fifth dy- nasty and again in Ptomemaic times." 10 Again, according to Professor Dixon, among the Ashanti the brachycephalic Pigmy type forms less than ten per cent, while more than half belong to what he terms the Proto-Negroid type, that is Dolichocephalic Platyrrhine with high skull, medium broad face and moderate prognathism. \Vhence he concludes that the Ashanti "seem to be quite comparable to the Chad group in the Sudan." 16 It is further his opinion "that the early population of the Guinea-coast region was closely comparable to that of the Congo forest," that is, a Brachycephalic Pigmy type, "and that these have been overlaid by a strong immigration of typical Tegroes," Dolichocephalic Platyrrhine with medium broad faces and moderate prognathism in which the high skulls greatly out- numbered the low skulls. 17 "This Negro immigration," he adds, "was in part a westerly dri ft from the Chad-Nile area, and in part a direct southward movement from the western Sudan and the Sahara borders, forced by the expansion in the Sahara region of the Caspian peoples who have poured into northern A frica since very early times." IS Eugene Pittard, the Anthropologist, basing Pittard. his opinion on documents gathered by Ernest Chantre, formerly Sub-Director to the Societe d'Anthropologie de Lyon, in 1919,19 says of the Ashanti: "The marks of varia- bility indicated by the stature, cephalic index and nasal index, shows us only that the Ashanti do not constitute a pure ethnic group. They appear to be-whatever future studies may show- an aggregate of negro types. They assuredly classi fy as a people of tall stature (height above the medium and tall stature), for the most part dolichocephals or sub-dolichocephals, and platyr- rhine. But naturally, thi s is no more than a very general view. The proportion of short stature, of the brachycephalic and meso- rhinian types, shows us clearly what a degree of heterogeniety this .. Idem, p. 181 f. "Idem, p. 233. 17 Idem, p. 500. 18 Idem, p. 233 f. lIiI Cfr. Ernest Chantrc, "Contribution a )'etude des races humaines de la Guinee, Les Aschantis."-Bulletin, Societe d'Anthropologic de Lym,. 19l9, P·36. 30 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA people manifests." 20 Professor Pittard further expresses the opinion that the Ashanti reached their present location by emigra- tion from the north-east.21 Doctor Haddon, in his turn, remarks: "Although Haddon. dolichocephaly is a characteristic of the Negro, there is undoubtedly a broad-headed strain, the origin of which is obscure. In the third millenium B. c. the majority of the Negroes who came into Nubia were of the short, relatively broad- headed type.. An occasional broadening of the head extends as far west as the Kru and Vei and even among the Ashanti. Among the latter is a distinct proportion of short people, not- withstanding their mean high stature; they are also more downy and there is a tendency to extreme platyrrhiny. The broad-headed type thus extends from the western end to the eastern Sudan right across the continent, but it rarely appears in a pure condition. Its origin is doubtful; possibly it may represent an old migration from southern Arabia, and southward migrations from the cen- tral Sudan zone have broadened the heads of yarious peoples in senral parts of the great Congo area." 22 Later Doctor Haddon adds: "The Ashanti and Fanti (of the Tshi-speaking group) should be regarded as probably a single people migrating coast- ward, part of which, the Ashanti, remained beyond the forest belt on the first terraces of the highlands, while the rest, the Fanti, reached the Gold Coast." 2. Before going into this question more fully, let us Summary of Claridge. quote the following summing up of \Valton Clar- idge: "The records left by Europeans do not com- mence till the latter part of the fourteenth century, and none of them have left any account of any statements that may have been made to them by the people as to their past history. Very little is known, therefore, about the origin of these tribes, and such ac- counts as have been handed down and are current among them at the present time are purely traditionary. The Gold Coast African, however, seldom migrates. He will make long journeys for pur- poses of trade and may stay a\\'ay for years, but he always tends 20 Eugene Pittard, "Contribution a l'Stude Anthropologique des Aschanti,"- L'Allthrop%gie, Paris, Tome XXXV (1925), p. 464. 21 Idem, p. 453. 22 Haddon, Races of il-fan a1ld Their Distribl'tio1JJ New York, 1925. p. 49. 25 Idem, p. SI. THE ASHANTI OF WEST AFRICA 3 I to return to his original home. The Linguists and better-class people, from whom these traditionary accounts of past events are obtained, belong to families which have had their home in one and the same place from time immemorial. Among such a people, tradition has a far greater value than among less settled races, for places and natural objects connected with their past history are constantly before their eyes, and assist in preserving the story from generation to generation. "The general sum of these traditions is that the Fantis, Ashantis, 'vVas awa, and in fact all the Twi-speaking or Akan peoples were originally one tribe. They were a pastoral race and inhabited the open country beyond the forest belt and farther north than Salaga. A northern and lighter skinned people, which is commonly supposed to have been the Fulanis, commenced to encroach on their territory, and being stronger than they, seized their cattle and young women and made many of them slaves. After a time, the Akans began to migrate in small parties into the forest, where they built little villages and lived in hiding. As time went on, the number of these forest-dwelling fugiti,·es in- creased, until, in the course of many years, their numbers became very considerable. Their oppressors then heard of them and made several attempts to conquer and enslave them, but were unable to fight in the dense forest, and, tiring of their want of success, eventually left them unmolested2 ' Living in peace, the people continued to increase, and gradually extended further south until they had populated the forest belt and eventually reached the coast." 25 And again: "It is not known exactly when the Ashanti king- dom was first founded, and the law which makes any mention of the death of a king a capital offence has conduced to the loss of much of its earliest history. From the traditions that are now cur- rent it appears, however, that after the flight of the Akans from the districts that they had formerly occupied and the migration of the Fantis to the coast, the Ashantis remained and settled in the 24 Note :-It has been suggested with much reason that the advance of Islam to the south was in reality checked by the tsetse-flies which destroyed the horses of the intruders. Unaccustomed to fight on foot, the Musl1tman was helpless without his mount.-Cfr. Haardt and Audouin-Dubreuil, The Black Journey, New York, 1927, p. 84. "Claridge, History of Iile Gold Coast and Ashanti, Vol. I, p. 4 f. 32 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA northern portions of the forest country, where they established several minor kingdoms or principalities, which, though united by a common interest, were nevertheless independent of each other. By 1640 this confederacy had acquired considerable in- fluence and was esteemed a powerful kingdom. \Vith its allies, it was able to put an army of about 60,000 men in the field. They were armed principally with bows and arrows, and their valour and determination in battle soon gave their neighbours good reason to fear them. The seat of government is said to have been established sometimes at Chichiweri, at others at Bekwai or Dom- poasi; but of their earliest rulers or wars nothing definite is now known, although several vague traditions exist. "These traditions point to the Ashanti's first home as having been somewhere in the neighbourhood of the Adansi country- the 'Ananse' O'f Bosman. The first King whose name has been handed down is Chu Mientwi, who was succeeded by Kobina Amamfi. He is said to have reigned about 1600 to 1630. Gold was unknown during his reign, iron being used as currency. It is prob- able that there were at least two other Kings before him." 26 T. Edward Bowditch, who was the first European Contention of Bowditch. to come in close contact with the Ashanti and who subsequently published his impressions, records: "The men are very well made, but not as muscular as the Fantees; their countenances are frequently aquiline. The women are gener- ally handsomer than those of Fantee, but it is only among the higher orclers that beauty is to be founcl. . . . in many instances, regular Grecian features with brilliant eyes set rather obliquely in the head. Beauty in a N egress must be genuine, since complex- ion prejudices instead of imposes, and the European adjudges it to the features only, which appear in the class to be Indian rather than African." 27 Two years later, this same Bowditch sought to es- Scoffed at by Freeman. tablish a connection between the Ashanti and the ancient Egyptians and Abyssinians. Richard Aus- tin Freeman who gives little credence to the suggestion says of this essay or sketch: "I have elsewhere mentioned that when at Kumasi I was strongly reminded of ancient Egypt and its monu- 20 Idem, p. 192. 27 Bowditch, Mission from Cape Coast Castle to Ashanlel', p. 318. '" Gun e a '" l' I c o c A N Seale of Miles 1';10 2
eaki/lg Peoples of tloe Gold Coast of West Africa,
Lonclon, 1887, p. 324.
-10 Idem, p. 322,
110 Gcscnius' Hebrew Gra""nar, ed. c. #1 K.
ASHANTI HEBREWISMS 53
written language, especially in the development of a word through
varying conditions, when the white man undertakes to record the
sound he more or less perfectly comprehends?
In any case, among the Ashanti, the stool is a
Symbol of
Authority. symbol of authority and very much more besides.
In some inexplicable way, the vitality of an in-
dividual, of a family, or, in the case of the Golden Stool, of the
entire nation, is thought to be essentially linked up with the re-
spective stool. In fact, certain inheritance rights are transmitted
with the stool.
More than one uprising of the Ashanti was in defence of their
Golden Stool, which is not only an emblem of national unity, but
is supposed by the Ashanti to contain the national Sunsum or
spirit .. ' After repeated futile attempts to gain possession of this
Golden Stool, finding the Ashanti ready to die to a man rather
than disclose its hiding place, British Officials finally awoke to the
realization of the quasi-sacred character of this symbol of na-
tional vitality. With the assurance that they would not again
be asked to surrender what they valued more than life itself, the
Ashanti quickly became reconciled to British rule, and during the
World's War they proved their loyalty.
In I922, on the occasion of the wedding of the Princess Mary,
the Queen Mothers of Ashanti sent as a wedding-gift, a silver
stool which was a replica of that belonging to the late Queen
Mother of Mampon. Their address to Lady Guggisberg, wife of
His Excellency the Governor, gives us some idea of the reverence
in which the Ashanti hold the stool, as well as its symbolism.
"I place this stool in your hands. It is a gi ft on her wedding
for the King's child, Princess Mary.
"Ashanti stool-makers have carved it, and Ashanti silversmiths
have embossed it.
"All the Queen-Mothers who dwell here in Ashanti have con-
tributed towards it, and as I am the senior Queen-Mother in
Ashanti, I stand as representative of all the Queen-Mothers and
place it in your hands to send to the King's child (Princess Mary).
"It may be that the King's child has heard of the Golden Stool
of Ashanti. That is the stool which contains the soul of the
Ashanti nation. All we women of Ashanti thank the Governor ex-
54 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
ceedingly because he has declared to us that the English wiII
never again ask us to hand over that stool.
"This stool we give gladly. It does not contain our soul as our
Golden Stool does, but it contains all the love of us Queen-
Mothers and of our women. The spirit of this love we have bound
to the stool with silver fetters just as we are accustomed to bind
our own spirits to the base of our stools.
"\Ve in Ashanti here have a law which decrees that it is the
daughters of a Queen who alone can transmit royal blood, and
that the children of a king cannot be heirs to that stool. This law
has given us women a power in this land so that we have a
saying which runs:
'It is the woman who bears the man,'
(i. e. the king). We hear that her law is not so, nevertheless we
have great joy in sending her our congratulations, and we pray
the great God Nyankopon, on whom men lean and do not fall,
whose day of worship is a Saturday, and whom the Ashanti serve
just as she serves Him, that He may give the King's child and
her husband long life and happiness, and finally, when she sits
upon this silver stool, which the women of Ashanti have made
for their white Queen-Mother, may she call us to mind.
"( Signed) Amma Sewa Akota,
HX her mark." 52
In addition to the Golden Stool, on which he is never allowed to
sit, each king in turn has his own royal stool. Of these Captain
Rattray tells us: "After the death of a wise ruler, if it is desired
to perpetuate his or her name and memory, the late owner's 'white'
stool is 'smoked' or blackened by being smeared all over with
soot, mixed with the yoke of egg. It then becomes a 'black' stool,
and is deposited in the stool house and becomes a treasured heir-
loom of the clan. The stool which during the life-time of its
possessor was so intimately bound (literally and metaphorically
speaking) with the owner's sunsum or soul," thus becomes after
death a shrine into which the departed spirit may again be called
02 Rattray, Ashant1'J p. 294.
tl8 Note :-Rattray remarks in a foot-note: "Fetters are put on a stool
with the idea of binding to it the owner's soul."-Idem, p. 92 N.
ASHANTI HEBREWISMS 55
upon to enter on certain special occasions, ... that it may receive
that adulation and those gifts that were dear to it in life, and so
be induced to continue to use its new and greater spiritual in-
fluence in the interest of those over whom it formerly ruled when
upon earth." 5'
Chair of Moses. This deep veneration of .the stool as a symbol of
more than human authonty and power appears to
require some deep-seated superhuman tradition in the early stages
of the development of the Ashanti Nation. Christ's warning, "On
the chair of Moses have sitten the Scribes and Pharisees, etc."
would imply just such a spiritual force in the figure of speech
used. The "Chair of Moses" must have been an expression sym-
bolic of authority and legitimate succcession to the law-giving
power of the Prophet.
Chair of Elias. Even to-day, there is some such symbolism in the
Chair of Elias which is used in the Jewish cere-
mony of circumcision.55 After the father of the child has pro-
claimed his readiness to comply with the precept of the Creator,
"the operator places the child, then, upon a chair symbolical of
the throne of Elijah, Elijah being the angel of the covenant,
according to the prophet Malachi, and says, 'Behold I will send my
messenger, and he shall prepare the way before me.' The operator
thereupon recites: 'This is the throne of Elijah-may he be
remembered for good,' etc." 5.
Enthronement In I 246, two Franciscan Fathers set out as mis-
of Conyonk. sionary ambassadors of the Holy Sea for Tar-
tary and eventually reached the imperial residence
near the Dnieper. The Khan Dgotai had just died and Carpini,
one of the missionaries, describes the election and enthronement
of his son Convonk in his stead. The choice of the assembled
princes was una~imous, and they put a golden seat in their midst
and seating Conyonk on it addressed him as follows: "We will,
154 Idem, p. 92.
Gil Note:-What is said in this regard of the present day only carries out an
aDcient tradition. For, while describing the ceremonial of circumcision as
practiced by the Jews at Fez in Morocco, in the middle of the seventeenth
century. Lancelot Addison states that a seat was set close by for Elias, "whose
presence they still expect at this solemnity."-C£r. Lancelot Addison, Presnlt
State of the Jews, London, 1675, p. 62.
«Ie Wll1iam Rosenau, Jewish Ceremonial lnstitutiol~ alld Customs, New
York, 1925. p. 133.
S6 HEBREWISi\lS OF WEST AFRICA
we pray, and we command, that you have power and dominion
over us all." 57
This function has many characteristics in cornman with the
enthronement of an Ashanti king-characteristics that may in
both cases be ascribed perhaps to a cornman origin, and that
quite possibly an Hebraic one. For a strong influx of Hebrew
culture may be traced well beyond the Dnieper into the very heart
of Mongolia itself.
Furthermore, is it entirely without significance that Vernon
Blake, in contributing a chapter on the Aesthetics of Ashanti to
Captain Rattray's latest volume, remarks in connection with the
Ashanti stools: "I cannot prevent myself, every time I look at
these stool designs, from immediately remembering certain sides
of Chinese art . and indeed the greater number perhaps of
the designs, might almost pass for having a Chinese origin." 5.
Again, we repeat, may not the Hebrews be the common source of
both?
In this connection, it is most interesting to read,
Jews of
Caifomfou. that in an ancient synagogue of the Jews at
Cai fom fou, 5. capital of the Province of Honan, in
China, the center of the room of prayer was occupied by a raised
chair with richly ornamented cushions, upon which the scroll
of the Law was placed when it was being read. And even in com-
paratively recent times, this stool or chair was called by the mem-
bers of the Synagogue, "the Chair of Moses." 60 These Jews
supposedly found their way into the far East about the begin-
ning of the Christian era, as we shall see in a subsequent chapter.
J. G. Christaller in the Grammatical Introduction
Language
Indications. to his Ashanti dictionary, remarks how a relative
particle "serves to make up for the want of
relative pronouns, as in Hebrew," 61 and a careful study of Cap-
tain Rattray's Ashallti Prot'erbs discloses not a few indications
of seeming Hebrew affinity or rather influence. Thus in the con-
Ci7 Pamfito da Magliano, 51. Frollcis alld the FraHciscolls, New York, 1867.
P·447.
~8 Rattray. Religio,~ olld Art in Ashall/i, p. 369.
00 Cfr. Nicalaus Trigault. De Christiana Exp~ditjoJle apud Sinas suscepta
ab Societale Jrsu ex P. A/atthoei Ricii ejusdem Societatis Commcntariis,
Aug,burg, 1615. p. ll8 If.
60 Recfteil d'Obsert'atio/l.s Curiel/s£'S, Paris. 1749. Tome II, Chap. VI, p. 103.
61 Christaller, Die/jollor)', Gram. Introd. p. xix.
ASH ANTI HEBREWISMS S7
jugation of the verb the Ashanti prefix the personal pronouns
to the verb-stem,62 the same as is found in the Imperfect of
the Hebrews3 In Ashanti the past tense is formed by lengthening
the final vowel."4 which would be equivalent to deriving the
present from the past or per feet tense by shortening the final
vowel. This would show some analogy to the Hebrew, where the
imperfect is formed from the abstract form of the sternO'
In Ashanti, the comparative degree of the adjective is ex-
pressed by using the verb kyen or sen, meaning to surpass, or to be
"more than," 6U and in Hebrew "to express a comparative, the
person or thing which is to be represented as excelled in some
particular quality is attached to the attributive word by the prep-
osition MIN."' where the general sense of the word is al so
"more than." Now just as in Hebrew "all words, which by usage
serve as prepositions, were originally substantives," 08 and these
substantives in turn are for the most part traced back to the
third person singular of the perfect Qal as a root, so al so in
Ashanti there is strictly speaking no such thing as a preposition.
The words used as such are really verbs,.- or nouns in certain
ci rcumstances. '0
There is no indefinite article in Ashanti any more than there is in
Hebrew, and the force of the definite article in the former
language is usually obtained by the use of a pronoun,71 just as in
the Hebrew the definite article "is by nature a kind of demon-
strative pronoun." 72
The essential characteristics of the Hebrew Niphal conjugation
consist in a prefix to the stem. This is supplied by the pre-
positive NA, which in strong verbs is attenuated to NE, or by the
proclitic IN. The feature, then, of the Participle and its derivative
Nouns is the prefix NUN.'3 \Vhile the real meaning of Niphal
82 Rattray. Asha'~ti Pro'L'erbs, #22, p. 32.
&3 Gesenius, I. c. #30.
"Rattray, I. c. #4. p. 24.
6~ Gesenius, 1. c. #47a .
.. Rattray, I. c. #261, p. 89; #653, p. 162.
" "Jll. (J)lGesenius, I. c. #133a.
68 Idem, # 1013.
89 Rattray, Ashallti Pro'verbs, #317. p. 97.
10 Ellis, Tshi-Speal{jt~g Peoples, p. 311.
71 Idem, p. 311.
12 Gesenius, 1. c. #35a.
"Idem, # 5Ia & b.
58 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
bears some resemblance to the Greek Middle Voice with its re-
flexiye force,74 many of the nouns derived from its participle and
infinitive are to be found only in the plural number, e. g.
NIPHLAOTH,7' wonders; NIPHTULIM,7. wrestlings. Ashanti
words pre/i..xing N have usually a plural force, implying multitude
or masses, collectively or in the abstract,7' pretty much the same as
t.he plural abstracts of the Hebrew.7•
. In Ashanti the negative is usually formed by the prefix N,
"not" 7. sometimes written M, and in certain cases by Yen.·o
Similarly, in Hebrew, noun-clauses are negatived by the adverb
EN,·! literally (it is) not."" A negative effect is also produced by
the use of the prefix MIN,·3 usually written MI,·· or .ME.·' In
Hebrew, also, "two negatives in the same sentence do not
neutralize each other, but make the negation more emphatic." ••
In Ashanti, the use of the double negative is the regular con-
struction."' Moreover, the parallelism so distinctive of Hebrew
poetry is also to be noted in the Ashanti. I ,
While contending that primitive verbs in Ashanti and kindred
languages are monosyllabic, Ellis admits: "The sound of the con-
sonant can, however, frequently only be expressed by a com-
bination of two of the consonants of our alphabet." •• This mono-
syllabic system of primitive words is claimed as the dist inctive
groundwork of all Negro languages,·· and would seem at first
glance to preclude any possible similarity to the Hebrew, where
the stems as a rule consist of three consonants·o But as a matter
"Idem, #Sle.
" n1X~~1
1O Q>'1V11l!
77 Ellis, Yor"ba-Speakitlg Peoples, p. 219.
78 Gesenius, l. c. # 1243-.
10 Rattray, Asha~tti Proverbs, #439, p. 118.
80 Ellis, Tshi-Speakiu9 Peoples, p. 315. Note:-Yen seems to be made up of
ye or yeh, to be, and the negative N I not.
81 rl!
82 Gesenius, 1. c. # I52a .
" "W
8< \1
8~ ~ Gesenius, 1. c. # II9Y.
8S Idem, #I52Y .
• 7 Rattray, I. c. #33, p. 35 .
•• Ellis, Tshi-Speakillg Peoples, p. 305 f.
89 A . \Verner, The Lallguage Families of Africo, London, 1925. p. 36.
90 Gesenius, I. c. #30.
ASHA TI HEBREWISMS 59
of fact there is a group of scholars who maintain that funda-
mentally at least the Semite languages were built up on a
biliteral base, and it is even disputed whether these biliterals were
monosyllabic or dissylabic.· ' Doctor Hurwitz observes: "We may
hold, with Konig, that this biliteral base, as the fundamental root,
is a theoretical abstraction which never actually existed in the
living language; or we may prefer the other alternative, main-
taining that the biliteral root once had an independent existence,
and that it developed into its present style by the affixation of
formative increments or determinatives." 02 In the same way,
when Ellis and others would make the monosyllabic root the
foundation of Negro languages, it would be difficult to prove that
they are arguing for anything more than the most primitive forms
confined to theoretical existence only, and forerunners to the
actual spoken language, and consequently of little use outside the
field of pure etymology as Hurwitz concludes concerning biliteral
Semitic stems."3
However, it is far from the present intention to
Verbal
Ingrafts. even hint that Hebrew and Ashanti may be of the
same linguistic family or stock. Neither is it the
purpose to claim that they are of similar type. Vife are warned by
Edward Sapir: "The historical study of language has proven to us
beyond all doubt that a language changes not only gradually but
consistently, that it moves unconsciously from one type towards
another, and that analagous trends are observable in remote
quarters of the globe. From this it follows that broadly similar
morphologies must have been reached by unrelated languages,
independently and frequently." •• A. L. Kroeber, too, sets it down
as a principle: "Before genetic connection between two languages
can be thought of, the number of their words similar in sound
and sense must be reasonably large. An isolated handful of
resemblances are either importations-loan words-or the result
of coincidence."·' But to quote Sapir again: "One can almost
U Solomon Theodore Halevy Hurwitz, Root-Detcrm.illativcs in Semitic
Sp.ech, New York, 1913, especially p. l07ff.
U Idem, p. 13.
ea Idem, p. 108.
"40 Edward Sapir, Language~ New York, 1921, p. 128 f.
.. A. L. Kroeber, Anthropology, New York, 1923, p. 90. Note :-Cfr. also
Edward Sapir, Language, p. 57: "The objective comparison of sounds in two
or more languages is, then, of no psychological or historical significance
60 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
estimate the role which various peoples have played in the develop-
ment and spread of cultural ideas by taking note of the extent to
which their vocabularies have filtered into those of other
peoples." D.
By the present writer then, the most that is suggested is that
not a few Hebrew words and possibly certain distinctive Hebrew
constructions have been ingrafted on the native language of the
Ashanti.97 Moreover, if some scholars find similarities between
the Sumerian of early Babylonia and Modern African languages,
why should we be surprised at apparent traces of Hebrew in the
Ashanti language of to-day? 9.
The very name Ashanti has itself a strong He-
Derivation
of Ashanti. braic flavor. For, while some would derive the
word from "Shan" the name of a plant, and "dti,"
to eat, claiming that the title must have been acquired in the time
of a great famine, when they found sustenance in the plant in ques-
tion," this is mere guesswork. Actually, the termination "ti" or
"tie" in the names of \\1 est African Tribes has usually the general
meaning of "the race of," "the men of/J Ilthe children of." 100
This would make Ashanti, "the people of Ashan." There was as
a fact, a town of the name of Ashan in the domain of J udalo,
Priests were in residence there according to the First Book of
Chronicles,'oo where the word is spelt cASHAN,,03 though in
the corresponding passage of Joshue '04 it is spelt c;\IN,'oO which
unless the sounds are first 'weighted,' unless their phonetic 'values' are de-
termined. These values, in turn, flow from the general behaviour and func-
tioning of the sounds in actual speech."
96 Sapir, l. c. p. 209 f.
07 Note :-Sapir maintains: "The language of a people that is looked upon
as a center of culture is naturally far more likely to exert an appreciable in-
fluence on other languages spoken in its vicinity than to be influenced by
them."-Sapir, l. c. p. 205.
08 Cfr. Kroeber, l. c. p. 450: "The languages of these early west Asiatic
peoples have not been classified. Sumerian was non-Indo-European, noo-
Semitic, non-Hamitic. Some have thought to detect Turkish. that is Ural-
Altaic. resemblances in it. But others find similarities to modern African
languages. This divergence of opinion probably means that Sumerian cannot
yet be safely linked with any other linguistic group."
•• Claridge, History of the Gold Coast and AS/lOllti, Vol. I, p. 5.
~oo Louis Desplagnes, La Platea''' CC11trai Nigi6en, Paris, 1907. p. 106.
101 Joshue, xv, 16.
102 I Paral. vi, 59.
lOS Tn"
10. Jnos'h ue, xxi, 16. lOCI
ASHANTI HEBREWISMS 6r
the Jewish Encyclopedia suggests "may simply be a corruption
of Ashan." lOG Now is it a mere coincidence again, that Erwin de
Bary, referring to Air or Asben, north of Agades, calls it Ain ? 107
And. further, can its other name be a corruption of Ashan? 108
The primary meaning of the Hebrew word cASHAN 100 is
smoke, and it is used primarily of a burning city; and secondly
figuratively of the destruction of Israel."o The latter meaning
would be significant and certainly applicable to fugiti\'es from the
destroyers of Jerusalem, whether they were the Assyrians or the
Romans.
Reading Captain Rattray's latest work, entitled
Endogamy.
Religioll alld Art ill Asitanli, one cannot help
being impressed by the number of customs and practices there
described that find their counterpart among the ancient Hebrews.
Thus, for example, the Mosaic Law of intra-tribal marriages.'"
which was devised expressly to preserve the inheritance of the
daughters "in the tribe and family of their
Cross-Cousin
Marriages. father," 110 finds a close verification among the
Ashanti of to-day, and the cross-cousin marriages,
so characteristic of the latter,"3 are strictly similar to that of
the daughters of Salphaad who wedded "the sons of their uncle
by their father." 114
Again the preserving of certain names in a family
Familial
Names. is as much sought after by the Ashanti 115 as it
was of olel among the Hebrews, as showl1 in the
case of the naming of John the Baptist, when the objection was
l06W¥
]07 "Ghat ct les Tuareg de J'Ain,"--cfr. Jewish Ellc)lclop~dia, Vol. IV, p. 410.
105 Note :-According to Maurice Abadie the word should be Abscn and not
Asben. The Hausa. he claims, would find it too difficult to pronounce the S
before the B, while the imerted order of these letters is usual with them.-
Cfr. Maurice Abadie, La Colollie dll Niger, Paris, IC)27. p. 40. But the name
itself is not of Hausa origin. Francis Rcnnell Rodd thinks that Asben or
Absen was the "original name given to the area by the people of the Sudan
bef?re the advent of the Tuareg." efr. Francis Rennell Rodd, P~opf~ of the
Veri, p. 28.
'" Wl'
110 Brown Driver and Briggs, Lexicon, p. 7gB.
111 Num. xxxvi, 5-12.
112 Num. xxxvi, ]2.
113 Rattray. Religion aud Art in Ashanti Chapter XXIX.
11( Num. xxxvi, II. '
1.11S Rattray, 1. c. p. 323.
HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
made; "There is none of thy kindred that is called by this
name." 116
Marriage Rite. So also, the remarkable simplicity of the Ashanti
marriage and the distinctive part that wine plays
in the ceremonial remind one of the ancient Hebrew rite. Thus
Captain Rattray remarks the noticeable absence of such rites
as are observed in connection with birth and puberty.'17 However,
he states: "Before a proposal of marriage, and the subsequent
seeking of the consent of the parents . . . and the exchange of
gifts, it is the business of the young people to satisfy themselves
that their union would not violate any of the forbidden degrees
of consanguinity." 118 The ancient Hebrews themselves could not
have been more particular in this regard. They having obtained
the parents' consent, the Ashanti youth will make them small
gifts and pay the bride-price including the wine offering,"> and
as Captain Rattray insists: "The parents' consent, the presen-
tation and acceptance of these gifts, and the aseda (bride-price)
are the only formalities that are necessary to constitute a valid
marriage." 120 Later Captain Rattray adds: "I am of the opinion
that the payment or passing of wine as a part of the 'tira aseda,'
or 'bride-price,' was originally a very important, if not the es-
sential part of the ceremony. This wine is used in the religious
part of the marriage rites. . and is also handed round to those
who are present, who, along with the ancestral spirits, thus be-
come the witnesses of the marriage contract." 121 In the case of
a princess, some of the wine is poured oyer the ancestral stools,
otherwise "wine is poured on the ground for the spirits of the
ancestors, and the remainder shared by those present." 122
In close parallelism with the foregoing, in the ancient Hebrew
marriage, the ceremony was performed in a private house, with-
out the necessary presence of priest or rabbi. An elder invoked
the benediction and gave a cup of wine to the contracting parties
who pledged each other. The bridegroom, after drinking his
portion, dashed the cup to the ground and crushed it under his
116 Luke, i, 61.
117 Rattray, 1. c. p. 77.
118 Rattray, Religion and Art in Ashanti. p. 79.
119 Idem, p. 80.
120 Idem, p. 81.
121 Idem, p. 84-
12% Idem, p. 85.
ASHANTI HEBREWISMS
heel. The marriage contract was then read and attested by the
drinking of a cup of wine by each person present." 1'9
• Tot only in the marriage ceremony itself, but
Uncleanness also in after-marriage customs there is a strange
After
Child-birth. similarity between the Ashanti and the Hebrews.
Thus, for example, for eight days after the birth
of a ch.ild the Ashanti "mother is considered as unclean." 124 It is
only on the eighth day, at the Ntetea rite, as the Ashanti call it,
that the ch.ild receives its personal name,I'5 and on
Purification the fortieth day a still further ceremony has to be
Ceremony.
observed"· In all this we are certainly reminded
of Hebrew customs.
Menstrual Furthermore, the restrictions and taboos of the
Seclusion. Ashanti woman at the menstrual period, even to
the retirement to the bara hut,''' read like a page borrowed
from the Book of Leviticus,'28 and the system of Ashanti ablu-
Ceremonial tions to prevent legal uncleanness constantly
Ablutions. brings to mind similar practices which were com-
mon among the Hebrews.
Joseph Dupuis, after a lengthy residence in Bar-
Dupuis'
Account. bary, where he had become proficient in the Arabic
language, was sent in 1818, as His Britannic
~fajesty's Envoy and Consul to the Ashanti, and while on that
mission, through his acquaintance with the Moor of the district,
collected much valuable information about the interior of Africa,
chiefly from the Arabic Manuscripts and the traditions of the
Moslems. As a result of his investigations, he explains the origin
of the Ashanti as follows: "The growth and consolidation of
this comparatively great empire, is much talked of by the Heathens
as well as Moslems; and both are agreed, that the tribes of
Ashantee, Caman, Dinkira, and Akim, were driven by the be-
lievers, in the early age of Islam, from their original inheritances
in Chobagho, Chofqa, and Tanouma,I •• to the forests of Wan-
gara, i. e. the states of Ashantee inclusively, and the south-
'" Cfr. E. L. Urlin, A Short History of Marriag., London, 1903, p. 108 f.
124 Rattray. Religion and Art in Ashanti, p. S9
I" Idem, p. 62.
120 Idem, p. 65.
m Idem, p. 75.
12' Leviticus, xv, ]9-'29.
o
12g Placed by Dupuis along the longitude of Greenwich and about JO N .
64 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
eastern parts of Gaman, where they maintained their independence
at the expense of much blood, and defended the country gifted
with the precious metal, against the most vigorous efforts that
were made to bereave them of it." 130
Later, while criticizing a map that had been pub-
Yahoodee.
lished by T. Edward Bowditch in 1819,'31 he
says: "Beginning then at the top of the map, I find a place called
Yahoodee, a country or town of non-existence. Yahoodee simply
implies Jews, the tribes of Jews, etc. which term the Moslems
apply to those people of the Mosaic faith who inhabit the lower
Atlas, and the districts of Suse.'32 They also apply the term
Yahoodee to the Hebrew or Jewish tribes, whether native Africans
or not, who inhabit 1\1aroa, some parts of Fillany,'33 and the
neighborhood of Timbuctoo. Of these people I imagine the author
of the information spoke, when he endeavoured to make Mr.
Bowditch comprehend the import of the word Yahoodee. As a
nation or a tribe they cannot be inserted with propriety in any
map, for (hey exist even in a more deplorable state of servitude
and humiliation in those districts than in the empire of
Morocco." 134
In passing. it should be remarked. that whenever it is at all
possible, Dupuis takes exception to the statements of Bowditch,
and align;; himself against his predecessor's view. It should also
be remembered that Dupuis is drawing his information for the
most part from the 1\1oors, while Bowditch records the traditions
of the Ashanti themselves. In the present instance, however,
Bowditch would appear to have the better claim for credibility,
as only six years after the publication of Dupuis' criticism, it
was emphatically refuted by two travellers who actually passed
along the Niger and entered in their Journal under date of
Wednesday, July 7, 1830: "Yahoorie (sic) is a large, flourishing
and united kingdom. It is bounded on the east by Haussa. on
the west by Borgoo, on the north by Cubbie. and on the south
by the kingdom of Nouffie." 135 The position indicated by the
130 Joseph Dupuis, !ounlal of a Resideltee i" Ashantee, London, 1824. p. 22+
IS1 Wherein Bowditch places Yahoodee about 20° N.; 2° E.
182 Suse he places 30° N; 7° \V.
IS8 He places Maroa 18° N; 6° E; and Fillany 15° N; 2° E.
18<1 Dupuis, 1. c. Part II, p. x..xii.
131S Richard and John Lander, JOltrnal of au Expeditioll to Explore the
Course and Terminatioll of the Niger~ London, 1838, Vol. I, p. :qo.
ASHANTI HEBREWISMS
travellers on the map,'3. would place it on the Niger River, about
midway between the present Bussa and Gomba, in Northern
Nigeria.
But let us return to Dupuis' narrative, where we
Sudanese J ews. read: "The Jews of Soudan are, according to my
informers, divided into many large and small tribes, with whose
names they are unacquainted. Their mode of life in some coun-
tries is pastoral; but the towns are filled with traders and
artificers of that faith, who gain a subsistence at their several
employments, in the sen'ice of the tlIoslems, under whose govern-
ment they live as vassals. Tlus, in reference to Mr. Bowditch's
kingdom of 'Yahoodee,' I may be permitted to say, is the only
state of society in which that oppressed nation is suffered to
li\"e; and the tribes, without security in their possessions, with-
out public revenues or arms, are hourly exposed to insult and
rapine from the blind zeal and active bigotry by which their
lords are animated in these countrie~. The lands occupied by
these people cover a wide e,,1:ent, between Massina '31 and
Kaby13. They are said to be mingled also with the upper Foulaha
tribes, eastward of Timbuctoo, and in many parts of Marroa they
have inheritances or are employed as artificers in the cities and
towns; 'As we live among the heathens,' said Bashaw,'30 'so do
the Jews in ~1arroa and Fillany with our brethren; but they are
not esteemed like us, for they are a people hardened in their
sins and obstinate in infidelity; the anger of God is upon them,
and therefore are they given to the rule of the Moslems until
they shall become incorporated with the faithful.' The tribes are
not black, but of a colour resembling the Arabs of the north.
But what is more material, these Soudanic Jews are reported to
have been the original inhabitant~ thereabout, after the Arabs
were acquainted with central Africa." 140
Whence came these Jews, and what influence did they exert,
if any, upon the Ashanti in bygone days? This question will be
taken up after we consider the Supreme Being of the Ashanti
a. Idem, Vol. I, p. xl.
181 Massina is located 16° N; 2° W.
138 Kaby is 10cated 6° N; S° W.
130 Note :-Bashaw was the leading Moor among the Ashanti at the time of
Dupuis' stay there.
~.o Dupuis, I. c. Part II, p. cvi.
66 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
and His possible identification with the Yahweh of the Old Testa-
ment. For perhaps the most striking of what might be called
Ashanti Hebrewisms is the remarkable similarity between the
Ashanti tribal God and the Hebrew Yahweh. So important is this
link in our chain of evidence, that it seems well to devote to it a
separate chapter.
Thus far, however, we have shown certain cul-
Summary.
tural elements common to the Ashanti and the
ancient Hebrews, such as Ob cult, religious dances, use of
"Amen," vowel value, patrIarchal system, parallel symbolism of
authority in "stool" and "chair," endogamy, cross-cousin mar-
riages, familial names, exogamy, simplicity of the marriage rite
and the part that wine plays in the ceremony, uncleanness after
child-birth, purification ceremony, menstrual seclusion, and cere-
monial ablutions ; besides Ashanti loan words of apparent He-
brew origin. While individually each of these traits might well
be of independent origin, collectively they would appear to postu-
late di ffusion at least from a common center.
Chapter III
THE SUPREME BEING OF THE ASH ANTI
On all questions pertaining to the Ashanti, no
Assertion
of Ellis. authority is more widely quoted than that of the
late Sir Alfred Burton Ellis, who was for many
years an officer in a colored West India Regiment, that alternated,
usually at three-year intervals, between the Gold Coast and
Jamaica. It is a little surprising then, to find Sir Alfred making
the unqualified assertion, that the concept of a Supreme Being in
the minds of the Ashanti was entirely due to the influence of
Christianity, and was unknown previous to the advent of the
Missionary. In other words, that the traditions of the Ashanti,
as a tribe, preclude a Supreme Being, and that their native re-
ligion was circumscribed by polytheism and fetishism.
After quoting from Professor Waitz,' to the effect that "The
original form of all religion is a raw, unsympathetic polytheism,"
Ellis adopts the opinion as his own, and enunciates the thesis,
that in the case of the Negro of the Gold Coast, "all the deities
are of the earth, and their worship is born of fear of some pos-
sible ill, or of a desire of some possible good." 0
Under the caption "General Deities," Ellis further evolves his
theory as follows. Among the Northern Tribes of the Gold Coast
Negroes, which classification includes the Ashanti, the highest
deity generally worshipped, he calls Tando, a preternatural, not a
supernatural, being. Intercourse with the European in time led
to the introduction of a new deity named Nana-Nyankupon, the
Lord of the Sky. This God of the Christians had no temple and
no priesthood. The negro mind classified Him with their own
deities in a way, but conceived Him as altogether "too distant
and too indifferent to interfere directly in the affairs of the
1 Introduction to Anthropology, p. 368.
2 Ellis, Tshi-Speaking Peoples, p. ~I.
67
68 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
world." 3 This Nana-Nyankupon, frequently styled merely Nyan-
kupon, according to Ellis, gradually became regarded as "the lord
over the local deities." "To the anger of Nyankupon was also
ascribed the thunder and lightning, the tornado and the flood. To
these were added special attributes, the result of their contact with
Europeans." Thus small-pox and famine came to be regarded as
"Nyankupon's own special modes of displaying anger."·
Ellis then continues: "Within the last twenty or thirty years the
German missionaries, sent out from time to time by the mission
societies of Basel and Bremen, have made Nyankupon known to
European ethnologists and students of the science of religion;
but being unaware of the real origin of the god, they have
generally spoken and written of him as a conception of the native
mind, whereas he is really a god borrowed from Europeans and
only thinly disguised. Hence some scholars have expressed sur-
prise that the negro tribes of the Gold Coast should have pro-
gressed so much further in their religious development than many
other peoples occupying positions higher in the scale of civili-
zation, as to have formed a conception of a quasi-omnipotent god,
residing in the heavens instead of upon the earth, and approach-
able by sacrifice. Finding many points of similarity between the
Jahveh of the Jews and Nyankupon, the missionaries have made
use of the latter name to express the word 'god' in their sermons
and discourses, thus reversing the process which the natives had
themselves performed some two or three centuries earlier. But,
to the native mind, Nyankupon is a material and tangible being,
possessing a body, leg , and arms, in fact all the limbs, and the
senses, and faculties of man. He is also believed to have passions
similar to those of men. This, however, is but natural, and to the
uncultured mind the conception of an immaterial being is im-
possible." •
Shortly before the World War, R. Sutherland
Refutation
of Rattray. Rattray, the Ashanti District Commissioner, pub-
lished a volume of AshGllli Proz'crbs, and while
giving due credit to E ll is for what the latter had accomplished,
he seriously took exception to his viewpoint as regards the
3 Idem, p. 22 .
.. Idem, p. 27.
Ci Idem, p. 28.
THE SUPRErlfE BEING OF THE ASHANTI 6g
Ashanti concept of a Supreme Being. Citing the very passage
just quoted from Ellis, he objects: "The writer can hardly allow
these statements to remain unchallenged, as careful research has
seemed to him so totally to disprove them. Now the first cre-
dentials the present writer would ask of anyone who was ad-
vancing an opinion, as the result of independent research, into
native customs and beliefs such as this, would be the state of
proficiency that the investigator had acquired in the language of
the people whose religion and beliefs he was attempting to reveal.
"The standard we would ask would be a high one. Had the
investigator real col1oquial knowledge of the language of the
people whose inner soul he was endeavouring to lay bare? Such
a knowledge as is gained only after years of arduous study and
close intercourse, a knowledge that will enable the possessor to
exchange jokes and quips and current slang, and to join in a
discourse in which some dozen voices are all yelling at once?
Such a knowledge of a language is a very different thing from
an academic acquaintance with it, which might fit the possessor
to write an excellent grammar, dictionary, or some other treatise.
"Judged by such a standard the late Major Ellis must have
been found wanting." 0
Nine years later, the same author, who during the war had be-
come a Captain in His Majesty's Service, published another
volume entitled Ashanti, wherein he returns to the same sub-
ject. After styling Sir Alfred Ellis "our great authority upon the
region," he cites again the passage already mentioned, and then
continues: "I quoted the above extract in a previous work, and
therein stated at some length that I wholly disagree with the
opinion and statement of Ellis upon this particular subject.
"Further research, embodying a much fuller investigation into
Ashanti religious beliefs than was before possible, has only served
to strengthen the opinion which I formerly expressed.
"It is surprising to find that Ellis, who, considering his many
difficulties in working with an interpreter, made such good u e,
on the whole, of his opportunities, was so greatly misled with
regard to such an important question. He was, moreover, a close
student of Bosman, whom he constantly quotes, but he appears
to have missed or ignored what the Dutchman wrote upon thi s
6 Rattray, Ashanti Proverbs, #1, p. 18.
70 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
subject more than ISO years before those 'German missionaries'
ever set foot upon the Coast.
"Bosman says: 'It is really the more to be lamented that the
negroes idolized such worthless Nothings by reason that several
amongst them have no very unjust idea of the Deity, for they
ascribe to God the attributes of Omnipresence, Omniscience, and
Invisibility, besides which they believe that He governs all things
by Providence. By reason God is invisible, they say it would be
absurd to make any Corporeal Representation of him, ...
wherefore they have such multitudes of Images of their Idol gods
which they take to be subordinate deities to the Supreme God,
. . . and only believe these are mediators betwixt God and men,
which they take to be their idols.' 7
"How accurate in some respects Bosman's statement is will be
clear from an examination of the religious ceremonies which are
here recorded." 8
In due course, Ellis himself acknowledged that his
Partial
Retractation. position was untenable, but as so often happens in
similar cases, the original assertion has been
broadcasted and quoted innumerable times, while the retractation
has been for the most part ignored.
Three years after his earlier volume, Ellis returned to the ques-
tion in his Ewe-Speaki"g Peoples, and while treating of Mawu,
stated: "While upon the subject of this god, I may as well say
that, from additional evidence I have since collected, I now think
that the view I expressed concerning the origin of Nyankupon,
the parallel god of the Tshi-Speaking peoples, was incorrect; and
that instead of his being the Christian God borrowed and thinly
disguised, I now hold he is like Mawu, the sky-god, or in-
dwelling spirit of the sky; and that, also like J\Iawu, he has been
to a certain extent con founded with Jehovah." 9 But even here,
7 This quotation is from William Bosman, A Ne'"& and Accurate Description
of the Coast of Guin.4?a, divided ;,110 tlu Gold. the Sla1!c and tile Ivory eaosts,
London. 1721, p. 179 ff.
8 Rattray, Asharlti, p. 139.
9 A. B. Ellis, The E,!t'c-Speakiug Peoples~ p. 36. Note :-An article in the
N,'tv York Times !lagapi'H~ is introduced by the following comment: l'lm_
pressions of savage and remote parts of West Africa are recorded in the
following article by Dr. Ossendowski, who recently completed an extensive
journey through this lprimitive expanse of the Dark Continent." In the course
of this article, we read: "West Africa is a jumble of many religions. Some of
those that have disappeared for centuries from the rest of the earth persist
THE SUPREME BEING OF THE ASHANTI 71
of course, he does not gi\'e Him the full rating of a Supreme
Being,10
This modification of Ellis' view detracts nothing from the
stand of Captain Rattray. In fact, it only confirms the justness
of his criticism. For had Ellis enjoyed a conversational knowledge
of the languages that he was treating through means of an in-
terpreter, he would scarcely have made the blunder he did in the
first place.
That Captain Rattray personally is fully qualified
Rattray as
an Authority. to judge in the matter, even according to the
severe conditions that he has himself set down as
a norm, in rejecting Ellis as a competent witness, there can be no
question. Kot only is he a master of the Ashanti language and an
official interpreter in se\'era! other dialects, but his many years
among the Ashanti and kindred peoples have familiarized him with
their mode of thought, and have enabled him to win the unreserved
confidence of the negro, which in turn has gained for him ad-
mission to their most hidden ceremonies and has unlocked the
secrets of the Queen Mothers, who have freely satisfied his every
inquiry. As a matter of justice, the very title of "our great
authority upon the region," which in his modesty he has so
graciously yielded to Ellis, in all truth belongs to Captain R.
Sutherland Rattray himself and to no other.
Great weight then, must be given to Captain
Supreme
Being of the Rattray's statement: "I am convinced that the
Ashanti. conception, in the Ashanti mind, of a Supreme
Being, has nothing whatever to do with mission-
among these wild peoples, mingled with later religions down to those of to-day.
The result is a theological confusion difficult to analyze. Roman, Phoenician,
Syrian, Egyptian mythologies and the earlier Christian teachings have left
their mark on the tribes, and all these cults are criss-crossed with primal
nature worship that may be older than any of them. Most of the tribes of
\Vest Africa have lost their individuality through intermarriage with other
tribes; and their present-day religion, too, is conglomerate," However, he
numbers the Ashanti among the tribes that "have remained most nearly pure
in blood,"-Cfr. Ferdinand Ossendowski, Cruel Gods Fill the African Olympus
-. lew York Times A1oaa=ilte, l\lay 13. 1928, p. '3.
10 Note :-Four years later, Ellis makes even a further concession. After
asserting: "Olorun is the sky-god of the Yorubas ... just as Nyankupon is
to the Tshis" (elL Yoruba-Speaki"9 Peoples, p. 35) he states: "Like Nyan-
kupon ... Olorun is considered too distant or too indifferent, to interfere in
the affairs of the world" (1. c. p. 36) and then admits: liThe name Olorun,
however, occurs in one or two set phrases or sentences, which appear to show
that at one time greater regard was @id him" (I. c. p. 37).
72 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
ary influence, nor it it to be ascribed to contact with Christians or
even, I believe, with Mohammedans." 11 And again: "In a sense,
therefore, it is true that this great Supreme Being, the conception
of whom has been innate in the minds of the Ashanti, is the Je-
hm'ah of the Israelites." 12
In the very fact that the Hebrews, despite their
Mixed Religion. service of the True God, frequently relapsed into
idolatry, Captain Rattray finds a parallelism with the Ashanti,
where, as Bosman noted, one finds a belief in a Supreme Being
side by side with "multitudes of their Idol gods." The Captain
continues: "As will be seen presently, every Ashanti temple is a
pantheon in which repose the shrines of the gods, but the power or
spirit, that on occasions enters into these shrines, is directly or in-
directly derived from the one God of the Sky, whose intermedi-
aries they are. Hence we have in Ashanti exactly that 'mixed
religion' which we find among the Israelites of old. They wor-
shipped Jehovah, but they worshipped other gods as well." 13
Professor George Foot Moore, treating of the
Judaism.
character of Judaism, after declaring: "The
foundation of Judaism is the belief that religion is revealed," and
that, "There could be but one religion properly deserving the
name, for God is one: and revelation was not only consistent but
identical throughout. for God is ever the same," shows that in
practice at times: "The forefathers had fallen away from the true
religion, not only oy worshipping other gods, and by worshipping
their own God in a heathenish way, but by tolerating injustice and
immorality." And yet nevertheless this serious infraction of the
Law in no way affected the religion itself, which was "perfect
from the beginning, and therefore unalterable." 14
R. L. Ottley has summed up this seemingly para-
Idols of
Canaan. doxical condition of things. He writes: "The
Hebrews did not indeed openly abandon their al-
legiance to Jehovah, but they co-ordinated and sometimes even
identified, their national Deity with one or other of the gods of
Canaan, and thus the simple and pure worship of Jehovah was
11 Rattray, Ashanti, p. 140.
12 Idem. p. I4I.
18 Idem, p. 141.
10( George Foot Moore, Judaism iH the First Cc"tl,yics of the Christion Era,
Cambridge, Mass. I927, Vol. I, p. II2.
THE SUPREME BEING OF THE ASHANTI 73
gradually corrupted by the admixtures of usage and symbols
borrowed from the nature worship of the Canaanites." 16 But let
us go into this question a little more in detail.
The condition of Israel then, was not idolatrous
H ebrew
Monotheism. in the strict sense of the word, viz. the absolute
cult of a false god 1G Vigouroux makes this clear
when he says: "The Children of Israel who sacrificed to idols,
did so through frailty, through passion; but these infidelities of
the Chosen People, these 'adulteries' as the Prophets called them
in their forcible language, however culpable they were, neverthe-
less did not change the nature of the religion proper of Israel.
King Solomon affords us the type of the weak and inconstant
child of Jacob. He knows the unity of God, he confesses it and
praises it in chant, and despite all this, yielding to ignoble weak-
ness, he prostrates himself before shameful idol." 17 The same
author elsewhere quotes approvingly the words of F. Pret: "The
idolatry of the Hebrews was less an apostasy, than the adoption
of strange practices or ceremonies. One did not abjure Jahve, who
remained the only legitimate God of I rael; but, by impulse or
through interest, one associated with His worship what He re-
proved." 18
This state of affairs is well illustrated in the reign
Divided
Service. of the Reformer, King Josias, when "the priests
of the high places came not up to the altar of the
Lord in Jerusalem; but only ate of the unleavened bread among
their brethren." 19 Josias, according to the Scripture account, was
1:; R. L. Ottley, A Short His/ory 0/ the Hebrews to the Roman Period, New
York, 1923. p. 102.
16 Note :-Writing of the days of the }l.ionarchy, Blunt observes: liThe
Canaanite culture remained engrafted in Yahwism. The bull-worship of Yah-
weh in Bethel and Dan was maintained by kings and priests, and did not re-
ceive its death-blow till the destruction of Samaria. There are occasional
references to the practice of witchcraft and sacred prostitution, and numerous
evidences of the continued use of images, pillars and poles."-A. \V. F. Blunt,
Israel before Christ, London, 1924 p. 70. And again: "The cultus, therefore,
remained much the same as it had been in pre-monarchic times. But in the
train of the foreign connexions which were established under the monarchy,
foreign influences in religious practices bega.n to flood the country. Solomon's
importation of Egyptian and other gods set the example . ... The fact was
that, as relations with foreign countries developed, hospitality to foreign gods
seemed natural."-l. c. p. 71.
17 F. Vigouroux, La Bible et les Decouvertes A1oderl1l!S, Paris, 1884, Vot.
III, p. 33.
~: F. Vir;ouroux~.pjctiollnaire de fa Bib/e, Paris, 1895. Vol. III, p. 815.
IV Kings, XXlJI, 9.
74 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
slain at Mageddo by the Pharaoh Nechao, about 610 B. c. 20 and
was succeeded by his son Joachaz, who after a reign of only three
months 21 was dethroned by the Pharaoh Nechao and carried into
Egypt where he died. As the Babylonian captivity began about
sBs B. c. the religious condition of the Hebrews was most deplor-
able just at this period.
That Captain Rattray has no preconceived notions
Rattray's
Views. which he was trying to substantiate, and was in
reality entirely oblivious of the fact that his very
words indicate a connection between the Supreme Being of the
Ashanti and the Yahweh of the Hebrews, is shown from a per-
sonal letter written from Mampon on r-Iay 5, 1925, wherein he
differs with my view of the matter, saying: "I am afraid I can't
follow you in any attempt to trace Hebrew affinities in race and
language," though he admits: "r-Iany curious parallels certainly
exist." Later, however, after further correspondence on the sub-
ject, he apparently modifies his view somewhat, when he writes,
again from Mampon, on October 5, 1925: "I am so wholly ignor-
ant about all things HEBRE\,y that I am never in a position to
trace and to follow up possible clues to your theory of the possible
Semitic origin of some of Ashanti customs. I am aware of course,
that such a possibility has been suggested. Many times, however,
even with my scrappy information on the subject, I have been
struck with curious little points, such as the 40 day periods, etc."
Then with his characteristic modesty, he remarks: "All I can do
to help scholars like yourself, is to record accurately what I find
here. That my knowledge is limited to the Ashanti is possibly all
for the best, for I do not bring in preconceived notions and
theories which might unconsciously influence my work." Before
closing, he adds: "I think you are possibly on the right track, but
we have to be extraordinarily c:lreful not to be too ready to jump
to conclusions from what may after all be just one or other of
those strange coincidences which crop up in the comparison of
any two languages of peoples."
Keeping this warning in mind, we may now ap-
Ashanti
Nyame. proach the consideration of our subject in some-
what of a critical spirit. The full name of the Su-
20 IV Kings, xxiii, 29.
21 IV Kings, xxiii, 31.
THE SUPREME BEING OF THE ASHANTI 75
preme Being among the Ashanti is Onyame, but in conversation the
nominal prelL, 0 is generally e1ided,'2 and we usually find the
word even in writing 'Nyame, eta" being pronounced as in Hbat"
and "e" as in "met".'3 Moreover the prefix N, which is placed
before yerbs to form nouns that com'ey the idea of immensity or
numbers collectively or in the abstract," would leave as the signi-
ficant part of the word Yame. Now, on the one hand, we have
no less an authority than Professor Albert T. Clay, of Yale Uni-
versity, that "some Semites used IIi and others \V to represent
the same sound," 25 and on the other hand, Captain Rattray as-
sures me that in Ashanti the letter M interchanges with \V, and
quotes Christaller 26 as confirmatory authority. This establishes a
surprising similarity bet\\'een the Ashanti Yame and the Hebrew
Tetragrammaton, Yahweh." And the fact that the latter is
commonly regarded as having been derived from the verb
HAYAH,2s "to be", which in turn has an equiyalent in Ashanti,
"yeh" 29 also meaning "to be", only strengthens the presumption
that the one was derived from the other, or that both came from
the same Semitic root.
Identification Furthermore, among the attributes of the Ashanti
with Yahweh. 'Nyame, stands out Bore-bore, meaning Crea-
tor,"o the exact equiYalent, in sound and signification, with the
participle BORE 31 of the Hebrew verb B RA,32 "to create"
Again, '. Tyame is called 'Nyankopon, signifying 'Nyame, alone,
great one,33 and 'Nyankopnn Kwame, which means 'Nyanle,
alone, great one, to whom Saturday is dedicated."' which is as-
suredly an easy equivalent for "the Lord of the Sabbath."
We might even draw a confirmatory argul1lent from the fact
22 Ellis, Tshi-Speaki"9 Peoples, p. 30 9.
23 Idem, p. 307.
2·' Ellis, Yoruba-Speakillg Peoples, p. 219.
26 Albert T. Gay, Empire of the Amoritcs, New Haven, 1919, p, 72.
28 Christaller, Dictionary, p. 291.
21 lTn'
28 n:i1
"Ellis, Tshi-Speaki"9 Peoples,.p. 315.
80 Rattray, Ashanti Proverbs, #1, p. 18.
31 K1tl efr. Isaias, xlij, 5.
" IC")~
"Rattray, I. c. #J, p. 18.
U Rattray, Ashanti, p. 51.
76 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRI CA
that 'Nyame has the prefix N, which would imply that it is a
coUecti\'e noun, as we have already noted. For, just as we find in
the Hebrew the plural form ELOHIM 35 when the Supreme Be-
ing is indicated, so the same general principle would apparently
here assert itself in the Ashanti concept in this use of a collective
noun-in both instances perhaps there is a veiled reference to the
Trinity by implication. And what is even more strange, while the
accepted rule in Ashanti is that descriptive nouns are generally
compounded of a verb with the prefix 0 and the suffi.." FO to
imply personality,S6 in the present instance the personal suffix is
wanting, as if the traditional concept of the Trinity precluded the
idea of a single personality from 'Nyame.
That the present-day Ashanti themselves regard
Testimony of their tribal God as identical with the one True
Queen-
Mothers. God of Christendom, who is in reality the Yahweh
of the Hebrews, is clear from the address of the
Queen-Mothers that accompanied the silver stool which they pre-
sented to Viscountess Lascelles as a wedding present. The letter
appeared in full in the previous chapter, but we may be permitted
to repeat here a single passage that is much to our purpose: "And
we pray the great God Nyankopon on whom men lean and do not
fall, whose day of worship is a Saturday, and whom the Ashanti
serve just as she serves Him, that He may give the King's child
and her husband long life and happiness." 3 7
\Vcll then, did Captain Rattray write in 19I.1-: "In
Rattray's
Argument. Ashanti, in remote bush villages, buried away in
impenetrable forest, and as yet even untouched by
European and missionary inAuence, it would seem incredible that
the Christian idea of a one and Supreme Being should, if a for-
eign element of only some two or three hundred years' growth,
have taken such deep root as to affect their folk-lore, traditions,
customs, and the very sayings and pro\'erbs with which their lan-
guage abounds. These proverbs and traditions, moreover, which
speak of and contain references to a Supreme Being, are far more
commonly known among the greybeards, elders, and the fetish
priestly class themselves than among the rising younger genera-
.. D'ry':>l!
.. E llis, 1. c. p. 308.
ST efr. Page 54 f .
THE SUPREME BEING OF THE ASHANTI 77
tion, grown up among the new influences and often trained in the
yery precincts of a mission. Fetishism and monotheism would at
first sight appear the \"ery antithesis of each other, but a careful
investigation of facts will show that here in Ashanti it is not
so. " 38
Among the proverbs adduced by Rattray are the
Ashanti
Proverbs. following :-"Of all the wide earth, Onyame is
the elder."
"If you wish to tell anything to Onyankopon, tell it to the
winds."
"The hawk says, 'All things that Onyame made are beautiful
(good).' "
"I who lie on my back looking upwards, do not see Onyan-
kopon, so what do you expect who are sprawling on your belly!"
"Because Onyankopon did not wish any bad words, He gave a
name to each thing, one by one."
"The words that Onyame had beforehand ordained, a human
being does not alter."
"If Onyame gives you sickness, He gives you medicine."
"It is Onyame who pounds the fufu for the one without arms."
"All men are the children of Onyame, no one is a child of
earth." 3.
Despite the assertion of Ellis, already quoted,4.
P riests
of Nyame. that the deity whom he calls Nana-Nyankupon
had no temple and priesthood, Rattray positively
proves the contrary, and shows moreover that the priests of
')Jyame are dedicated to Him for life. The ceremony of dedi-
cation requires that white clay be smeared in three lines on parts
of the head, arms and chest, the prayer of invocation being:
'Nyankopon Kwame wo huiri eni o,-God, Kwame (i. e. whose
day of service is Saturday) this is your white clay, life to our
master." .. "After this ceremony the priest must sleep in the
'I\'yame dan, temple of the Sky god, for eight nights." 41
The candidate for the priesthood must spend three years of
novitiate in preparation for the office, and it is during his third
year of training that he utters a prayer containing these words:
88 Rattray, Asl1mtti Proverbs, #1, p. ]9 f.
89 Rattray, Ashanti Proverbs, #1, 2, 6, 7. 8, 10, J3, 14, IS. p, 17 if.
4. efr. Page 67.
H Rattray. Ashanti, p. 144.
i8 HEBREWIS11S OF WEST AFRICA
"Supreme Being, who alone is great, it is you who begat me, etc." 42
and there is a common saying among the Ashanti: "~o priest may
look upon the face of his God and li\'e," 43 which sounds re-
markably like an echo of Yahweh's warning to Moses at Mount
Sinai: "Thou canst not see my face: for man shall not see me and
Jive." H
One Ashanti proverb is particularly striking. "The
Redeemer.
Creator created death only for death to kill Him."
On which Rattray comments: "This saying illustrates in a won-
derful epigrammatical manner the power of death." eaki/lg Peoples of tloe Gold Coast of West Africa,
Lonclon, 1887, p. 324.
-10 Idem, p. 322,
110 Gcscnius' Hebrew Gra""nar, ed. c. #1 K.
ASHANTI HEBREWISMS 53
written language, especially in the development of a word through
varying conditions, when the white man undertakes to record the
sound he more or less perfectly comprehends?
In any case, among the Ashanti, the stool is a
Symbol of
Authority. symbol of authority and very much more besides.
In some inexplicable way, the vitality of an in-
dividual, of a family, or, in the case of the Golden Stool, of the
entire nation, is thought to be essentially linked up with the re-
spective stool. In fact, certain inheritance rights are transmitted
with the stool.
More than one uprising of the Ashanti was in defence of their
Golden Stool, which is not only an emblem of national unity, but
is supposed by the Ashanti to contain the national Sunsum or
spirit .. ' After repeated futile attempts to gain possession of this
Golden Stool, finding the Ashanti ready to die to a man rather
than disclose its hiding place, British Officials finally awoke to the
realization of the quasi-sacred character of this symbol of na-
tional vitality. With the assurance that they would not again
be asked to surrender what they valued more than life itself, the
Ashanti quickly became reconciled to British rule, and during the
World's War they proved their loyalty.
In I922, on the occasion of the wedding of the Princess Mary,
the Queen Mothers of Ashanti sent as a wedding-gift, a silver
stool which was a replica of that belonging to the late Queen
Mother of Mampon. Their address to Lady Guggisberg, wife of
His Excellency the Governor, gives us some idea of the reverence
in which the Ashanti hold the stool, as well as its symbolism.
"I place this stool in your hands. It is a gi ft on her wedding
for the King's child, Princess Mary.
"Ashanti stool-makers have carved it, and Ashanti silversmiths
have embossed it.
"All the Queen-Mothers who dwell here in Ashanti have con-
tributed towards it, and as I am the senior Queen-Mother in
Ashanti, I stand as representative of all the Queen-Mothers and
place it in your hands to send to the King's child (Princess Mary).
"It may be that the King's child has heard of the Golden Stool
of Ashanti. That is the stool which contains the soul of the
Ashanti nation. All we women of Ashanti thank the Governor ex-
54 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
ceedingly because he has declared to us that the English wiII
never again ask us to hand over that stool.
"This stool we give gladly. It does not contain our soul as our
Golden Stool does, but it contains all the love of us Queen-
Mothers and of our women. The spirit of this love we have bound
to the stool with silver fetters just as we are accustomed to bind
our own spirits to the base of our stools.
"\Ve in Ashanti here have a law which decrees that it is the
daughters of a Queen who alone can transmit royal blood, and
that the children of a king cannot be heirs to that stool. This law
has given us women a power in this land so that we have a
saying which runs:
'It is the woman who bears the man,'
(i. e. the king). We hear that her law is not so, nevertheless we
have great joy in sending her our congratulations, and we pray
the great God Nyankopon, on whom men lean and do not fall,
whose day of worship is a Saturday, and whom the Ashanti serve
just as she serves Him, that He may give the King's child and
her husband long life and happiness, and finally, when she sits
upon this silver stool, which the women of Ashanti have made
for their white Queen-Mother, may she call us to mind.
"( Signed) Amma Sewa Akota,
HX her mark." 52
In addition to the Golden Stool, on which he is never allowed to
sit, each king in turn has his own royal stool. Of these Captain
Rattray tells us: "After the death of a wise ruler, if it is desired
to perpetuate his or her name and memory, the late owner's 'white'
stool is 'smoked' or blackened by being smeared all over with
soot, mixed with the yoke of egg. It then becomes a 'black' stool,
and is deposited in the stool house and becomes a treasured heir-
loom of the clan. The stool which during the life-time of its
possessor was so intimately bound (literally and metaphorically
speaking) with the owner's sunsum or soul," thus becomes after
death a shrine into which the departed spirit may again be called
02 Rattray, Ashant1'J p. 294.
tl8 Note :-Rattray remarks in a foot-note: "Fetters are put on a stool
with the idea of binding to it the owner's soul."-Idem, p. 92 N.
ASHANTI HEBREWISMS 55
upon to enter on certain special occasions, ... that it may receive
that adulation and those gifts that were dear to it in life, and so
be induced to continue to use its new and greater spiritual in-
fluence in the interest of those over whom it formerly ruled when
upon earth." 5'
Chair of Moses. This deep veneration of .the stool as a symbol of
more than human authonty and power appears to
require some deep-seated superhuman tradition in the early stages
of the development of the Ashanti Nation. Christ's warning, "On
the chair of Moses have sitten the Scribes and Pharisees, etc."
would imply just such a spiritual force in the figure of speech
used. The "Chair of Moses" must have been an expression sym-
bolic of authority and legitimate succcession to the law-giving
power of the Prophet.
Chair of Elias. Even to-day, there is some such symbolism in the
Chair of Elias which is used in the Jewish cere-
mony of circumcision.55 After the father of the child has pro-
claimed his readiness to comply with the precept of the Creator,
"the operator places the child, then, upon a chair symbolical of
the throne of Elijah, Elijah being the angel of the covenant,
according to the prophet Malachi, and says, 'Behold I will send my
messenger, and he shall prepare the way before me.' The operator
thereupon recites: 'This is the throne of Elijah-may he be
remembered for good,' etc." 5.
Enthronement In I 246, two Franciscan Fathers set out as mis-
of Conyonk. sionary ambassadors of the Holy Sea for Tar-
tary and eventually reached the imperial residence
near the Dnieper. The Khan Dgotai had just died and Carpini,
one of the missionaries, describes the election and enthronement
of his son Convonk in his stead. The choice of the assembled
princes was una~imous, and they put a golden seat in their midst
and seating Conyonk on it addressed him as follows: "We will,
154 Idem, p. 92.
Gil Note:-What is said in this regard of the present day only carries out an
aDcient tradition. For, while describing the ceremonial of circumcision as
practiced by the Jews at Fez in Morocco, in the middle of the seventeenth
century. Lancelot Addison states that a seat was set close by for Elias, "whose
presence they still expect at this solemnity."-C£r. Lancelot Addison, Presnlt
State of the Jews, London, 1675, p. 62.
«Ie Wll1iam Rosenau, Jewish Ceremonial lnstitutiol~ alld Customs, New
York, 1925. p. 133.
S6 HEBREWISi\lS OF WEST AFRICA
we pray, and we command, that you have power and dominion
over us all." 57
This function has many characteristics in cornman with the
enthronement of an Ashanti king-characteristics that may in
both cases be ascribed perhaps to a cornman origin, and that
quite possibly an Hebraic one. For a strong influx of Hebrew
culture may be traced well beyond the Dnieper into the very heart
of Mongolia itself.
Furthermore, is it entirely without significance that Vernon
Blake, in contributing a chapter on the Aesthetics of Ashanti to
Captain Rattray's latest volume, remarks in connection with the
Ashanti stools: "I cannot prevent myself, every time I look at
these stool designs, from immediately remembering certain sides
of Chinese art . and indeed the greater number perhaps of
the designs, might almost pass for having a Chinese origin." 5.
Again, we repeat, may not the Hebrews be the common source of
both?
In this connection, it is most interesting to read,
Jews of
Caifomfou. that in an ancient synagogue of the Jews at
Cai fom fou, 5. capital of the Province of Honan, in
China, the center of the room of prayer was occupied by a raised
chair with richly ornamented cushions, upon which the scroll
of the Law was placed when it was being read. And even in com-
paratively recent times, this stool or chair was called by the mem-
bers of the Synagogue, "the Chair of Moses." 60 These Jews
supposedly found their way into the far East about the begin-
ning of the Christian era, as we shall see in a subsequent chapter.
J. G. Christaller in the Grammatical Introduction
Language
Indications. to his Ashanti dictionary, remarks how a relative
particle "serves to make up for the want of
relative pronouns, as in Hebrew," 61 and a careful study of Cap-
tain Rattray's Ashallti Prot'erbs discloses not a few indications
of seeming Hebrew affinity or rather influence. Thus in the con-
Ci7 Pamfito da Magliano, 51. Frollcis alld the FraHciscolls, New York, 1867.
P·447.
~8 Rattray. Religio,~ olld Art in Ashall/i, p. 369.
00 Cfr. Nicalaus Trigault. De Christiana Exp~ditjoJle apud Sinas suscepta
ab Societale Jrsu ex P. A/atthoei Ricii ejusdem Societatis Commcntariis,
Aug,burg, 1615. p. ll8 If.
60 Recfteil d'Obsert'atio/l.s Curiel/s£'S, Paris. 1749. Tome II, Chap. VI, p. 103.
61 Christaller, Die/jollor)', Gram. Introd. p. xix.
ASH ANTI HEBREWISMS S7
jugation of the verb the Ashanti prefix the personal pronouns
to the verb-stem,62 the same as is found in the Imperfect of
the Hebrews3 In Ashanti the past tense is formed by lengthening
the final vowel."4 which would be equivalent to deriving the
present from the past or per feet tense by shortening the final
vowel. This would show some analogy to the Hebrew, where the
imperfect is formed from the abstract form of the sternO'
In Ashanti, the comparative degree of the adjective is ex-
pressed by using the verb kyen or sen, meaning to surpass, or to be
"more than," 6U and in Hebrew "to express a comparative, the
person or thing which is to be represented as excelled in some
particular quality is attached to the attributive word by the prep-
osition MIN."' where the general sense of the word is al so
"more than." Now just as in Hebrew "all words, which by usage
serve as prepositions, were originally substantives," 08 and these
substantives in turn are for the most part traced back to the
third person singular of the perfect Qal as a root, so al so in
Ashanti there is strictly speaking no such thing as a preposition.
The words used as such are really verbs,.- or nouns in certain
ci rcumstances. '0
There is no indefinite article in Ashanti any more than there is in
Hebrew, and the force of the definite article in the former
language is usually obtained by the use of a pronoun,71 just as in
the Hebrew the definite article "is by nature a kind of demon-
strative pronoun." 72
The essential characteristics of the Hebrew Niphal conjugation
consist in a prefix to the stem. This is supplied by the pre-
positive NA, which in strong verbs is attenuated to NE, or by the
proclitic IN. The feature, then, of the Participle and its derivative
Nouns is the prefix NUN.'3 \Vhile the real meaning of Niphal
82 Rattray. Asha'~ti Pro'L'erbs, #22, p. 32.
&3 Gesenius, I. c. #30.
"Rattray, I. c. #4. p. 24.
6~ Gesenius, 1. c. #47a .
.. Rattray, I. c. #261, p. 89; #653, p. 162.
" "Jll. (J)lGesenius, I. c. #133a.
68 Idem, # 1013.
89 Rattray, Ashallti Pro'verbs, #317. p. 97.
10 Ellis, Tshi-Speal{jt~g Peoples, p. 311.
71 Idem, p. 311.
12 Gesenius, 1. c. #35a.
"Idem, # 5Ia & b.
58 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
bears some resemblance to the Greek Middle Voice with its re-
flexiye force,74 many of the nouns derived from its participle and
infinitive are to be found only in the plural number, e. g.
NIPHLAOTH,7' wonders; NIPHTULIM,7. wrestlings. Ashanti
words pre/i..xing N have usually a plural force, implying multitude
or masses, collectively or in the abstract,7' pretty much the same as
t.he plural abstracts of the Hebrew.7•
. In Ashanti the negative is usually formed by the prefix N,
"not" 7. sometimes written M, and in certain cases by Yen.·o
Similarly, in Hebrew, noun-clauses are negatived by the adverb
EN,·! literally (it is) not."" A negative effect is also produced by
the use of the prefix MIN,·3 usually written MI,·· or .ME.·' In
Hebrew, also, "two negatives in the same sentence do not
neutralize each other, but make the negation more emphatic." ••
In Ashanti, the use of the double negative is the regular con-
struction."' Moreover, the parallelism so distinctive of Hebrew
poetry is also to be noted in the Ashanti. I ,
While contending that primitive verbs in Ashanti and kindred
languages are monosyllabic, Ellis admits: "The sound of the con-
sonant can, however, frequently only be expressed by a com-
bination of two of the consonants of our alphabet." •• This mono-
syllabic system of primitive words is claimed as the dist inctive
groundwork of all Negro languages,·· and would seem at first
glance to preclude any possible similarity to the Hebrew, where
the stems as a rule consist of three consonants·o But as a matter
"Idem, #Sle.
" n1X~~1
1O Q>'1V11l!
77 Ellis, Yor"ba-Speakitlg Peoples, p. 219.
78 Gesenius, l. c. # 1243-.
10 Rattray, Asha~tti Proverbs, #439, p. 118.
80 Ellis, Tshi-Speakiu9 Peoples, p. 315. Note:-Yen seems to be made up of
ye or yeh, to be, and the negative N I not.
81 rl!
82 Gesenius, 1. c. # I52a .
" "W
8< \1
8~ ~ Gesenius, 1. c. # II9Y.
8S Idem, #I52Y .
• 7 Rattray, I. c. #33, p. 35 .
•• Ellis, Tshi-Speakillg Peoples, p. 305 f.
89 A . \Verner, The Lallguage Families of Africo, London, 1925. p. 36.
90 Gesenius, I. c. #30.
ASHA TI HEBREWISMS 59
of fact there is a group of scholars who maintain that funda-
mentally at least the Semite languages were built up on a
biliteral base, and it is even disputed whether these biliterals were
monosyllabic or dissylabic.· ' Doctor Hurwitz observes: "We may
hold, with Konig, that this biliteral base, as the fundamental root,
is a theoretical abstraction which never actually existed in the
living language; or we may prefer the other alternative, main-
taining that the biliteral root once had an independent existence,
and that it developed into its present style by the affixation of
formative increments or determinatives." 02 In the same way,
when Ellis and others would make the monosyllabic root the
foundation of Negro languages, it would be difficult to prove that
they are arguing for anything more than the most primitive forms
confined to theoretical existence only, and forerunners to the
actual spoken language, and consequently of little use outside the
field of pure etymology as Hurwitz concludes concerning biliteral
Semitic stems."3
However, it is far from the present intention to
Verbal
Ingrafts. even hint that Hebrew and Ashanti may be of the
same linguistic family or stock. Neither is it the
purpose to claim that they are of similar type. Vife are warned by
Edward Sapir: "The historical study of language has proven to us
beyond all doubt that a language changes not only gradually but
consistently, that it moves unconsciously from one type towards
another, and that analagous trends are observable in remote
quarters of the globe. From this it follows that broadly similar
morphologies must have been reached by unrelated languages,
independently and frequently." •• A. L. Kroeber, too, sets it down
as a principle: "Before genetic connection between two languages
can be thought of, the number of their words similar in sound
and sense must be reasonably large. An isolated handful of
resemblances are either importations-loan words-or the result
of coincidence."·' But to quote Sapir again: "One can almost
U Solomon Theodore Halevy Hurwitz, Root-Detcrm.illativcs in Semitic
Sp.ech, New York, 1913, especially p. l07ff.
U Idem, p. 13.
ea Idem, p. 108.
"40 Edward Sapir, Language~ New York, 1921, p. 128 f.
.. A. L. Kroeber, Anthropology, New York, 1923, p. 90. Note :-Cfr. also
Edward Sapir, Language, p. 57: "The objective comparison of sounds in two
or more languages is, then, of no psychological or historical significance
60 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
estimate the role which various peoples have played in the develop-
ment and spread of cultural ideas by taking note of the extent to
which their vocabularies have filtered into those of other
peoples." D.
By the present writer then, the most that is suggested is that
not a few Hebrew words and possibly certain distinctive Hebrew
constructions have been ingrafted on the native language of the
Ashanti.97 Moreover, if some scholars find similarities between
the Sumerian of early Babylonia and Modern African languages,
why should we be surprised at apparent traces of Hebrew in the
Ashanti language of to-day? 9.
The very name Ashanti has itself a strong He-
Derivation
of Ashanti. braic flavor. For, while some would derive the
word from "Shan" the name of a plant, and "dti,"
to eat, claiming that the title must have been acquired in the time
of a great famine, when they found sustenance in the plant in ques-
tion," this is mere guesswork. Actually, the termination "ti" or
"tie" in the names of \\1 est African Tribes has usually the general
meaning of "the race of," "the men of/J Ilthe children of." 100
This would make Ashanti, "the people of Ashan." There was as
a fact, a town of the name of Ashan in the domain of J udalo,
Priests were in residence there according to the First Book of
Chronicles,'oo where the word is spelt cASHAN,,03 though in
the corresponding passage of Joshue '04 it is spelt c;\IN,'oO which
unless the sounds are first 'weighted,' unless their phonetic 'values' are de-
termined. These values, in turn, flow from the general behaviour and func-
tioning of the sounds in actual speech."
96 Sapir, l. c. p. 209 f.
07 Note :-Sapir maintains: "The language of a people that is looked upon
as a center of culture is naturally far more likely to exert an appreciable in-
fluence on other languages spoken in its vicinity than to be influenced by
them."-Sapir, l. c. p. 205.
08 Cfr. Kroeber, l. c. p. 450: "The languages of these early west Asiatic
peoples have not been classified. Sumerian was non-Indo-European, noo-
Semitic, non-Hamitic. Some have thought to detect Turkish. that is Ural-
Altaic. resemblances in it. But others find similarities to modern African
languages. This divergence of opinion probably means that Sumerian cannot
yet be safely linked with any other linguistic group."
•• Claridge, History of the Gold Coast and AS/lOllti, Vol. I, p. 5.
~oo Louis Desplagnes, La Platea''' CC11trai Nigi6en, Paris, 1907. p. 106.
101 Joshue, xv, 16.
102 I Paral. vi, 59.
lOS Tn"
10. Jnos'h ue, xxi, 16. lOCI
ASHANTI HEBREWISMS 6r
the Jewish Encyclopedia suggests "may simply be a corruption
of Ashan." lOG Now is it a mere coincidence again, that Erwin de
Bary, referring to Air or Asben, north of Agades, calls it Ain ? 107
And. further, can its other name be a corruption of Ashan? 108
The primary meaning of the Hebrew word cASHAN 100 is
smoke, and it is used primarily of a burning city; and secondly
figuratively of the destruction of Israel."o The latter meaning
would be significant and certainly applicable to fugiti\'es from the
destroyers of Jerusalem, whether they were the Assyrians or the
Romans.
Reading Captain Rattray's latest work, entitled
Endogamy.
Religioll alld Art ill Asitanli, one cannot help
being impressed by the number of customs and practices there
described that find their counterpart among the ancient Hebrews.
Thus, for example, the Mosaic Law of intra-tribal marriages.'"
which was devised expressly to preserve the inheritance of the
daughters "in the tribe and family of their
Cross-Cousin
Marriages. father," 110 finds a close verification among the
Ashanti of to-day, and the cross-cousin marriages,
so characteristic of the latter,"3 are strictly similar to that of
the daughters of Salphaad who wedded "the sons of their uncle
by their father." 114
Again the preserving of certain names in a family
Familial
Names. is as much sought after by the Ashanti 115 as it
was of olel among the Hebrews, as showl1 in the
case of the naming of John the Baptist, when the objection was
l06W¥
]07 "Ghat ct les Tuareg de J'Ain,"--cfr. Jewish Ellc)lclop~dia, Vol. IV, p. 410.
105 Note :-According to Maurice Abadie the word should be Abscn and not
Asben. The Hausa. he claims, would find it too difficult to pronounce the S
before the B, while the imerted order of these letters is usual with them.-
Cfr. Maurice Abadie, La Colollie dll Niger, Paris, IC)27. p. 40. But the name
itself is not of Hausa origin. Francis Rcnnell Rodd thinks that Asben or
Absen was the "original name given to the area by the people of the Sudan
bef?re the advent of the Tuareg." efr. Francis Rennell Rodd, P~opf~ of the
Veri, p. 28.
'" Wl'
110 Brown Driver and Briggs, Lexicon, p. 7gB.
111 Num. xxxvi, 5-12.
112 Num. xxxvi, ]2.
113 Rattray. Religion aud Art in Ashanti Chapter XXIX.
11( Num. xxxvi, II. '
1.11S Rattray, 1. c. p. 323.
HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
made; "There is none of thy kindred that is called by this
name." 116
Marriage Rite. So also, the remarkable simplicity of the Ashanti
marriage and the distinctive part that wine plays
in the ceremonial remind one of the ancient Hebrew rite. Thus
Captain Rattray remarks the noticeable absence of such rites
as are observed in connection with birth and puberty.'17 However,
he states: "Before a proposal of marriage, and the subsequent
seeking of the consent of the parents . . . and the exchange of
gifts, it is the business of the young people to satisfy themselves
that their union would not violate any of the forbidden degrees
of consanguinity." 118 The ancient Hebrews themselves could not
have been more particular in this regard. They having obtained
the parents' consent, the Ashanti youth will make them small
gifts and pay the bride-price including the wine offering,"> and
as Captain Rattray insists: "The parents' consent, the presen-
tation and acceptance of these gifts, and the aseda (bride-price)
are the only formalities that are necessary to constitute a valid
marriage." 120 Later Captain Rattray adds: "I am of the opinion
that the payment or passing of wine as a part of the 'tira aseda,'
or 'bride-price,' was originally a very important, if not the es-
sential part of the ceremony. This wine is used in the religious
part of the marriage rites. . and is also handed round to those
who are present, who, along with the ancestral spirits, thus be-
come the witnesses of the marriage contract." 121 In the case of
a princess, some of the wine is poured oyer the ancestral stools,
otherwise "wine is poured on the ground for the spirits of the
ancestors, and the remainder shared by those present." 122
In close parallelism with the foregoing, in the ancient Hebrew
marriage, the ceremony was performed in a private house, with-
out the necessary presence of priest or rabbi. An elder invoked
the benediction and gave a cup of wine to the contracting parties
who pledged each other. The bridegroom, after drinking his
portion, dashed the cup to the ground and crushed it under his
116 Luke, i, 61.
117 Rattray, 1. c. p. 77.
118 Rattray, Religion and Art in Ashanti. p. 79.
119 Idem, p. 80.
120 Idem, p. 81.
121 Idem, p. 84-
12% Idem, p. 85.
ASHANTI HEBREWISMS
heel. The marriage contract was then read and attested by the
drinking of a cup of wine by each person present." 1'9
• Tot only in the marriage ceremony itself, but
Uncleanness also in after-marriage customs there is a strange
After
Child-birth. similarity between the Ashanti and the Hebrews.
Thus, for example, for eight days after the birth
of a ch.ild the Ashanti "mother is considered as unclean." 124 It is
only on the eighth day, at the Ntetea rite, as the Ashanti call it,
that the ch.ild receives its personal name,I'5 and on
Purification the fortieth day a still further ceremony has to be
Ceremony.
observed"· In all this we are certainly reminded
of Hebrew customs.
Menstrual Furthermore, the restrictions and taboos of the
Seclusion. Ashanti woman at the menstrual period, even to
the retirement to the bara hut,''' read like a page borrowed
from the Book of Leviticus,'28 and the system of Ashanti ablu-
Ceremonial tions to prevent legal uncleanness constantly
Ablutions. brings to mind similar practices which were com-
mon among the Hebrews.
Joseph Dupuis, after a lengthy residence in Bar-
Dupuis'
Account. bary, where he had become proficient in the Arabic
language, was sent in 1818, as His Britannic
~fajesty's Envoy and Consul to the Ashanti, and while on that
mission, through his acquaintance with the Moor of the district,
collected much valuable information about the interior of Africa,
chiefly from the Arabic Manuscripts and the traditions of the
Moslems. As a result of his investigations, he explains the origin
of the Ashanti as follows: "The growth and consolidation of
this comparatively great empire, is much talked of by the Heathens
as well as Moslems; and both are agreed, that the tribes of
Ashantee, Caman, Dinkira, and Akim, were driven by the be-
lievers, in the early age of Islam, from their original inheritances
in Chobagho, Chofqa, and Tanouma,I •• to the forests of Wan-
gara, i. e. the states of Ashantee inclusively, and the south-
'" Cfr. E. L. Urlin, A Short History of Marriag., London, 1903, p. 108 f.
124 Rattray. Religion and Art in Ashanti, p. S9
I" Idem, p. 62.
120 Idem, p. 65.
m Idem, p. 75.
12' Leviticus, xv, ]9-'29.
o
12g Placed by Dupuis along the longitude of Greenwich and about JO N .
64 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
eastern parts of Gaman, where they maintained their independence
at the expense of much blood, and defended the country gifted
with the precious metal, against the most vigorous efforts that
were made to bereave them of it." 130
Later, while criticizing a map that had been pub-
Yahoodee.
lished by T. Edward Bowditch in 1819,'31 he
says: "Beginning then at the top of the map, I find a place called
Yahoodee, a country or town of non-existence. Yahoodee simply
implies Jews, the tribes of Jews, etc. which term the Moslems
apply to those people of the Mosaic faith who inhabit the lower
Atlas, and the districts of Suse.'32 They also apply the term
Yahoodee to the Hebrew or Jewish tribes, whether native Africans
or not, who inhabit 1\1aroa, some parts of Fillany,'33 and the
neighborhood of Timbuctoo. Of these people I imagine the author
of the information spoke, when he endeavoured to make Mr.
Bowditch comprehend the import of the word Yahoodee. As a
nation or a tribe they cannot be inserted with propriety in any
map, for (hey exist even in a more deplorable state of servitude
and humiliation in those districts than in the empire of
Morocco." 134
In passing. it should be remarked. that whenever it is at all
possible, Dupuis takes exception to the statements of Bowditch,
and align;; himself against his predecessor's view. It should also
be remembered that Dupuis is drawing his information for the
most part from the 1\1oors, while Bowditch records the traditions
of the Ashanti themselves. In the present instance, however,
Bowditch would appear to have the better claim for credibility,
as only six years after the publication of Dupuis' criticism, it
was emphatically refuted by two travellers who actually passed
along the Niger and entered in their Journal under date of
Wednesday, July 7, 1830: "Yahoorie (sic) is a large, flourishing
and united kingdom. It is bounded on the east by Haussa. on
the west by Borgoo, on the north by Cubbie. and on the south
by the kingdom of Nouffie." 135 The position indicated by the
130 Joseph Dupuis, !ounlal of a Resideltee i" Ashantee, London, 1824. p. 22+
IS1 Wherein Bowditch places Yahoodee about 20° N.; 2° E.
182 Suse he places 30° N; 7° \V.
IS8 He places Maroa 18° N; 6° E; and Fillany 15° N; 2° E.
18<1 Dupuis, 1. c. Part II, p. x..xii.
131S Richard and John Lander, JOltrnal of au Expeditioll to Explore the
Course and Terminatioll of the Niger~ London, 1838, Vol. I, p. :qo.
ASHANTI HEBREWISMS
travellers on the map,'3. would place it on the Niger River, about
midway between the present Bussa and Gomba, in Northern
Nigeria.
But let us return to Dupuis' narrative, where we
Sudanese J ews. read: "The Jews of Soudan are, according to my
informers, divided into many large and small tribes, with whose
names they are unacquainted. Their mode of life in some coun-
tries is pastoral; but the towns are filled with traders and
artificers of that faith, who gain a subsistence at their several
employments, in the sen'ice of the tlIoslems, under whose govern-
ment they live as vassals. Tlus, in reference to Mr. Bowditch's
kingdom of 'Yahoodee,' I may be permitted to say, is the only
state of society in which that oppressed nation is suffered to
li\"e; and the tribes, without security in their possessions, with-
out public revenues or arms, are hourly exposed to insult and
rapine from the blind zeal and active bigotry by which their
lords are animated in these countrie~. The lands occupied by
these people cover a wide e,,1:ent, between Massina '31 and
Kaby13. They are said to be mingled also with the upper Foulaha
tribes, eastward of Timbuctoo, and in many parts of Marroa they
have inheritances or are employed as artificers in the cities and
towns; 'As we live among the heathens,' said Bashaw,'30 'so do
the Jews in ~1arroa and Fillany with our brethren; but they are
not esteemed like us, for they are a people hardened in their
sins and obstinate in infidelity; the anger of God is upon them,
and therefore are they given to the rule of the Moslems until
they shall become incorporated with the faithful.' The tribes are
not black, but of a colour resembling the Arabs of the north.
But what is more material, these Soudanic Jews are reported to
have been the original inhabitant~ thereabout, after the Arabs
were acquainted with central Africa." 140
Whence came these Jews, and what influence did they exert,
if any, upon the Ashanti in bygone days? This question will be
taken up after we consider the Supreme Being of the Ashanti
a. Idem, Vol. I, p. xl.
181 Massina is located 16° N; 2° W.
138 Kaby is 10cated 6° N; S° W.
130 Note :-Bashaw was the leading Moor among the Ashanti at the time of
Dupuis' stay there.
~.o Dupuis, I. c. Part II, p. cvi.
66 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
and His possible identification with the Yahweh of the Old Testa-
ment. For perhaps the most striking of what might be called
Ashanti Hebrewisms is the remarkable similarity between the
Ashanti tribal God and the Hebrew Yahweh. So important is this
link in our chain of evidence, that it seems well to devote to it a
separate chapter.
Thus far, however, we have shown certain cul-
Summary.
tural elements common to the Ashanti and the
ancient Hebrews, such as Ob cult, religious dances, use of
"Amen," vowel value, patrIarchal system, parallel symbolism of
authority in "stool" and "chair," endogamy, cross-cousin mar-
riages, familial names, exogamy, simplicity of the marriage rite
and the part that wine plays in the ceremony, uncleanness after
child-birth, purification ceremony, menstrual seclusion, and cere-
monial ablutions ; besides Ashanti loan words of apparent He-
brew origin. While individually each of these traits might well
be of independent origin, collectively they would appear to postu-
late di ffusion at least from a common center.
Chapter III
THE SUPREME BEING OF THE ASH ANTI
On all questions pertaining to the Ashanti, no
Assertion
of Ellis. authority is more widely quoted than that of the
late Sir Alfred Burton Ellis, who was for many
years an officer in a colored West India Regiment, that alternated,
usually at three-year intervals, between the Gold Coast and
Jamaica. It is a little surprising then, to find Sir Alfred making
the unqualified assertion, that the concept of a Supreme Being in
the minds of the Ashanti was entirely due to the influence of
Christianity, and was unknown previous to the advent of the
Missionary. In other words, that the traditions of the Ashanti,
as a tribe, preclude a Supreme Being, and that their native re-
ligion was circumscribed by polytheism and fetishism.
After quoting from Professor Waitz,' to the effect that "The
original form of all religion is a raw, unsympathetic polytheism,"
Ellis adopts the opinion as his own, and enunciates the thesis,
that in the case of the Negro of the Gold Coast, "all the deities
are of the earth, and their worship is born of fear of some pos-
sible ill, or of a desire of some possible good." 0
Under the caption "General Deities," Ellis further evolves his
theory as follows. Among the Northern Tribes of the Gold Coast
Negroes, which classification includes the Ashanti, the highest
deity generally worshipped, he calls Tando, a preternatural, not a
supernatural, being. Intercourse with the European in time led
to the introduction of a new deity named Nana-Nyankupon, the
Lord of the Sky. This God of the Christians had no temple and
no priesthood. The negro mind classified Him with their own
deities in a way, but conceived Him as altogether "too distant
and too indifferent to interfere directly in the affairs of the
1 Introduction to Anthropology, p. 368.
2 Ellis, Tshi-Speaking Peoples, p. ~I.
67
68 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
world." 3 This Nana-Nyankupon, frequently styled merely Nyan-
kupon, according to Ellis, gradually became regarded as "the lord
over the local deities." "To the anger of Nyankupon was also
ascribed the thunder and lightning, the tornado and the flood. To
these were added special attributes, the result of their contact with
Europeans." Thus small-pox and famine came to be regarded as
"Nyankupon's own special modes of displaying anger."·
Ellis then continues: "Within the last twenty or thirty years the
German missionaries, sent out from time to time by the mission
societies of Basel and Bremen, have made Nyankupon known to
European ethnologists and students of the science of religion;
but being unaware of the real origin of the god, they have
generally spoken and written of him as a conception of the native
mind, whereas he is really a god borrowed from Europeans and
only thinly disguised. Hence some scholars have expressed sur-
prise that the negro tribes of the Gold Coast should have pro-
gressed so much further in their religious development than many
other peoples occupying positions higher in the scale of civili-
zation, as to have formed a conception of a quasi-omnipotent god,
residing in the heavens instead of upon the earth, and approach-
able by sacrifice. Finding many points of similarity between the
Jahveh of the Jews and Nyankupon, the missionaries have made
use of the latter name to express the word 'god' in their sermons
and discourses, thus reversing the process which the natives had
themselves performed some two or three centuries earlier. But,
to the native mind, Nyankupon is a material and tangible being,
possessing a body, leg , and arms, in fact all the limbs, and the
senses, and faculties of man. He is also believed to have passions
similar to those of men. This, however, is but natural, and to the
uncultured mind the conception of an immaterial being is im-
possible." •
Shortly before the World War, R. Sutherland
Refutation
of Rattray. Rattray, the Ashanti District Commissioner, pub-
lished a volume of AshGllli Proz'crbs, and while
giving due credit to E ll is for what the latter had accomplished,
he seriously took exception to his viewpoint as regards the
3 Idem, p. 22 .
.. Idem, p. 27.
Ci Idem, p. 28.
THE SUPRErlfE BEING OF THE ASHANTI 6g
Ashanti concept of a Supreme Being. Citing the very passage
just quoted from Ellis, he objects: "The writer can hardly allow
these statements to remain unchallenged, as careful research has
seemed to him so totally to disprove them. Now the first cre-
dentials the present writer would ask of anyone who was ad-
vancing an opinion, as the result of independent research, into
native customs and beliefs such as this, would be the state of
proficiency that the investigator had acquired in the language of
the people whose religion and beliefs he was attempting to reveal.
"The standard we would ask would be a high one. Had the
investigator real col1oquial knowledge of the language of the
people whose inner soul he was endeavouring to lay bare? Such
a knowledge as is gained only after years of arduous study and
close intercourse, a knowledge that will enable the possessor to
exchange jokes and quips and current slang, and to join in a
discourse in which some dozen voices are all yelling at once?
Such a knowledge of a language is a very different thing from
an academic acquaintance with it, which might fit the possessor
to write an excellent grammar, dictionary, or some other treatise.
"Judged by such a standard the late Major Ellis must have
been found wanting." 0
Nine years later, the same author, who during the war had be-
come a Captain in His Majesty's Service, published another
volume entitled Ashanti, wherein he returns to the same sub-
ject. After styling Sir Alfred Ellis "our great authority upon the
region," he cites again the passage already mentioned, and then
continues: "I quoted the above extract in a previous work, and
therein stated at some length that I wholly disagree with the
opinion and statement of Ellis upon this particular subject.
"Further research, embodying a much fuller investigation into
Ashanti religious beliefs than was before possible, has only served
to strengthen the opinion which I formerly expressed.
"It is surprising to find that Ellis, who, considering his many
difficulties in working with an interpreter, made such good u e,
on the whole, of his opportunities, was so greatly misled with
regard to such an important question. He was, moreover, a close
student of Bosman, whom he constantly quotes, but he appears
to have missed or ignored what the Dutchman wrote upon thi s
6 Rattray, Ashanti Proverbs, #1, p. 18.
70 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
subject more than ISO years before those 'German missionaries'
ever set foot upon the Coast.
"Bosman says: 'It is really the more to be lamented that the
negroes idolized such worthless Nothings by reason that several
amongst them have no very unjust idea of the Deity, for they
ascribe to God the attributes of Omnipresence, Omniscience, and
Invisibility, besides which they believe that He governs all things
by Providence. By reason God is invisible, they say it would be
absurd to make any Corporeal Representation of him, ...
wherefore they have such multitudes of Images of their Idol gods
which they take to be subordinate deities to the Supreme God,
. . . and only believe these are mediators betwixt God and men,
which they take to be their idols.' 7
"How accurate in some respects Bosman's statement is will be
clear from an examination of the religious ceremonies which are
here recorded." 8
In due course, Ellis himself acknowledged that his
Partial
Retractation. position was untenable, but as so often happens in
similar cases, the original assertion has been
broadcasted and quoted innumerable times, while the retractation
has been for the most part ignored.
Three years after his earlier volume, Ellis returned to the ques-
tion in his Ewe-Speaki"g Peoples, and while treating of Mawu,
stated: "While upon the subject of this god, I may as well say
that, from additional evidence I have since collected, I now think
that the view I expressed concerning the origin of Nyankupon,
the parallel god of the Tshi-Speaking peoples, was incorrect; and
that instead of his being the Christian God borrowed and thinly
disguised, I now hold he is like Mawu, the sky-god, or in-
dwelling spirit of the sky; and that, also like J\Iawu, he has been
to a certain extent con founded with Jehovah." 9 But even here,
7 This quotation is from William Bosman, A Ne'"& and Accurate Description
of the Coast of Guin.4?a, divided ;,110 tlu Gold. the Sla1!c and tile Ivory eaosts,
London. 1721, p. 179 ff.
8 Rattray, Asharlti, p. 139.
9 A. B. Ellis, The E,!t'c-Speakiug Peoples~ p. 36. Note :-An article in the
N,'tv York Times !lagapi'H~ is introduced by the following comment: l'lm_
pressions of savage and remote parts of West Africa are recorded in the
following article by Dr. Ossendowski, who recently completed an extensive
journey through this lprimitive expanse of the Dark Continent." In the course
of this article, we read: "West Africa is a jumble of many religions. Some of
those that have disappeared for centuries from the rest of the earth persist
THE SUPREME BEING OF THE ASHANTI 71
of course, he does not gi\'e Him the full rating of a Supreme
Being,10
This modification of Ellis' view detracts nothing from the
stand of Captain Rattray. In fact, it only confirms the justness
of his criticism. For had Ellis enjoyed a conversational knowledge
of the languages that he was treating through means of an in-
terpreter, he would scarcely have made the blunder he did in the
first place.
That Captain Rattray personally is fully qualified
Rattray as
an Authority. to judge in the matter, even according to the
severe conditions that he has himself set down as
a norm, in rejecting Ellis as a competent witness, there can be no
question. Kot only is he a master of the Ashanti language and an
official interpreter in se\'era! other dialects, but his many years
among the Ashanti and kindred peoples have familiarized him with
their mode of thought, and have enabled him to win the unreserved
confidence of the negro, which in turn has gained for him ad-
mission to their most hidden ceremonies and has unlocked the
secrets of the Queen Mothers, who have freely satisfied his every
inquiry. As a matter of justice, the very title of "our great
authority upon the region," which in his modesty he has so
graciously yielded to Ellis, in all truth belongs to Captain R.
Sutherland Rattray himself and to no other.
Great weight then, must be given to Captain
Supreme
Being of the Rattray's statement: "I am convinced that the
Ashanti. conception, in the Ashanti mind, of a Supreme
Being, has nothing whatever to do with mission-
among these wild peoples, mingled with later religions down to those of to-day.
The result is a theological confusion difficult to analyze. Roman, Phoenician,
Syrian, Egyptian mythologies and the earlier Christian teachings have left
their mark on the tribes, and all these cults are criss-crossed with primal
nature worship that may be older than any of them. Most of the tribes of
\Vest Africa have lost their individuality through intermarriage with other
tribes; and their present-day religion, too, is conglomerate," However, he
numbers the Ashanti among the tribes that "have remained most nearly pure
in blood,"-Cfr. Ferdinand Ossendowski, Cruel Gods Fill the African Olympus
-. lew York Times A1oaa=ilte, l\lay 13. 1928, p. '3.
10 Note :-Four years later, Ellis makes even a further concession. After
asserting: "Olorun is the sky-god of the Yorubas ... just as Nyankupon is
to the Tshis" (elL Yoruba-Speaki"9 Peoples, p. 35) he states: "Like Nyan-
kupon ... Olorun is considered too distant or too indifferent, to interfere in
the affairs of the world" (1. c. p. 36) and then admits: liThe name Olorun,
however, occurs in one or two set phrases or sentences, which appear to show
that at one time greater regard was @id him" (I. c. p. 37).
72 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
ary influence, nor it it to be ascribed to contact with Christians or
even, I believe, with Mohammedans." 11 And again: "In a sense,
therefore, it is true that this great Supreme Being, the conception
of whom has been innate in the minds of the Ashanti, is the Je-
hm'ah of the Israelites." 12
In the very fact that the Hebrews, despite their
Mixed Religion. service of the True God, frequently relapsed into
idolatry, Captain Rattray finds a parallelism with the Ashanti,
where, as Bosman noted, one finds a belief in a Supreme Being
side by side with "multitudes of their Idol gods." The Captain
continues: "As will be seen presently, every Ashanti temple is a
pantheon in which repose the shrines of the gods, but the power or
spirit, that on occasions enters into these shrines, is directly or in-
directly derived from the one God of the Sky, whose intermedi-
aries they are. Hence we have in Ashanti exactly that 'mixed
religion' which we find among the Israelites of old. They wor-
shipped Jehovah, but they worshipped other gods as well." 13
Professor George Foot Moore, treating of the
Judaism.
character of Judaism, after declaring: "The
foundation of Judaism is the belief that religion is revealed," and
that, "There could be but one religion properly deserving the
name, for God is one: and revelation was not only consistent but
identical throughout. for God is ever the same," shows that in
practice at times: "The forefathers had fallen away from the true
religion, not only oy worshipping other gods, and by worshipping
their own God in a heathenish way, but by tolerating injustice and
immorality." And yet nevertheless this serious infraction of the
Law in no way affected the religion itself, which was "perfect
from the beginning, and therefore unalterable." 14
R. L. Ottley has summed up this seemingly para-
Idols of
Canaan. doxical condition of things. He writes: "The
Hebrews did not indeed openly abandon their al-
legiance to Jehovah, but they co-ordinated and sometimes even
identified, their national Deity with one or other of the gods of
Canaan, and thus the simple and pure worship of Jehovah was
11 Rattray, Ashanti, p. 140.
12 Idem. p. I4I.
18 Idem, p. 141.
10( George Foot Moore, Judaism iH the First Cc"tl,yics of the Christion Era,
Cambridge, Mass. I927, Vol. I, p. II2.
THE SUPREME BEING OF THE ASHANTI 73
gradually corrupted by the admixtures of usage and symbols
borrowed from the nature worship of the Canaanites." 16 But let
us go into this question a little more in detail.
The condition of Israel then, was not idolatrous
H ebrew
Monotheism. in the strict sense of the word, viz. the absolute
cult of a false god 1G Vigouroux makes this clear
when he says: "The Children of Israel who sacrificed to idols,
did so through frailty, through passion; but these infidelities of
the Chosen People, these 'adulteries' as the Prophets called them
in their forcible language, however culpable they were, neverthe-
less did not change the nature of the religion proper of Israel.
King Solomon affords us the type of the weak and inconstant
child of Jacob. He knows the unity of God, he confesses it and
praises it in chant, and despite all this, yielding to ignoble weak-
ness, he prostrates himself before shameful idol." 17 The same
author elsewhere quotes approvingly the words of F. Pret: "The
idolatry of the Hebrews was less an apostasy, than the adoption
of strange practices or ceremonies. One did not abjure Jahve, who
remained the only legitimate God of I rael; but, by impulse or
through interest, one associated with His worship what He re-
proved." 18
This state of affairs is well illustrated in the reign
Divided
Service. of the Reformer, King Josias, when "the priests
of the high places came not up to the altar of the
Lord in Jerusalem; but only ate of the unleavened bread among
their brethren." 19 Josias, according to the Scripture account, was
1:; R. L. Ottley, A Short His/ory 0/ the Hebrews to the Roman Period, New
York, 1923. p. 102.
16 Note :-Writing of the days of the }l.ionarchy, Blunt observes: liThe
Canaanite culture remained engrafted in Yahwism. The bull-worship of Yah-
weh in Bethel and Dan was maintained by kings and priests, and did not re-
ceive its death-blow till the destruction of Samaria. There are occasional
references to the practice of witchcraft and sacred prostitution, and numerous
evidences of the continued use of images, pillars and poles."-A. \V. F. Blunt,
Israel before Christ, London, 1924 p. 70. And again: "The cultus, therefore,
remained much the same as it had been in pre-monarchic times. But in the
train of the foreign connexions which were established under the monarchy,
foreign influences in religious practices bega.n to flood the country. Solomon's
importation of Egyptian and other gods set the example . ... The fact was
that, as relations with foreign countries developed, hospitality to foreign gods
seemed natural."-l. c. p. 71.
17 F. Vigouroux, La Bible et les Decouvertes A1oderl1l!S, Paris, 1884, Vot.
III, p. 33.
~: F. Vir;ouroux~.pjctiollnaire de fa Bib/e, Paris, 1895. Vol. III, p. 815.
IV Kings, XXlJI, 9.
74 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
slain at Mageddo by the Pharaoh Nechao, about 610 B. c. 20 and
was succeeded by his son Joachaz, who after a reign of only three
months 21 was dethroned by the Pharaoh Nechao and carried into
Egypt where he died. As the Babylonian captivity began about
sBs B. c. the religious condition of the Hebrews was most deplor-
able just at this period.
That Captain Rattray has no preconceived notions
Rattray's
Views. which he was trying to substantiate, and was in
reality entirely oblivious of the fact that his very
words indicate a connection between the Supreme Being of the
Ashanti and the Yahweh of the Hebrews, is shown from a per-
sonal letter written from Mampon on r-Iay 5, 1925, wherein he
differs with my view of the matter, saying: "I am afraid I can't
follow you in any attempt to trace Hebrew affinities in race and
language," though he admits: "r-Iany curious parallels certainly
exist." Later, however, after further correspondence on the sub-
ject, he apparently modifies his view somewhat, when he writes,
again from Mampon, on October 5, 1925: "I am so wholly ignor-
ant about all things HEBRE\,y that I am never in a position to
trace and to follow up possible clues to your theory of the possible
Semitic origin of some of Ashanti customs. I am aware of course,
that such a possibility has been suggested. Many times, however,
even with my scrappy information on the subject, I have been
struck with curious little points, such as the 40 day periods, etc."
Then with his characteristic modesty, he remarks: "All I can do
to help scholars like yourself, is to record accurately what I find
here. That my knowledge is limited to the Ashanti is possibly all
for the best, for I do not bring in preconceived notions and
theories which might unconsciously influence my work." Before
closing, he adds: "I think you are possibly on the right track, but
we have to be extraordinarily c:lreful not to be too ready to jump
to conclusions from what may after all be just one or other of
those strange coincidences which crop up in the comparison of
any two languages of peoples."
Keeping this warning in mind, we may now ap-
Ashanti
Nyame. proach the consideration of our subject in some-
what of a critical spirit. The full name of the Su-
20 IV Kings, xxiii, 29.
21 IV Kings, xxiii, 31.
THE SUPREME BEING OF THE ASHANTI 75
preme Being among the Ashanti is Onyame, but in conversation the
nominal prelL, 0 is generally e1ided,'2 and we usually find the
word even in writing 'Nyame, eta" being pronounced as in Hbat"
and "e" as in "met".'3 Moreover the prefix N, which is placed
before yerbs to form nouns that com'ey the idea of immensity or
numbers collectively or in the abstract," would leave as the signi-
ficant part of the word Yame. Now, on the one hand, we have
no less an authority than Professor Albert T. Clay, of Yale Uni-
versity, that "some Semites used IIi and others \V to represent
the same sound," 25 and on the other hand, Captain Rattray as-
sures me that in Ashanti the letter M interchanges with \V, and
quotes Christaller 26 as confirmatory authority. This establishes a
surprising similarity bet\\'een the Ashanti Yame and the Hebrew
Tetragrammaton, Yahweh." And the fact that the latter is
commonly regarded as having been derived from the verb
HAYAH,2s "to be", which in turn has an equiyalent in Ashanti,
"yeh" 29 also meaning "to be", only strengthens the presumption
that the one was derived from the other, or that both came from
the same Semitic root.
Identification Furthermore, among the attributes of the Ashanti
with Yahweh. 'Nyame, stands out Bore-bore, meaning Crea-
tor,"o the exact equiYalent, in sound and signification, with the
participle BORE 31 of the Hebrew verb B RA,32 "to create"
Again, '. Tyame is called 'Nyankopon, signifying 'Nyame, alone,
great one,33 and 'Nyankopnn Kwame, which means 'Nyanle,
alone, great one, to whom Saturday is dedicated."' which is as-
suredly an easy equivalent for "the Lord of the Sabbath."
We might even draw a confirmatory argul1lent from the fact
22 Ellis, Tshi-Speaki"9 Peoples, p. 30 9.
23 Idem, p. 307.
2·' Ellis, Yoruba-Speakillg Peoples, p. 219.
26 Albert T. Gay, Empire of the Amoritcs, New Haven, 1919, p, 72.
28 Christaller, Dictionary, p. 291.
21 lTn'
28 n:i1
"Ellis, Tshi-Speaki"9 Peoples,.p. 315.
80 Rattray, Ashanti Proverbs, #1, p. 18.
31 K1tl efr. Isaias, xlij, 5.
" IC")~
"Rattray, I. c. #J, p. 18.
U Rattray, Ashanti, p. 51.
76 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRI CA
that 'Nyame has the prefix N, which would imply that it is a
coUecti\'e noun, as we have already noted. For, just as we find in
the Hebrew the plural form ELOHIM 35 when the Supreme Be-
ing is indicated, so the same general principle would apparently
here assert itself in the Ashanti concept in this use of a collective
noun-in both instances perhaps there is a veiled reference to the
Trinity by implication. And what is even more strange, while the
accepted rule in Ashanti is that descriptive nouns are generally
compounded of a verb with the prefix 0 and the suffi.." FO to
imply personality,S6 in the present instance the personal suffix is
wanting, as if the traditional concept of the Trinity precluded the
idea of a single personality from 'Nyame.
That the present-day Ashanti themselves regard
Testimony of their tribal God as identical with the one True
Queen-
Mothers. God of Christendom, who is in reality the Yahweh
of the Hebrews, is clear from the address of the
Queen-Mothers that accompanied the silver stool which they pre-
sented to Viscountess Lascelles as a wedding present. The letter
appeared in full in the previous chapter, but we may be permitted
to repeat here a single passage that is much to our purpose: "And
we pray the great God Nyankopon on whom men lean and do not
fall, whose day of worship is a Saturday, and whom the Ashanti
serve just as she serves Him, that He may give the King's child
and her husband long life and happiness." 3 7
\Vcll then, did Captain Rattray write in 19I.1-: "In
Rattray's
Argument. Ashanti, in remote bush villages, buried away in
impenetrable forest, and as yet even untouched by
European and missionary inAuence, it would seem incredible that
the Christian idea of a one and Supreme Being should, if a for-
eign element of only some two or three hundred years' growth,
have taken such deep root as to affect their folk-lore, traditions,
customs, and the very sayings and pro\'erbs with which their lan-
guage abounds. These proverbs and traditions, moreover, which
speak of and contain references to a Supreme Being, are far more
commonly known among the greybeards, elders, and the fetish
priestly class themselves than among the rising younger genera-
.. D'ry':>l!
.. E llis, 1. c. p. 308.
ST efr. Page 54 f .
THE SUPREME BEING OF THE ASHANTI 77
tion, grown up among the new influences and often trained in the
yery precincts of a mission. Fetishism and monotheism would at
first sight appear the \"ery antithesis of each other, but a careful
investigation of facts will show that here in Ashanti it is not
so. " 38
Among the proverbs adduced by Rattray are the
Ashanti
Proverbs. following :-"Of all the wide earth, Onyame is
the elder."
"If you wish to tell anything to Onyankopon, tell it to the
winds."
"The hawk says, 'All things that Onyame made are beautiful
(good).' "
"I who lie on my back looking upwards, do not see Onyan-
kopon, so what do you expect who are sprawling on your belly!"
"Because Onyankopon did not wish any bad words, He gave a
name to each thing, one by one."
"The words that Onyame had beforehand ordained, a human
being does not alter."
"If Onyame gives you sickness, He gives you medicine."
"It is Onyame who pounds the fufu for the one without arms."
"All men are the children of Onyame, no one is a child of
earth." 3.
Despite the assertion of Ellis, already quoted,4.
P riests
of Nyame. that the deity whom he calls Nana-Nyankupon
had no temple and priesthood, Rattray positively
proves the contrary, and shows moreover that the priests of
')Jyame are dedicated to Him for life. The ceremony of dedi-
cation requires that white clay be smeared in three lines on parts
of the head, arms and chest, the prayer of invocation being:
'Nyankopon Kwame wo huiri eni o,-God, Kwame (i. e. whose
day of service is Saturday) this is your white clay, life to our
master." .. "After this ceremony the priest must sleep in the
'I\'yame dan, temple of the Sky god, for eight nights." 41
The candidate for the priesthood must spend three years of
novitiate in preparation for the office, and it is during his third
year of training that he utters a prayer containing these words:
88 Rattray, Asl1mtti Proverbs, #1, p. ]9 f.
89 Rattray, Ashanti Proverbs, #1, 2, 6, 7. 8, 10, J3, 14, IS. p, 17 if.
4. efr. Page 67.
H Rattray. Ashanti, p. 144.
i8 HEBREWIS11S OF WEST AFRICA
"Supreme Being, who alone is great, it is you who begat me, etc." 42
and there is a common saying among the Ashanti: "~o priest may
look upon the face of his God and li\'e," 43 which sounds re-
markably like an echo of Yahweh's warning to Moses at Mount
Sinai: "Thou canst not see my face: for man shall not see me and
Jive." H
One Ashanti proverb is particularly striking. "The
Redeemer.
Creator created death only for death to kill Him."
On which Rattray comments: "This saying illustrates in a won-
derful epigrammatical manner the power of death."
Adultery. Further south in the Congo, Herbert \Vard re-
marks the affinity of certain customs with ancient
Hebrew law. Thus, for example, "If adultery be committed within
the village, both the man and woman are considered equally guilty;
outside the village boundary, however, the man only is held at
fault." 36
Parallelisms. Professor Keller of Yale University, relying in
great part on data gathered by William Graham
Funeral Sumner, while treating of "Disguise and other
Customs. Forms of Mourning," 31 places many \Vest Afri-
can funeral customs ss in the ,arne class with the
ritual "sackcloth and ashes" of the Old Testament.
Later on, Professor Keller classifies the human sacrifices and
disfigurements that accompanied \Vest African funerals down to
quite recent date,a9 in the same category with the fact that "the
Jews had to be warned repeatedly not to cut hair or beard or gash
themselves for the dead." ··Again he finds the Yoruba ako-ojo
Sabbath Rest. (first-day) and similar days of rest in other West
African tribes analogous to the Hebraic Sabbath
U Cfr. Theodor \Vaitz, An/"ropoJogi~ d~r .va/urt'olker, Vo1. II, p. 224. com-
pared with Ba~tian, Ct'ograpJu'schr "lid (t/m%giselle Bi/drr, lena, J8i4, pp.
14-\; 155 .
.0 Ignaz Goldziher, J.\!ylllology 01110119 the Hebrnl.'s olld Its Historical Dt-
,·eIOpml'1ll. trans. Russell :\[artineau, London, 18n. p. 66.
all Her~rt \Vard, A Voice from the COllgO, London, 1910. p. 252 .
37 Sumner, Keller and Davie, The Scieuu of Society, New Haven, 192],
Vol. II, p. 868.
88 Idem, p. 870.
30 Idem, p. 899.
40 Idem, p. 907.
OTHER HEBREWIS:MS IN WEST AFRICA 103
,,-ith its death-penalty for violators." In connection with human
sacrifice, he remarks that "even Israelites, differ,
Human in this matter, from the negroes of our own times,
Sacrifice.
in nothing save the object they assign to this kind
of sacrifice." 42 Further he quotes Barton to show that "temple
harlotry" as found in \Vest Africa 43 and elsewhere "goes back to
primitive Semitic times," H and finds a parallelism to the Levirate
of the Jews" in "'est African Marriage cus-
Levirate toms'· In all this, it is true, he is not explicitly
Marriages.
connecting the \Vest African with the Jews, but
his observations are none the less valuable to our present pur-
pose."
P. Amaury Talbot, of the Nigerian Political Serv-
Vestiges. ice, after five years among the Nigerian Tribes,
sa,,· in the tribal worship of the Ekoi a vestige of "the oldest known
Minoan civilization." 48 But in a more recent work, he ascribes the
principal foreign influence in West Africa to Egypt, and observes:
"The Nupe may have brought over with them their art of making
Glass Making. glass, so highly prized in Egypt. The statues,
which reached their greatest development in the
Mbari temples of the lbo, though in cIay, and most primitive, are
similar in feeling and design to some found in Tutoukhamem's
tomb; a likeness specially noticeable in the animals supporting the
couches." 49
In her tum, the last author's wife, D. Amaury Talbot, who had
many opportunities of observation seldom granted to others, as
she had accompanied her husband through parts hitherto unvisited
41 Idem, p. 1112.
42 Idem, p. 1251.
43 Idem, p. 1272.
44 Idem, p. 1273 .
.. Idem, Vol. III, p. 1901.
.. Idem, p. 1903.
f7 Note :-In passing it might be remarked that according to some even the
Medicine-man or Witch-doctor of West Africa seems not entirely inconsistent
v:ith Jewish tradition. For we read: "In ancient Israel, the theory was that
SIckness was due to a demon, to Yahweh, or to his angel; the healer was there-
for~ a man of G~d. a magician, ?T a priest; and the methods fo healing were
plainly of a magical type. (II Kings, V, II; xx, 7.) There was nothing of the
nature of scientific research or scientific treatment, but no doubt, much ex-
perimental knowledge was gradually accumul:tted."-Blunt, Israel beforr Christ,
p. 124-
43 P. Amaury Talbot, In the ShadO'W of the Bush. London, 1912, p. J3.
40 Talbot, Peoples of Southern Nigeria, Vol. I, p. 21.
104 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
by white women, also published a little volume. It is her concltl-
sion, that "fragments of legend and half-forgotten ritual survive
to tell of times shrouded in the mists of antiquity, when the de-
spised Ibibio of to-day was a different being dwelling not amid
the fog and swamp of fetishism, but upon the sunlit heights of a
religious culture hardly less highly evolved perhaps than that of
ancient Egypt."o
Magic Lore. "Indeed," she adds, "i f, as is held by so great an
authority as Dr. "'allis Budge, much of the magic
lore of Egypt may have originally come from the West, it is most
probable that these Ibibios formed a link in the long chain by which
such knowledge passed across the continent. In this case, the like-
ness in ritual and legend still occasionally to be traced between
those present-day West African tribes and of ancient Egypt would
not appear to have been borrowed from the latter and borne across
the continent from east to west, but rather contrariwise, from
Niger to the l\ile. In any case, the Ibibios would seem to be a
people of hoar antiquity, and so long have they dwelt in this
region, that no legend of an earlier home can be traced among
them." 51 But contrary to Mrs. Talbot's suggestion, the general
trend of influence in Africa has been from the east to the west,
and there is no sufficient indication here of any reversal of direc-
tion. G:!
Egyptian Far more reasonable appears the position of Pro-
Influence. fessor Rawlinson. "It is quite possible," he says,
"that the Phoenicians of Memphis designed and
organized the caravans II'hich proceeding from Egyptian Thebes,
6 0 Note :-G. T. Basden who was for many years a missionary in Nigeria
states ; "Among~t the 1bo people there is a distinct recognition of a Supreme
Being beneficent in character-who is abo\"e every other spirit, good or evil.
He is believed to control all things in heaven and earth, and di~penses rewards
and punishments according to merit."-.-lmong tile lbo of Njg~·ria. Philadelphia,
1921, p. 215.
til D. Amaury Talbot, tVoman's Af)'stL'ries of a Primitit!e P~op/e, London,
1915. p. .. f. Note :-On the other hand. Basden asserts: "The 1bo country lies
within the recognised negro belt, and the people bear the main characteristics
of that stock. ... There are certain customs which rather point to Le\;tic
influence at a more or less remote period. This is suggested in the underlying
ideas concerning sacrifice and in the practice of circumcision. The language
also bears several interesting parallels with Hebrew idiom'''-''ln1oPlg the [bos
of Nigeria, p. 31.
tl2 Note :-1t must be noticed, however. that Oark \Vissler records: "Some
students believe that the Negro peoples of Africa were the originators of iron
culture, passing it on to Egypt."- lllan and Cltltr,re, New York, 1923. p. ,36.
OTHER HEBREWISr-IS l! WEST AFRICA 105
traversed Africa from east to west along the line of the 'Salt Hills'
by way of Ammon, Augila, Fezzan, and the Tuarick Country to
:\10unt Atlas·' \Ve can scarcely imagine the Egyptians showing
so much enterprise. But th~se lines of traffic can be ascribed to the
Phoenicians only by conjecture, history being silent on the sub-
ject." 54
C. K. Meek asserts: "Egyptian goods had penetrated to Nubia
and Kordofan as early as 3000 B. c., and from what we know of
subsequent relations of Egypt and Bornu we may assume that, if
there were then any tribes capable of carrying on trade, their trade
was done with Egypt. There are many indications of Egyptian in-
fluence on the culture of ligeria." 55 And in his "Ethnological
Conclusions," he adds: "The bronze vessels reported from Baule
on the Ivory Coast, together with the nati"e traditions, indicate
that Egyptians in those early times (5th century B. c.) penetrated
'Vest Africa in the search for gold. The Aro-Chuku culture is re-
garded by many as having its source in Egypt, and it would appear
that certain features of the Jukun culture have a similar origin." 56
We hope to show later that the J ukun and Ashanti are probably
kindred tribes.
In speaking of the long-horned cattle of the Ful-
Long-homed
Cattle. ani, Sir Harry Johnston states: "The usual type of
cattle belonging to the Fula is practically identical
with that of ancient Egypt and modern Galaland and equatorial
Africa. It is certain, however, that a considerable element of Egyp-
tian culture entered r\egroid Africa by way of Darfur, Wadai,
Lake Chad, and thence to the Upper Niger; and along this route
the dominant type of long-horned cattle may have reached the
Fula of West Africa." 51
All this will explain what Morel reports: "The
Yorubas.
Yorubas profess to trace their descent from
Egypt." 58 Dennett would look even further to the East for an
explanation of l1)any of the characteristics of this same people,
when he quotes approvingly from an article in the Nigerian
Cia Herodotus, IV, 181-184- Compare Heeren, Ajrica1J Na/iolls, Oxford, 1832,
Vol. II, p. 202-235.
Ci4 George Rawlinson, His/Dry at Pha:nicia, London, 1889. p. 297.
(ill Meek, Northern Tribes of Nigeria, Vol. I, p, 59.
"Idem, Vol. II, p. 162.
01 Johnston, British Empire in A friea, p. 332.
Ci8 Morel, Nigeria, p. 81.
106 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
Chronicle as follows: "There can be little doubt that the Yoruba
people are at least intimately connected with the Orientals. Their
customs bear a remarkable resemblance to those of the races of
Asia. Their vocabulary teems with words derived from some of
the Semitic languages; and there are many natives of Yoruba-
land to be found having features very much like those of Syrians
and Arabians." Dennett adds: "Most natives I have talked to on
this subject are conscious of this origin from a superior race, and
the marked superiority of the Yoruba people to their neighbours
certainly points to something of the sort." ,f>
The Hausa, too, are supposed by some to have de-
Hausa
rived their origin from Upper Egypt"" Others,
including Meek, believe that they "had some connection with the
Copts or tribes of the. 'ile valley." 61 l\leek says of them: "The
IIausa are not a race at all. They have no racial history, and they
are in fact a hotch-potch of peoples of various origins, speaking
a Hamitoid language." 6' Howeyer, he admits that there are
"Semitic and pre-Semitic elements found in the Hausa language,
which are too fundamental to be ascribed solely to the inHuence of
Islam." 63
Hausa folk-lore, it is true, directly contradicts both these views.
For, according to their own traditions; "If a questioner asks you:
'Where did the Hausa people have their origin?' Say: 'Truly
their origin was the Barebari and Northerners.' " .. This, how-
ever, is a patent effort of a negro tribe to claim Berber origin and
as such must to a certain extent be discounted .• ' eyertheless, it
would seem to indicate at least the probability of a Berber element
in their ethnic complex.
l\Iorel speaks of the Hausa as invaders "out of the east." 6'
And Lieutenant Jean asserts that the traditions of .\ir show that
they dwelt for several centuries in that district after their arri"al
from the South-east. He also Dotes that the southern part of Air
60 R. E. Dennett, Nigerian Studies, London, 1910, p. I I.
00 Talbot, Peoples of SOIdheru, Nigeria, Vol. I, p. 30.
01 :\leck, Nortlltr" Tribts of i\'jgerill. Vol. II, p. I~•
., Idem, Vol. I, p. 27 .
• 3 Idem, Vol. I, p. 62 f.
01 R. Sutherland Rattray. Hal/sa Folk-lore. Oxford. 1913. Vol. I. p. 2.
Note:-Cfr. also A. C. Haddon. Races 0/ .Mall Gild Their Distribution, New
York, 1925, p. 50: "The Hausa of Northern Nigeria may be regarded as a
Negro-Hamitic blend in which the former predominates."
011 Morel. Nigeria, p. 98.
OTHER HEBREWISMS IN WEST AFRICA 107
or Asben was a flourishing province of the Songhois and further
that the people of Upper Egypt appear to have contributed to this
Songhois Empire. 66 Here we have a possible connection between
the Songhois and the Hausa. They may perhaps be offshoots from
the same migration.
Lieutenant Desplagnes."' speaking of the traces
~~i~~~tures. of Mediterranean ci,·ilization to be found in \ Vest
Africa, notes that 1If. P. Standinger published in
1906,68 "an interesting study which shows the conformity and
identifies the ancient manufactured glass in Palestine with cer-
tain glass objects still made at Xupe or Xufe in the \Vest Soudan,
where this industrv had been carried on, as tradition declares
by Jewish colonies.;' 6.
Desplagnes also reproduces some window shutters
Window
Shutters. caned with figu res that are distinctively Semitic
in their appearance. In one instance the figures
are crowned with mitres, which he declares "represent the divine
Triad." 70 They are not unlike the mitre of the High Priest of
the Hebrews, as described by Josephus. Above the miznefet of
the other priests,71 "there was another, with swathes of blue em-
broidered, and round it was a golden crown polished of three
rows, one above another; out of \I hich arose a cup of gold." 72 Is
all this, again, mere coincidence?
Briefly then, as supporting the theory of the He-
Summary.
IJfewisms of the Ashanti, we have found the fol-
lowing indications of an infiltration of Hebraic culture among
the distinctively Negro tribes of .\frica. In floggings, the tradi-
tional number of strokes, "forty less one"; Xew-Ilfoon festivals;
the Oath-Drink akin to the scriptural "hitter waters" ; expectation
of a 1Iessias; Je\\'ish distinction between diaboli and daemonia;
the duodecimal division of tribes into families; exogamy; bloody
sacrifices with the sprinkl ing of blood upon altar and door-posts;
mourning customs; obsessions; legal defilement; Jewish octave;
law on adultery; funeral custom ; Sabbath rest; Levirate mar-
6r. C. Jean, Lts Toureg dlt Sud-Est: L'Air, Paris, 11')09, p. 82.
61 Louis Desplagnes, Le Pta/cart Central Nigericu, Paris, 1907, p. 135.
611 Zeitschrifft fur EtJm%gie, XXXVIII, p. 231.
.0 Cfr. L' Allthropo{og;c, XVII (1906), p. 46<).
70 Desplagnes, I. c. p. 170 bis.
"Cfr. p. 82.
72 Josephus, Bk. III, Chap. VII, # 6.
[08 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
riages; glass making; besides other traits that might as well have
Mohammedan or Christian origin, such as circumcision on the
one hand, and priestly garb on the other. How then, are we to ex-
plain all these parallelisms? Has Hebrew culture really fOlmd its
way into the heart of Negro land?
Roland Dixon, Professor of Anthropology at
Tribal
Culture. Harvard Cni\'ersity, has said: "The term culture
has come to be u ed by anthropologists, sociolo-
gists, and others as a dcsignation of that totality of a people's prod-
ucts and activities, social and religious order, customs and beliefs
which, in the case of the more ad\'anced, we have been accustomed
to call their civilization.. . The culture of any people comprises
the sum of all their activities, customs, and beliefs. These fall
rather naturally into three main categories-the physical, the so-
cial, and religious." 13 In our present qucst we shall be dealing
with all three sorts, or categories, of culture.
In connection with tribal culture, however, it is well to keep in
mind a definition suggested by Clark Wissler: "I\ unit of tribal
culture is spoken of as a trait. This term is al50 applied to man-
nerisms and to concepts of whatever kind. Thus the custom of a
man marrying his wife's sister may be ob.ernd and, if so, is set
down as a trait of the tribal culture. It follows then, that a tribal
culture is characterized by the enumeration of its observable
traits and that the culture of one tribe is distinguished from that
of another by differences in these traits." 11 \\'issler further states'
"In a scientific inquiry into the nature and behaviour of culture,
the theories of convergence, diffusion, and independent invention
can do no more than state the different ways by which cultures
may have come to be similar." 1> This marks out for us the scope
of our research in trying to explain the parallelisms between the
culture of the ancient Hebrews and that of the \\'est African
"bush" in general, and of the Ashanti in particular.
Professor Dixon has well said: "By culture paral-
Culture
Parallels. lels is meant the phenomenon of the existence in
two more or less widely separated areas, between
7S Roland B. Dixon, Building of Cullflrl's. New York, ]928, lotrod. p. 3.
'I' J \Vissler, ft[a,~ and Cu/tl4re, p. SO. Note :-\Vissler further remarks: "\Vhen
a trait includes a chain of activities it is usually called a trait-comple.x,"-
I. c. p. 52.
'1'0 Idem, p. loB.
OTHER HEBREWISMS IN WEST AFRICA 109
which there has been no known historical contact, of cultural
traits or trait-complexes which seem to be similar or even identi-
cal. If in Africa, in Melanasia, and in North America, for ex-
ample, we find a trait or trait-complex which seems in all three
cases to be alike, how shall we explain the similarity? There are
two alternath·es which at once suggest themselves: either the sim-
ilarity is due to diffusion which has carried the trait in some un-
known way from one area to the others, or the similarity is due
merely to chance and the basic unity of the human mind, which
confronted with similar conditions, has reacted to them in a
similar way." 7. Later Professor Dixon speaks more in detail as
follows:
"Parallelism or similarity of culture traits in
Explanations.
widely separated and disconnected areas may be
due to various causes. The parallelism may be real and complete
and explainable as an inst<)nce of wholly independent invention; it
may be real and traceable to continuous diffusion, with subsequent
disappearance in a portion of the area, or to normal discontinuous
diffusion; it may be real, but in a strictly limited degree, and due
to convergent evolution from originally quite discrete beginnings;
or, lastly, it may be specious, in that the only actual parallelism
present lies in such broad and basic features that they cease to
have real significance, since they are the natural or inevitable out-
come of ordinary human experience. The determination of the
proper category for each case that arises is not always easy, the
difficulty lying usually in the inadequacy of the available historical
data, a lack almost inevitable for all savage and barbarous peoples .
. . . That diffusion is responsible for a large number of appar-
ently disconnected similar traits is probable, but there remains a
considerable residuum for which independent origin is the only
rational explanation." 77
Diffusion. N ow there are, as indicated above, various sys-
tems for the explanation of parallelisms in cul-
ture. Some find in diffusion the solution of practically every
question of similarity in traits between the most dissociated areas.
Professor Elliot Smith and his disciple W. J. Perry may be
mentioned as leading defenders of this system.
18 Dixon, Building of Cultures, p. 182.
7f Idem, p. 223.
110 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
Others go the opposite e.,""treme and make envi-
Environment.
ronment the sole requisite need_ Thus Ibn Khal-
dun, the Arabic philosopher and historian, we are told, "sought
to explain all history and the development of civilization through
environmental effects." 78
A modified form of evolution, howe,-er, is thus
Convergent
Evolution. explained by Clark \\'issler: "Since in all matters
of invention one step leads to another, we may
suspect that trait-complexes evolve from simple beginnings. So it
is conceived that in the course of time two or more quite different
traits, originating in widely separate cultures, may come to be
similar. Convergence and convergent evolution are terms used to
designate this method of explaining similarities in culture." 7'
Many cultural parallelisms, without a doubt, are to be e.xplained
by convergent evolution, but it is a serious mistake to overstress
the point. Convergence at best is a generic e.xplanation, and in
general the great majority of cases may be accounted for in this
manner. But in specific instances, there i the danger of assuming
as untrue the very condition it sets out to disprove, viz., that here
and now, this is not a case of diffusion. And it tends to argue
from the fact that since convergent evolution may possibly ex-
plain the parallelism, therefore convergence is the solution of the
question in hand. \Vhile, on the contrary, an equally plausible ex-
planation by diffusion has frequently much in its favor.
Thus Goldenweiscr lays down the principle: "In-
Contrasts.
dependent development of similarities must be as-
sumed as a general postulate in connection with civilizational
interpretations, although it is, of course, true that rigorous proof
of independent development as against diffu ion can but seldom
be furnished." 80 And again: "One factor will always favor the
hypothesis of diffusion: it is its demonstrability in specific in-
stances; whereas independent origin must at best always remain
problematic." 81 Goldenwei er also warns us :"The e.xplanation of
individuality (of civilization) must be sought not in biological
type, nor in physical environment, nor again in psychological
traits or general historical or sociological conditions, but in the
18 elr. Idem, p. 7.
19 \Visster, t.lan and C"ltl4r~, p. 105.
80 Alexander A. Goldenweiser, Early Civi/i:atiou, New York, 1926, p. 314:.
81 Idem, p. JI0.
OTHER HEBREWISMS IN WEST AFRICA I I I
specific historic fates of each local culture in its particular geo-
graphical and historical setting. The C!.xplanation here is identical
with historic reconstruction, and to the extent to which this is
faulty or incomplete, our knowledge and understanding of the
particular civilizational differences involved will be the same." 82
All this must be carefully kept in mind.
Goldenweiser further states: "The most complicated and diffi-
cult aspects of the diffusion proble111 arises in cases . where
the geographical distribution of a trait is discontinuous. In orne
cases of discontinuous distribution the geographical facts alone
may furnish an answer to the problem." 83 [\nd finally: "The
classical evolutionist was not greatly troubled over examples such
as this. To him all such instances attested the similarity of the
human mind and the parallelism of cultural development. But we
may not share the consoling faith of the evolutionist. The univer-
sality of the phenomena of diffusion amply attested by the pre-
ceeding discussion, does not permit one to stress the theory of
independent development at the expense of the alternative possi-
bility of explaining cultural similarities through a common ulti-
mate origin or through historic diffusion from one tribe to
another." 84
Kroeber, too, when speaking of the analysis of
Historic
Contact. cultural phenomena, has asserted: " \Vhen inde-
pendent developments have occurred, there is a
basic or psychological similarity, but concrete details are markedly
different. On the other hand if a differentiation from a C0111mon
source has taken place, so that true historical connection exists,
some specific identity of detail almost always remains as evidence.
It therefore follows that if only it is possible to get the facts fully
enough, there is no theoretical reason why ultimately all cultural
phenomena that are still hovering doubtfully between the paral-
lelistic and the diffusionary interpretations should not be posi-
tively explainable one way or the other." 8.
In the case then, of parallelisms between two dissociated
groups, to evaluate properly the counter claims of diffusion and
convergent evolution, it becomes necessary to establish the weight
82 Idem, p. 401.
83 Idem, p. 307.
8-& Idem, p. 310.
86 A. L. Kroeber, Anthropology. New York, 1923, p. 206.
112 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
of probability for the historic contact between the groups in ques-
tion.
Before beginning our quest of historic contact
Dixon's between the Hebrews and the \Vest African
Ethnologic
Africa. Tribes, we may here briefly summarize what Pro-
fessor Dixon has said of the ethnological course
of African development. To quote his very words as far as pos-
sible, he says: "In the early Palaeolithic period we may, I believe,
think of the African population as primarily composed of the
Mongoloid (Brachycephalic, Chamaecephalic, Platyrrhine) and
Proto-Astraloid (Dolichocephalic, Chamaecephalic, Platyrrhine)
types and their mixtures. Perhaps somewhat sparsely settled, they
probably held most of the north, including large areas in the Sa-
hara, which at this period was certainly more humid and suitable
for human occupation than it is to-day. Southward they probably
extended to the edge of the forest zone, and, sweeping arolmd it
on the east, followed down the grassland plateaus toward the
southern portion of the continent. The Congo basin and perhaps
the Guinea coast were apparently not occupied." 80
"The Proto-Negroid (Dolichocephalic, Hypsicephalic, Platyr-
rhine) type spread very widely at a very early period throughout
the whole northern part of the continent and blends between this
type and the somewhat older Proto-Astraloid made up a large
part of the population during late Palaeolithic times." .,
"The last of what are apparently the older types is the Palae-
Alpine (Brachycephalic, Hypsicephalic, Platyrrhine), presenting
in many ways the most pU7.Zling problems of all. It is in its dis-
tribution to-day concentrated in the region of the forest belt, com-
prising the Congo basin and the Guinea coast, with possible
outliers eastward of the great Rift Yalley." 88 This is the Central
African Pigmy type.
Professor Dixon continues: "In spite of faint traces of this
brachycephalic, platyrrhine type to be found north of the forest
zone, there seems no reason to believe that it spread as widely
over the continent as the types already discu sed. The great tropi-
cal forest area is in many ways a refuge region, and seems to have
tiO Roland B. Dixon, Racial History of Jlf01J, N~w York, 19.23, p 182.
87 Idem, p. 183.
00 Idem, p. ,83.
OTHER HEBREWISMS IN WEST AFRICA II3
been penetrated and colonized only relatively recently by Negro
peoples, "ho in their spread oyer the continent seem first to have
flowed around the forest region before they attempted to pene-
trate it .... And although the numbers of the Pigmies still sur-
viving in a relatively pure state seem to be small, the greater part
of the population of the Congo basin, to-day is very largely mixed
with their blood." 89
"Into an Africa which must thus have been in the main Ne-
groid around a core of pigmy Negritos, with, in the northwe t
and especially the southeast, considerable remnants of the fusion
of the older Mongoloid and Proto-Astraloid types, there came in
early Neolithic times a new factor, destined to become of enor-
mous importance in the future development of the peoples of the
continent. This was the first invasion of the Caspian (Dolichoce-
phalic, Hypsicephalic, Leptorrhine) type-tall, light-skinned, with
a tendency under favorable conditions towards blondness. This
new type came into Africa from the northeast by way of Ara-
bia." 90 Groups of these Caspians who are considered by Profes-
sor Dixon as the parent-stock of Semitic folk,·' moved southward,
we are told, towards the Lakes of East Africa and beyond, "blend-
ing with the older population. . . . Among them the Bantu
languages developed. . . . Further north from Nubia, which
seems to have been a great resen·oir of these immigrants, they
passed west into the Sudan and the regions of the Sahara ..
And so, perhaps as early as late Neolithic times, some strain of
this virile group reached as far as the Atlantic shores, whose mod-
ern descendants are the Fula." 02 From another branch of this
Caspian migration Professor Dixon would derive the Libyans
and Berbers.·3
"With the opening of historic times," according to Professor
Dixon, "a new influence again makes itself felt in Africa; another
new type appears, at first feebly but then in ever-increasing vol-
ume adding its quota to the already existing complex." 04 He calls
it the Mediterranean (Dolichocephalic, Chamaecephalic, Leptor-
" Idem. p. 184.
"Idem. p. 184 .
• , Idem. p. 185.
92 Idem. p. 185.
" Idem. p. 186 .
.. Idem. p. 186.
114 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
rhine) type, and notes: "It seems to be the fact that this type makes
its appearance in any strength in Egypt in the course of the First
Dynasty.. . It seems to have entered the Nile Valley from the
delta, and while at first forming merely the backbone of the ruling
caste, as the centuries pas ed it contributed more and more to the
mass of the population. until, by the end of the :lIiddle Kingdom,
it had attained to the dominant place among the varied racial ele-
ments in the E!:yptian portion of the. 'ile valley. and retained that
leadership in Upper Egypt without interruption dO\\11 at least to
Roman times and in lower Egypt to the present day." o. Beyond
Egypt this inAuence was felt. he tells us. only along the coast and
"seems to ha ve been in part at least sea-borne" as it is also found
in the Canary Islands··
Finally Professor Dixon states: "One last racial factor which
has played its part, albeit but a minor one. must not be overlooked.
viz., the Alpine (Brachycephalic. Hypsicephalic. Leptorrhine)
type. When shortly after the beginning of the Dynastic period, the
Mediterranean peoples made their first appearance in force in
Egypt, the Alpine type. which previously had been absent. or
present in almost negligible proportions. at least in Upper Egypt.
increased nearly twofold. Later it declined again until the period
of the ew Empire, when it once more assumed importance and
continued to be a factor of significance in Roman times." or This
Alpine type is also found along the cO:lstal area of Northern
Africa probably "largely sea-borne," \I hich makes Professor
Dixon sugge t that it may be due to "pre-Phoenician and Phoeni-
cian colonists.O& He also adds: "Westward through the Sudan
traces are to be found here and there of Alpine blood. but they
seem to be, so far as present data go. very slight. Yet in Dahomey
the Alpine factor is more pronounced. and further material may
show its unexpected strength in parts of the Sudan." ••
From all that Professor Dixon has said, we may gather that
more than one ethnic impulse has passed from Egypt out through
the continent of Africa, and we hope to show that in some way
., Idem. p. 187 .
.. Idem. p. 187 .
• 7 Idem. p. 188.
o·Idem. p. ISg.
iO Idem, p. 190.
OTHER HEBREWISMS IN WEST AFRICA 115
an influence of Hebraic culture found its way along the same lines
from Egypt to the heart of Negro Land. To establish this theory,
it becomes necessary to study the possible historic contacts between
the Hebrews and the tribes of \\'est Africa.
Chapter V
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL
If we are to establish historical contact between
A Closed
Question. the Hebrews and the parent-stock of the Ashanti,
it now becomes necessary to check up every pos-
sible channel by which diffusion between the two groups was pos-
sible. At the very outset, two main lines of inquiry present
themselves on account of the duality of the divided Kingdom of
Israel. And yet, strictly speaking it is only with the Judeans that
we have to deal, since the destruction of the Northern Tribes was
definitive and complete. However, as Professor Dixon says: "A
few generations ago cultural parallels between the customs and
beliefs of aboriginal peoples and those of the Hebrews as recorded
in the Bible, were explained in accordance with the theories of
the times, as the degenerate survivals of ancient Semitic culture,
diffused by the Lost Ten Tribes of Israel. Traces of these ex-
tremely elusive wanderers were found in every quarter of the
globe, and Bushman and Eskimo, Australian and American In-
dian were alike credited with being their descendants." 1 And
although Professor Dixon adds: "The ghost of the Lost Tribes
has long since been laid, except perhaps for some whose judgment
is ruled by their imagination," 2 it may be well to introduce here
1 Roland B. Dixon, Building of C,l(tures, New York, 1928, p. 225.
2 Idem, p. 22j. Note:-That the question is not entirely a dead one is shown by
an editorial in the Boston Herald for April 27. 1928, entitled "Jewish Ancestry."
It runs as follows: j'Jcws in every part of the world, and the Jews in Palestine
most of all, will be interested in that controversy. just aroused by the visit of the
King and Queen of Afghanistan to England, over the so-called Jewish origin of
the Afghan people. Eagerness to claim Hebrew descent has been shown during
the past quarter of a century in striking ways. Here and there in China are to be
found small colonies whose members do not hesitate to look back to their 'Jew-
bh ancestry,' and only the other day it was pointed out that a 'considerable num-
ber of people are still propagating the doctrine that the English themselves are
descended from the tribes of Israel. As to the Afghans quite a number of intel-
ligent British officers well acquainted with them are said to be strong believers
in the Hebrew theory. And what of the evidence in its favor? One thing which
travelers sometimes tell us after investigation on the spot is that nearly all the
116
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 117
a short chapter on the subject, to clarify Our own position and to
definitively eliminate all question of any contact between the
Ashanti and the Northern Kingdom of Israel.
Professor Rawlinson of Oxford, in assailing the
Professor
Rawlinson. position of those who would derive the Anglo-
Saxon Race from the "Lost Tribes" of Israel,
ridicules the attempt, and declares that these much lost Tribes
"have been found a hundred times by a hundred different travel-
lers, and in a hundred different localities," and goes on to endorse
the statement of Kitto: "There is scarcely any human race so
abject, forlorn, and dwindling, located anywhere, between the
Chinese and American Indians, who have not been stated to be
the Ten Tribes." 3
Anglo-Saxons. Towards the middle of the last century, "Our
Israelitish Origin" by Jolm Wilson 4 revived an
~ld controversy, in an effort to derive the Anglo-Saxon Race from
Afghan women and many of the men are 'of a distinctly Jewish cast of counte-
nance,' and that a large number of them have Jewish-Christian names, such as
Ibrahim for Abraham, Ayub for Job, Ismail for Ishmael, Ishak for Isaac, Yohia
for John. Yakub for Jacob, Daoud for David and Suleiman for Solomon. The
Afghans, moreover, are lmown to recognize a common code of unwritten law
which appears to resemble the old Hebraic law, though it has been modified by
Mohammedan ordinances. A further strengthening of the theory has been
found in the story that 'when Nebuchadnezzar overcame the Children of Israel
certain of the Jewish tribes, and perhaps all of 'the lost ten tribes,' made their
way eastward into a mountainous country and settled eventually in the coun-
try of Afghara, where they founded the race, of the A fghans.' And would-be
supporters of the theory-like Lord Curzon himself-are especially impressed
by the fact that for centuries past, and to this day, the majority of Afghans
have stoutly defended the belief in their Hebrew descent. \Vhy, it is asked,
should their historians have called them Beni-lsrael, meaning in the Arabic
tongue 'The People of Israel'? When it comes to chapter and verse there are
serious doubts in the way. Sir Edward Denison Ross, a famous expert in
oriental history and languages, comes near calling the whole theory 'a myth.'
'If the Afghans were in origin a Semitic people,' he says, 'we should expect to
find some trace of that origin in their language, whereas as a matter of fact
there is none. As for Jewish names, they are simply taken from the Koran,
and we find them among all the Mohammedan peoples.' And as to the 'Je\\ ish
cast of countenance' noticed in the Afghans another expert reminds us that
'while as a rule the Afghan nose is long and curved, this Jewish, or, rather,
Hittite, nose is very widespread, and is a characteristic of races in no way
connected with the Children of Israel.' It would thus seem that the theory now
under discussion must be classed as one of a number which have been devised
to explain the origin of the Afghans, for they have been traced to Copts,
Armenians, Albanians, Turks, Arabs and Raj puts. And eager as are the sub-
jects of the King of Afghanistan to claim Hebrew descent there is little likeli-
hood of them joining the Zionist movement or swelling the 20th century mi-
gration to the Holy Land."
• Cfr. Edward Hine, O,"/ord Wro"g. New York, 1880, p. 149 .
• Published in ,845.
II8 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
the Ten Tribes of Israel, that have come to be known in history
as "The Lost Tribes." The Reverend E. Beckersteth proceeded to
refute the arguments advanced by the theory. During the next
quarter of a century there were spasmodic attempts to popularize
the idea, but it was not until early in 1871 that the interest of the
general public was aroused. "Twenty-seven Identifications of the
English Nation with the Lost House of Israel" by Edward Hine,
followed by subsequent brochures. "Flashes of Light" and" Anglo-
Saxon Riddles," drew down on the author the wrath of his kins-
man, Professor George Rawlinson, of Oxford, and Canon of
Canterbury. That a person of such distinction should take notice
of the theory, even to assail it, gave the question the needed pub-
licity, and the controversy was well under way.
Edward Hine, in his reply to Canon Rawlinson, denies having
ever read more than "a few extracts" from the earlier book of
\Vilson, despite the fact that a striking similarity of treatment
had been pointed out.' Others besides the Oxford Professor had
ventured to take exceptions to his attempted Hebraization of the
Anglo-Saxon Stock. Mr. Hine acknowledges the attentions of
some few of them, but brushes them all aside with a single bold
stroke of the pen: "Not one objection has foothold as yet, and I
believe never can have. The identity of our Nation with Israel is
purely God's work, and no man has power to destroy it." • \Ve sus-
pect a little humor on the part of 11r. Hine.
The discussion now became general, and the literature on the
subject is extensIve. Space will permit only a few random com-
ments in passing. Thus one writer finds in this theory, facetiously
we suspect, the e..xplanation of how despite many miscalculations,
the ambitions of Britain are usually crowned with
Humorous
Aspects. success. "\lVhy should so small a country as Brit-
ain," he asks, "possess such great influence oyer
the world as she does, and be successful in all her wars, notwith-
standing that she continually makes the most palpable blunders?
\lVe have many faults, socially, nationally, and individually, to
confess and bemoan; yet, for all that, it will be admitted that we
are 'a great nation'. What is the secret of Britain's greatness? If
II Edward Hine, Oxford IVro1lg it, objecting to tile Anglo Sa.:rons being
Idn,tical with Israel, New York, 1880, p. 137 .
• Idem, p. '42.
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 119
it is proved that the British are Israelites, the whole History of
England will be understood with a right point of view; and that
is, that God's dealings with her, being Israel, show forth that He
is true, faithful, and 'Coyenant' keeping: this is the true secret of
England's greatness and not any inherent goodness that rests in
her or in her people." 7
Meanwhile, as early as 1861, the Reverend F. R. A.
House of
David. Glover transferring his attention from the Lost
Tribes to the surviving Juda, had indicated what
he was pleased to call the possible descent of the Royal Family of
England from the House of David.s Sixteen years later, a pre-
tentious effort strove to fit in some missing links.· However, the
chain was far from complete, and it was left for the ingenuity of
the Reverend A. B. Grimaldi, to devise a full unbroken line from
David to the then-reigning Queen of England, Victoria of happy
memory.'· According to his schemata, the Kings of Juda from
David to Sedecias, form eighteen links in this chain. The sceptre
is then passed down through the Princess Tea Tephi, who, it is
asserted, married Heremon, King of Ireland, and their succes-
sors, from 578 B. c. to 487 A. D. forming fifty-five links in the
chain. Thirteen links of the Royal House of Argyl shire passes
it on to the Sovereigns of Scotland, A. D. 834, and the chain is
finally completed by the twenty-five Scottish links and the succes-
sors of James I of England. It is difficult to believe that the ex-
pounders of these schemes to Judaize the Royal Family of Eng-
land really took themselves seriously. And Doctor Wild, at least,
must have possessed a rare sense of humor, when he evolved his
theory of the Irish Jews."
Briefly, his position is as follows. "Two colonies
Irish Jews.
settled in Ireland; the first, the Phoenicians, who
were Philistines or ancient Canaanites. The second settlers were
Tuath de Danan. .. The Phoenicians were sea-faring people;
7 H. W. ]. Senior, The British Israelites, London, 1885. p. I.
8 F. R. A. Glover, Engla,r,d fill' RCntllOltt of Judah, London, r86I.
9 J, C. Stevens, Genealogical Chart, Showing the Connection between the
House of David and the Royal Family of Britain, Liverpool, 1877.
10 Cfr. A. K. Robinson, Predestiuotiou, as taught in the Bib/c, and verified
in History, Leeds, 189S. p. 132 fT.
11 Joseph Wild, The Lost Ten Tribes and 1882, London (OntariaL 1879.
Note :-Incidentalty. while pastor of the Union Congregational Church in
Brooklyn, N. Y. Dr. Wild took the precaution of publishing his book on the
safer side of the Canadian border.
120 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
pressed by Israel, Egypt and Assyria, they finally left Canaan, and
settled in Ireland." 12
Dr. Wild would have it, that at the time of the Babylonian Cap-
tivity, after the Prophet Jeremias was carried into Egypt by the
remnant of the people, he escaped thence to Northern Ireland,
taking with him the ark of the Covenant, Jacob's pillow-the
stone of Israel-as well as the daug-hter of Sedecias, through
whom the royal line was to continue. "Irish histories," he tells us,
"some twenty of which we find agree. say that about 585 B. C. a
divine man landed in Ulster, having with him the king-'s daughter,
stone of destiny, and ark, and many other wonderful thing-so The
people of Ulster of Dan understood the old adventurer." In pass-
ing, the author assures us: "Now at Tara, Jeremiah buried the
ark of the covenant, tables of law, etc." 13
As to the presence of the Tribe of Dan in Ulster, the matter is
easily explained, according to Doctor Wild's way of thinking.
"During the persecution of Ahah, thousands of them left Pales-
tine, settling in Denmark-this word Denmark means the circle
of Dan. In course of time they crossed the sea and took possession
of the north of Ireland, settling the province of Ulster." Thus we
have the dual race of Irishmen-Philistines in the South and
God's chosen people in the North. Consequently it is easy for Doc-
tor \Vild to explain what must appeal to him as the inferiority
complex of the South, which readily fell a prey to the "allure-
ments of Rome." H
Furthermore, according to Doctor \Vild, Jeremias "is the real
St. Patrick-simply the Patriarchal Saint, which became St.
Patriarch, then St. Patrick. The Roman Church introduced St.
Patrick to offset the St. Patriarch."" However, the Doctor
admits that the individual commonly revered as the Patron of Ire-
land was more than a "mythical person." He gives his real name
as Calpurnius, and would have him born 387 A. D. near the present
city of Boulogne. Further he is satisfied that this Calpurnius was
himself a Jew, belonging to the tribe of Benjamin. "For the Ben- '
jaminites began to fill in that part of France about this period."
"Idem, p. 267.
"Idem, p. 269.
14 Idem, p. 271.
15 Idem, p. 270.
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 121
The author add : "This tribe were by nature missionaries. This
prompted him to desire to redeem his brethren in Ireland. In Ul-
ster he began his labors." 16
~evertheless, Doctor Wild is insistent that Jeremias "was the
real sainted patriarch of Ireland. And by a crafty design of Rome
young Calpurnius was created sainted patriarch, or St. Patrick,
and by this means Rome linked the greater part of the Irish nation
to herself." 17 And almost it would seem with a sigh of relief, the
Doctor takes care to note: "But neither Rome nor any other power
ever enslaved or conquered Ulster." 18 In conclusion it should be
observed that in the Doctor's view the division of Ireland is not
merely due to religion. It is essentially racial. "The people of Bel-
fast are Danites; they of Dublin are Phoenicians." ,. So, after all,
the great majority of Irishmen are not Jews, even according .to
Doctor Wild.
Whatever we may think of Doctor \Vild's sin-
Mythical
Wanderings. cerity in the matter, three years later, not to
mention other, the Reverend Doctor Poole seri-
ously undertook a study of the whole question. The Jews as we
know them to-day, he regards as the descendants of the Kingdom
of Juda. The Lost Tribes, he \I'ould trace as follows: "Nineveh
was destroyed by the l\1edes and the Babylonians about 62 I B. C.
and the Assyrian monarchy divided between them; Israel, or a
large portion of them, taking advantage of the opportunity thus
afforded, asserted their independence, or escaped, and planted
themselves in Armenia, to the north of Assyria. During the sev-
eral irruptions caused by the conquests of Alexander the Great,
and his immediate successors,2. they resumed their nomad state,
and wandered northward, and westward, to some of the quiet
valleys which led them on their way westward and homeward," 21
to the British Isles as their journey's end.
!.IJ Idem, p. 277.
17 Idem, p. 278,
18 Idem, p. 279.
19 Idem, p. 274.
20 Note :-When the Mongol invasion reached Germany in 1241. "it was
fabled that the ~atars were none other than the lost tribes shut up by Alex-
ander the Great In the Caspian mountains."-Crr. Margolis and Marx, History
of tile Jewish People, Philadelphia, 1927, p. 379.
21 W. H. Poole, Anglo-Israel, Toronto, 1882, p. 128.
I22 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
These nomads, Doctor Poole would then identify with the Sax-
ons, and he continues: "Sharon Turner states that, 'Although the
Saxon name became on the continent the appellation of a confed-
eracy of nations, yet, at first it denoted a single state, and, it ap-
pears, they were so isolated that the Romans did not come into
contact with them, though continually devastating by fire and
sword, the people intervening between them and the Saxons.'
How clearly the providence of God was seen in their history as
they passed through the great wilderness of people." 22
In consequence of all this, and similar studies, many wild
schemes were eyolved, and detailed maps were constructed, mark-
ing out the wanderings from the land of exile of these Tribes,
which despite their name, absolutely refuse to stay lost. The sug-
gested itinerary is a varied one. Skirting the southern shore of
the Black Sea. the first route supposedly led across the Dar-
danelles, and followed the Black Forest all the way to the German
Sea, and then across to England. A second migration, we are told,
might have passed over the Caucasus Mountains, and after some
delay in what is called the "Land of Sojourn and Increase" far up
to the Baltic Sea, found its way to Denmark and thence across
to England. Still a third route is suggested far around the Caspian
Sea, only to turn back and strike the path through Southern Ger-
many to the Sea. 23
But whether the propounders of these wild theories really re-
garded them as fact or fictional humor, they found adherents who
were as ready to accept them with the same credence and authority,
as if they had been culled directly from Holy \Vrit. As a matter
of course, these absurd suggestions should all be classified with
the report of Ibn Haukal, the famous traveller of the tenth cen-
tury who would, to a certain e:dent, reverse the Darwinian
Theory, by deriving monkeys from Jews, when he records: "Ableh
is a small town, well inhabited, with a little tilled and cultiyated
land, 'In that place were some Jews; those to whom it was for-
bidden to hunt on the Sabbath; and God transformed them, and
caused them to become monkeys.' " 2<
22 Idem, p. 128.
23 err. Thomas Rosting Howlett, Aliglo-Israel, The Je'lJ.n ..m Problem a"d
Supplement. Philadelphia, 1894, Appendix.
2 .. err. Tile Oril'l£tal Geography of Ebll Haakal, atl Arabian Traveller of the
Tellth Crlltllr)', trans, William Ouseley, London, 1800, p. 10.
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 123
Historically the obliteration of the Northern
Northern Kingdom may be concisely told. The disintegra-
Kin gdom
Destroyed. tion began when Tiglath-Pileser IY, the Assyrian
monarch, in his campaign of 733-732 B. c. over-
threw Damascus and invaded northern Israel. 25 In consequence
of this im'asion, J. M. Powis Smith 2. tells us: "Israel lost her
territory east of the Jordan, the population of which was deported
to Assyria." 27
The ultimate destruction of the Northern Tribes was accom-
plished a few years later, when Sargon II in 722-721 B. C. com-
pleted the work that had been begun by his predecessor
Shelmaneser IV, finally capturing Samaria which had held out
for a three-years siege. The conqueror thus recorded his triumph:
"I besieged and captured Samaria. I carried away 27,290 of its
inhabitants, I collected there 50 chariots. The remains of them I
permitted to retain their goods, put my governors over them, and
I laid the tribute of former kings upon them." 28 In another rec-
ord of the same event that has come down to us, Sargon expressly
states: "I set up again and made more populous than before.
People from lands which I had taken I settled there." 2.
Commenting on these cunei form records of Sargon, Barton
suggests: "Only 27,290 were transported at this time ..
'vVhen we put together all those who were deported, however,
they were but a fraction of the population. As Sargon distinctly
says, the others remained there. They intermarried with the
settlers whom he bronght in and became the ancestors of the sect
of Samaritans. The 'ten lost tribes' were not 'lost', as is often
popularly supposed to be the case." 3.
Karl Kautsky, in his turn, comes to pretty much
Remnants the same conclusion, as follows: "Not the entire
Absorbed. population of the ten northern tribes of Israel
were therefore carri~d off, but only the most dis-
tinguished inhabitants of the cities, which were then populated
with strangers, but this was quite sufficient to destroy the nation-
26 George A. Barton, ArcluEoloflY and the Bible, Philadelphia, 1925, p. 427.
26 J. ~1. Powis Smith, The Prophets alld their Timrs, Chicago, 1925, p. 74.
21 Cfr. also Samuel A. B. Mercer, Extra-Biblical Sources for Hebrew alld
Jewish History, New York, 1913, p. 40.
"Idem, p. 43.
29 Idem, p. 43.
30 Barton, Archt1!ology and the Bible, p. 428.
124 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
ality of these ten tribes; for the peasant alone is incapable of con-
structing a specific communal Ii fe. The Israelitic city dwellers and
aristocrats who were transplanted to Assyria and 1Iedia, on the
other hand, disappeared in their new environment in the course of
generations, becoming fused with it." 31
Doctor Gaster in the Schweich Lectures on Bibi-
Rehabilitation cal .\rchaeology for 1923 advanced the opinion
of Samaria. that the settlers sent by Sargon were not in reality
colonists in the strict sense of the word hut mere
military garrisons which were subsequently replaced by Persian
troops.32 But his arguments, based as they are solely on Samari-
tan traditions, such as the fact that they "repudiate entirely any
connection with any heathen nation," 33 are far from convincing.
Doctor Gaster further states: "According to the Samaritan
chronicles, a large number of exiles came back and settled in the
land under the High Priest Abdael, no less than 37,000 being
mentioned as having returned."" But he candidly admits that
the number given must be an exaggeration. Besides, Pm\is Smith
is emphatic in his assertion: '·The downfall of Samaria brought
about the end of the northern kingdom, which now became an
Assyrian province. Natives of other parts of the Assyrian Empire
were imported to take the place 0 f the twenty-seven thousand de-
ported citizens. The result was the rise of a mixed people in
Northern Israel, who were mongrel in religion as well as in
blood." ••
Stanley A. Cook, too, is entirely in accord with this opinion.
He further maintains that in 7 IS B. C. Sargon added to the mix-
ture of races already located in Samaria by the introduction of
Bedouin colonists from Arabia.'· These with the other colonists
from Assyria he finds intermarrying ,dth the remnants of Israel
"and their descendants might in time be regarded as truly rem-
nants of Israel, even as the emi-Edomite clans that entered Judah
were reckoned as Israelites."'7 Of the exiles from the. 'orthern
It Karl Kautsky. FOlmdalioHS of C/zrislionit),; New York, 1925. p. 222
sz Moses Gaster, The Samarita"s: Their Hislor)" Doctrine and Literalure.
London, 1925, p. 18.
33 Idem, p. 34.
U Idem, p. 31.
a6 Powis Smith, The Prophets Dud '''eir Tim"s. p. So .
.. Cfr. Cambridge Allei",/ His/ory, Vol. III, p. 383; 385.
37 Idem, p. 386; Cfr. also p. 405.
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 125
Kingdom, Cook concludes: "They were probably soon swallowed
up in their new homes." as
Nothing is to be gained then, by trying to trace these Northern
Tribes further at the present time" Lacking the spirit of the
Southern Kingdom, they quickly became assimilated and lost
their identity being absorbed by the peoples with whom they
dwelt'·
Before drawing this chapter to a close, however,
American
Indians. a word must be said about the theory of those who
would find among the American Indians evidences
of descent from the ancient Hebrews. In one way the question is
closely allied to that of the "Lost Tribes." And eyen in the case
of those who postulate for the Indians a J udean origin, or at least
a diffusion of Ju dean culture, the matter is best setiled here, as
it may easily becloud the treatment of our own subject if reserved
until later.
The contrO\'ersy was of Spanish origin almost
Controversy
in England. immediately after the discovery of America,41
but eventually reached England. ] e'1J..'es ill A mer-
38 Idem, p. 385.
39 Note :-Max L. Margolis says: liThe Israetitish brethren were absorbed
by the foreign environment-we speak of the 'lost ten tribes'-though some
residue must have maintained its identity in the 1.:[edian highlands and beyond,
to be merged later with the Jewish peoplc."-Cfr. Margolis and :Marx, History
of 'he Jewish People} p. 1I5.
40 Note :-There is also the contrary tendency that v. 'ould just as arbitrarily
deny practically all originality to the Hebrew people and tend to explain even
distinctively Mosaic institutions as borrowings from others. Thus we are told
by Kortleiter: "There was a time when the rites of the 1\losaic cult were
associated with the Egyptian. Thus the \'estmcnts of the priests and of the
Supreme Pontiff, the ark of the covenant, circumcision were referred to ex-
amplars of the Egyptians. And ]. Spencer strove to show that nearly all the
forms of the Mosaic Cult are to be sought arnong the Egyptians .... At a
later date it was frequently said that not a few institutions of the Mosaic Cult
were received from the Babylonians . ... Babylonia was the fatherland f the
Hebrew race. But that Abraham migrating from Ur-Kasdim took with him
and passed on to his posterity various opinions, habits, customs, i~ so evident
that there is no reason why anything further should be said on the matter.
. .. Other learned rnen of more recent age contend again that not a few
sacred rites of the religion of the Old Testament are to be traced to the Arab
influence of the Mirueans .. .. The similarities pertaining to religion may
Mr~~ ~~1~~ b~P~:~~~~' t~a~~~~a~se~::i~~~e~i~h~oio:~~t~; t~~ee J~b~sw o{V~~~
ship . . . . Others think the Hebrews received some sacred rites from the
Canaanites. 'Vhich opinion can scarcely be proven."-F. X. Kortleitner, Arch-
tEologia Biblica, Innsbruck. 1917, p. 4S f.
oil Cfr. Albert M. Hyarnson, A History of the Jews il~ EILgland, London,
'907, p. 18, If.
126 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
ica, or Probabilities that the Americans are of that Race, was
the title of a book written in 1648 by the Reverend T. Thorow-
good who was interested in the efforts of the Reverend John Eliot
to evangelize the ~Iassachusetts Indians, and who hoped to help
the work financially. Four years later, Hamon L'Estrange an-
swered it with a little volume, Americalls no Je-&es, or Improba-
bilities that the Americalls are of that Race. Thorowgood
founded his conjecture on six arguments, which are thus sum-
marized by L'Estrange: "I) The Acknowledgment of the Amer-
icans. 2) From Rites and Customs. 3) From Words and Speech.
4) From man-devouring. 5) From the Conversion promised to
the Jews. 6) From the Calamities threatened to the Jews." 40
Before considering these claims and refuting them in detail,
L'Estrange first considers the source of the aborigines of Amer-
ica, and concludes: "Thus far have I offered my weak conceptions.
first how America may be collected to have bin first planted, not
denying the Jewes leave to goe into America, but not admitting
them to be the chief or prime planters there; for I am of opinion,
that the Americans originally were before the Captivity of the
Ten Tribes, even from Sem's near progeny." 43
Contemporary with L'Estrange, George Horn discusses the
possible descent of the American Indians from the Israelites, a
theory which he also rejects."
Meanwhile the question had been seriously taken
Manasseh
Ben Israel. up on the Continent, and popularized by one of
the most brilliant Jews of the day. Manasseh Ben
Israel, a native of La Rochelle, while yet a boy moved to Amster-
dam with his parents, early in the seventeenth century. In due
course he became one of the most distinguished orators in Hol-
land, and established the first Hebrew printing press in that
country in 1626. Through the influence of a fellow Jew, Aaron
Levi, better known as Antonio de Montezinos, Manasseh became
a strong advocate of the theory that the North American Indians
were in fact the Lost Ten Tribes of Israe1.46 \Vith a view of se-
40:! Hamon L'Estrange, Americalls itO fe'lVes, London, 1652, p. I.
4:'1 Idem, p. 13 .
•, \<1 Georgius Hornius, De Orjgi,~jblls AmericalJis, Hagae Comitis, 1652, Praef.
40D Note :-Montezinos had "told a weird tale of American Indians he had
come across in his travels in the New \Vorld, of their religious practices, and
of their tradition that they were of the tribe of Reuben."-Cfr. Margolis and
Marx, History of the lewisJ. People, p. 490.
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 127
curing the readmission of the Jews into England, Manasseh pub-
lished a volume entitled "Esperanc;a de IsraeL"'· Written
originally in Spanish, this work was quickly translated into Latin
and English, and e..xercised a great influence, though it failed in
its original purpose of opening England to the Jews. However,
at the national conference at Whitehall in December 1655, it
brought out the fact that their exclusion was not sanctioned by
English Law, and incidentally gained many outspoken advocates
to the general theory of the Israelitic origin of the American In-
dians.
For some time, missionaries in America, es-
Missionary
Reports. pecially those in Mexico, had been sending home
reports of religious customs and beliefs that sa-
yored much of Semitic origin. Thus the Jesuit Acosta reported that
the Indians had an infinite number of ceremonies and usages which
reminded one of the ancient Law of Moses. 41
But it was reserved for Viscount King borough,
Mexican
Mythology. who gathered all these testimonies into a single
volume, to become the real propounder of the
theory, that would trace to a Semitic source those Indian customs
and traditions. Thus he writes: "It is impossible on reading what
Mexican mythology records of the war in Heaven and of the fall
of Zontemoque and the other rebellious spirits, of the creation of
light by the word of Tonacatecutli and of the division of the
waters, of the sin of Y ztlacohuhqui and his blindness and naked-
ness, of the temptation of Suchiquecal and her disobedience in
gathering roses from a tree, and of the consequent misery and
disgrace of herself and all her posterity, not to recognize scrip-
tural analogies. But the 1I1exican tradition of the deluge is that
which bears unequivocal marks of having been derived from a
H ebrew source." 48 The Viscount then develops the Mexican idea
4.0 Manasseh Ben Israel, EsperoHfa de Israel, Amsterdam, 1649. Note:-
"With full credence in the story of Montezinos and the evidence culled from
Jewish and Christian writers, he arrived at the conclusion that the Israelitish
tribes, scattered over many countries, had wandered from Tatary across China
to the American continent, thus carrying the di~persion to the farthest parts
of the globe."-Margolis and Marx, I. c. p. 490.
·n Jose de Acosta, The NatHrai and Moral History of the Illdies, London,
1880. A reprint of the English Translation of J604. from the Spanish, Bk. V.
Chapter xxvii, p. 369- Cfr. also Joan Frcdericus Lurnnius, Dc Extremo Dei
l udicio et JUdOYII11l Vocatione, Venice, 1569.
foij Lord Kingsborough, A1exican Antiquities, London, 1829, Vol. VI, p. 401.
128 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
of the deluge and its subsequent events, such as the Tower of
Babel and the dispersion of nations, in parallel with the Bible
Story.
In due time, Brasseur de Bourbourg became an
Defenders.
ardent defender of Kingborough's views.'·
Among others, too, Hubert Howe Bancroft describes in detail
what he regards as authentic Hebrew relics found in what is now
the United States,"o and John T. Sharp establishes, at least to his
own satisfaction, numerous analogies between Jewish and Mexi-
can codes and customs, that are certainly striking. 51
On the contrary, De Roo, who has made a special
Opponents.
study of the subject, after discussing the whole
question at some length, and giving due credit to all authorities
cited, as well as CJuoting many others, unreservedly rejects their
claim, and concludes : "For these and similar reasons, which the
reader can easily find in several other works, we are of opinion
that the first Jews who ever set foot on American soil were those
who, in spite of the restrictions of Ferdinand and Isabella,
secretly went on board the ships which Colombus and his contem-
poraries steered to the New \Vorld." .2
Yet De Roo subseCJuently admits certain seem-
Concessions.
ingly Hebraic customs among the American Ab-
origines. Thus, after rejecting the claims of two Hebrew
practices in America, he concedes: "Other souvenirs of Jewish
history and rites of the Mosaic law seem to have been real, and to
have actually existed among a few of America's aboriginal na-
tions. Thus are the Yucatecs said to have had a tradition accord-
ing to which they originally came from the far East, passing
through the sea which God had made dry for them." 53 And again:
"We may close this chapter with the remark that the Mexicans
celebrated the Jewish feast of the New Year,.· and had their
49 Brasseur de Bourbourg, His/oire des Nations Ci1.oi/i.sees et de L~Amtiriqlte
Ce,t/rale dlirolLt les Siecles Anterieuys d Christophe Colomb, Paris, 1857.
GO Hubert Howe Bancroft, The Nativt! Races of the Pacific Statcs of North
America, New York, 1875. Vol. V, p. 93 f.
fa John T. Sharp, The North Americans of A}Jtiquit),. New York, 1880,
P·463·
02 P. De Roo, History of America before Columbus, Philadelphia, 1900,
Vol. I, p. [99.
tiS Idem, Vol. I. p. 420, quoting Bancroft, I. c. VoL V, p. 22.
0 .. Adolphe Kastner, AlloJyse des Traditiolls Religiellses des Peuples In-
digenes de I'Amerique, Louvain, 1845, p. 102.
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 129
festiyity of the Remission of Sins and the use of sacred unctions
as the Je \ys." 55
De Roo further qualifies his position by the statement: "\Ve do
not, howe\'er, intend to say that the western portion of the Old
\"orld had no share at all in America's greatness before the
Christian era." .6 He eyen admits: ").Tot a few writers defend the
opinion that the Egyptians, who sailed around Africa and far
awa\' into the Indian and the Atlantic Ocean, left in America some
architectural and ling-uistic vestiges of their presence," 57 and con-
ceh'es the possibility of the Phoenicians, whether Tyrians or
Carthaginians, having also reached the American continent.
Speaking of the "remarkable parallel to the
Peru.
Egyptian development" which "is to be found in
comparatively recent times in the Inca monarchy of Peru," Pro-
fessor Dawson, the Oxford Historian, observes: "If it was the
result of purely independent South American development, it is
one of the most remarkable examples of convergent evolution in
history. According to the hypothesis of Mr. Perry .8 and Professor
Elliot Smith,·· the elements of this culture were actuall y derived
.::;6 Homius. De Orirr;uiblls AlII('yirQ"is, Lib. IV, Cap. xv, p. 278.
"De Roo, I. c. Vol. I. p. 192.
67 De Roo, His/onl of AmnicQH helMC' Columhlls, Vol. 1. p. TQ2. Kote ;-
He prohably has reference to the Phoenicians in th" employ of J7g'\rpt.
.::;8 Note :-\VritinJ! in IQ2]. Perry make.:; the as"ertinn: "My inrlehtednes'i to
Professor Elliot Smith does not need emphasis. To him lowe the realization
of the importance of E~ypt in the history of ch'iliratinn; and it is a mattE"r
of ~ratification to all those who agree with hie; views to see that opinion ie;
slowlv, hllt sure!\" coming round to his point of view. Sf) that the ultimate
justification of hie; courageous ::Ind outsfYlken att;tud~ is assurecl."-\~,r. ].
Perry, Children of the Sun. Londnn, 1027. Preface. p. viii. Mr. Perry further
unhesitatingly adopts "the hypothesis of an early movement out from Egypt.
which resulted in the translation of the civilization of the Sixth Dynasty to
the uttermost parts of the world," and regards the Phoenicians as the prohable
"link between Egypt and the external world." 1. c. p. 461.
GO Note :-Oark Wissler insists: HElliot Smith, in particular, is an extreme
diffusionist, denying the possibility of independent invention. So wherever he
observes a similarity between cultures, ne matter if half the circumference of
the world intervenes, he declares that diffusion is obvious and the only prob-
lem presented is to discover how the trait-complexes involved managed to leap
the gap."-A.faa a)ld Cultu.re, p. J07. Goldenweiser is even more outspoken.
He says: HElliot Smith has achieved the questionable distinction of outdoing
the dogmatism of the evolutionist by his reckless utilization of diffusion as an
interpretation of widespread cultural similarities, supporting his theory by a
comparative material apparently as inexhaustible in quantity and handled as
uncritically as was the comparative material of the evolutionist. The va lue of
the last-named theory cannot be examined here. The idea of a Megalithic
culture originated in Egypt in the y8th.-20th dynasty, spreading thence
through the Mediterranean region, over the southern areas of Asia and the
130 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
from Egypt, and were introduced into South America by the same
race of megalith builders who have left traces of their presence
throughou! the Pacific from Easter Island to the Carolines. Now
the monarchy of Japan, the rulers of which also claim to be Chil-
dren of the Sun, was undoubtedly founded by megalith builders
who arrived by sea, not long before the Christian era, and it is
not impossible that the same influence may have reached the
Pacific Coast of America. But the gap in time and space between
this prehistoric Pacific culture and the historic civilization of an-
cient Egypt ·is so great that it is difficult to affirm any direct cul-
tural influence on the part of the latter in the present state of our
knowledge." 6.
Finally, A. L. Kroeber, after asserting: "The
Kroeber's
Conclusions. American race can hardly have come from any-
where else than Asia," 61 adds: "About the end of
the Palaeolithic or beginning of the Neolithic some of the proto-
mongoloids drifted from Asia into North America. These were
probably the real discoverers of the New World, which they found
inhabited only by brutes." 62 He later states: "Since the early
culture importation of the period of the settlement of America
eight or ten thousand years ago, the influences of the Old World
have always been slight as compared with the independent devel-
opments within the New World. Even within the northwestern
segment of North America, the bulk of culture would seem to
have been evolved on the spot. But mingled with this local growth,
more or less modi fying it in the nearer regions, and reaching its
greatest strength among the Eskimo, has been a trickling of series
of later Asiatic influences which it would be mistaken wholly to
overlook." 63
island expanses of Melanesia and Polynesia to the remote countries of Mexico
and Peru; this idea, however alluring, would require a delicate technique and
categorical demonstration before it could claim serious attention. The meth-
ods used by Elliot Smith are, on the contrary, so loose that the entire specula-
tive edifice erected by him can at best be regarded as another link, in that
chain of top-heavy hypotheses born of uncontrolled flights of the imagination
and unchecked by either patient research or a strict method of procedure."-
Goldenweiser, Early Civili::atioll, p. 31 t.
60 Christopher Dawson, The Age of tile Gods, Boston, 1928, p. 163 f.
61 Kroeber, Anthropolog)!, p. 343.
" Idem, p. 344.
03 Kroeber, A "thropology. p. 392. Note :-No reference will be made to
the Mormons, as they do not claim for themselves continuity of race with the
Jews, but merely subscribe to the general theory that the North American
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 131
\Vith this somewhat lengthy preamble, we are
True
Diaspora. now ready to withdraw from the grotesque and
fantastic, to take up, in the next chapter, the real
question of the Diaspora, tracing in roughest outline, within the
realms of reasonable probability, the wanderings of that race or
people whose dispersion is regarded by some as the means chosen
by Divine Providence to prepare the way for Christianity, by
drawing back to the primitive monotheistic idea the pagan world
that had become corrupt, and through unbridled lusts sunk deep
into the polytheistic practices of sensuous idolatry.
For, as Professor George Foot Moore has well
Spiritual
Influence. observed: "Among the Oriental religions which
made success ful propaganda in the first century
before the Christian era and the first century after it, Judaism
was not the least important. The ubiquitousness of the race had
its part in this; but the chief cause lay in the character of the
religion. Its monotheism was of a type to which the popular phi-
losophies all tended j indeed the synagogue, with its gathering for
the study of the Law and the Prophets, seemed much more like
a school of philosophy than like religious worship or the ritual of
a mystery. The possession of these sacred scriptures, descended
from an antiquity by the side of which the beginnings of Greek
philosophy were modern, and derived from divine revelation,
made a doubly profound impression upon an age which turned its
eyes to the ancients for wisdom and to heaven for a truth beyond
the attainment of reason. The Jewish life, with its multitudinous
observances and its meticulous precautions against pollution from
unclean men and things, had nothing strange or unreasonable
about it when not only religious sects but philosophical schools
made diet and dress and rules of intercourse an essential part of
their discipline." 64
Indians were descended from the Ten Tribes of Israel, and that an exodus of
Jews from Jerusalem took place prior to the birth of Christ, and carried away
the records, a part of which was the Book of Mormon. This book, it is as-
serted, was discovered by the Prophet Joseph Smith in the side of a hill, called
Cumorrah, in Ontario County, New York.-Cfr. Cotl!essions of 101m Doyle
Lee, Dam'le, New York, 1905. p. 140 ff.
64 George Foot ~foore. History of Religions, Edinburgh, 1914. Vol. I, p. 531.
Chapter VI
THE DIASPORA
At all ages, Israelites, either individually or in
Beginnings.
small groups, must have taken up their residence
in the land of strangers. In fact, George A. Barton writes: "It
appears from I Kings, xx, 84 ' that an Israelitish colony was es-
tablished in Damascus in the reign of Ahab. (i. e. About 900 B. c.)
Possibly the similar alliances of David and Solomon with
Phoenicia had established similar colonies there." 2 . \nd Stanley
A. Cook, when speaking of the time of the Babylonian Captivity,
observes: "Apart from the Judaean exiles themselves, it is not im-
possible that by this time Jews, whether associated with their
Phoenician brethren or not, were beginning to be found scattered
over the known world." 3
\Vith reason then, Lewis Browne, in connection with the de-
struction of Jerusalem, takes care to note: "The scattering of the
Jews through foreign lands-the Diaspora as it is usually called-
had already been in process for many centuries before the faII of
Jerusalem. Perhaps as early as the days of Solomon there were
little colonies of Hebrew traders in strange lands. Certainly there
were many after the destruction of the 1\'orthern Kingdom in i22
B. c. and still more after the destruction of the Southern Kingdom
in 586 B. c. Indeed some scholars say that from that last date on,
there were always more Jews living outside the borders of Pales-
tine than within them." 4
1 DOllay Bible, III Kings, xx, 34.
::! Dicti01wry of the Bible, Ed. James Hastings, New York, 1924, Article,
"Dispersion," p. 193.
'Cfr. Cambridg, A"Cient History, New York, 1925, Vol. III. p. 407. Note:
Max L. Margolis discredits the claim of the early Spanish Jews who "imagined
themselves of royal Davidic blood. They told fantastic stories that Adoniram,
Solomon's master of levy, had died white collecting revenue in Spain. and
that his tomb had been found in that country."-Cfr. J\Iargolis and 1Iarx,
Hislory of Ihe lewish People, p. 303.
"Lewis Browne. StraJ~ger that~ Fiction# New York, 1925. p. 160.
132
THE DIASPORA 133
And Ewald, the historian, states: "The 'Exile' in this wider
sense begins as early as the tenth and ninth centuries, long before
the destruction of the kingdom of the Ten Tribes; for great num-
bers were carried away as prisoners of war and subsequently for
the most part sold as slaves, and many who sank through internal
commotions took to more or less voluntary flight. . . In par-
ticular the 'Coasts of the Sea,' i. e. the numerous maritime districts
and islands of the Mediterranean, are now (as in the eighth cen-
tury) frequently mentioned as a residence of the Dispersion . The
e.\:tensive trade of the neighboring Phoenicians had long been di-
rected to these countries, which now appear for the fir st time in
the history of Israel, and many who were not sold as slaves fol-
lowed the example of the Phoenicians, and went thither of their
own free will." •
While then, from an early period, there must have
Judeans.
been scattered throughout the known world indi-
viduals and even considerable groups of the Children of Israel ,
from the Northern Kingdom as well as from the Southern, the
term Diaspora or Dispersion is technically restricted to the tribe
of Juda, from whom the modern Jew is supposed to have sprung.
Barton makes this clear in stating: "The real Dispersion began
with the Babylonian Exile. Nebuchadnezzar transplanted to
Babylonia the choicest of the Judaean population. Probably 50,000
were transplanted, and Jewish communities were formed in
Babylonia at many points, as at Tel-abib and Casephia. Here the
Jewish religion was maintained; ... and from this centre Jews
radiated to many parts of the East. Thus the Jews reached Media,
Persia, Cappadocia, Armenia, and the Black Sea. Only a few of
these Babylonian Jews returned to Palestine. They maintained the
Jewish Communities in Babylonia till about A. D. 1000." 6 It is
here interesting to remark in passing, that as late as the middle
of the tenth century, we find the Arabian Traveller, Ibn Haukal,
describing a Jewish kingdom at Atel near the Caspian Sea, and
noting: "The smallest in number of the inhabitants of this country
are the Jews; the greatest in number are the Mussulmans and
Christians; but the king and his chief officers are Jews." 7 With-
I): Heinrich Ewald, History of Israel, London, 1878, Vol. V, p. 4.
6 Hastings, Dictionary of the Bible, p. 193.
7 Ibn Raukal, trad. Ouseley. p. 186.
134 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
out a doubt, the kingdom referred to was that of the !\Iongol
Chazars. As we shall see later, this people was converted to Juda-
ism in the middle of the eighth century. Consequently, they were
Jews not by race, but only by adoption.
Of the fall of Jerusalem, Mercer records:
Fall of
Jerusalem. "Nabuchadrezzar was a great builder and archi-
tect, and consequently most of his inscriptions
deal with building operations. 'vVe know, however, from Biblical
sources that he interfered in Judaean affairs, and this i confirmed
by some of his inscriptions.
"Jehoiakim, against the advice of Jeremiah, revolted and Jeru-
salem was besieged in 597. Jehoiakim died in the meantime and
Jehoiachin, his successor, surrendered and was taken with many
other captives to Babylonia and settled in a place near the canal
Kebar near Nippur. About a decade later Hophra (Apries) of
Egypt induced Judah and some other small neighboring states to
revolt. This called down the wrath of N abuchadrezzar who laid
siege to Jerusalem in 587, and although he was called off to defeat
Hophra succeeded in returning and capturing the city in 586 B. c.
Zedekiah was taken captive to Riblah, where his eyes were put
out, and Gedaliah was made governor of the city." 8
As Kautsky remarks: "Very probably the entire
Remnant
in Juda. population was not taken away this time either;
but all the population of Jerusalem was taken
away. At any rate, most of the country population was left. But
what was left ceased to constitute a specific Jewish community.
The entire national life of the Jews was now concentrated in the
city-dwellers now living in exile." 9
Of the days of sojourn in Babylon, we need say
Babylonian
Sojourn. little here. Harold Hunting writes: "When they
reached the land of their captors they were not
made slaves, but were allowed to make their home together in
settlements on land set apart for them. In these colonies they prob-
ably worked as tenant-farmers on the estates of Nebuchadnezzar's
nobles. In the prophetic book of Ezekiel, who was among the
exiles, we read about one of these Jewish colonies by the river or
canal, called Chebar (or in Babylonian Kabary), which means
8 Mercer, Extra-Biblical Sources, p. 57.
9 Kautsky, Foundations 0/ Christianity. p. 226.
THE DIASPORA 135
the Grand Canal." 10 And again: "Many Hebrews, or Jews (that
is Hebrews from Judaea), became merchants .... The reputa-
tion of the Jews for cleverness in trade began with these e."peri-
ences in Babylon ,yhen hundreds of Jewish boys obtained positions
in great Babylonian stores and banks, and by and by set up for
themselyes as merchants. Among the Babylonian contracts on
clay tablets coming down to us from this period are many Jewish
names." 11
On the other hand, the period of the Babylonian Captivity was
characterized by a rejuvenation of the religious spirit of Juda, and
the prophets of the Exile left a lasting impress on the Nation. No
matter what their previous practices had been, idolatry never again
became a national crime, although, it is true, it was still to have
its devotees in pri vate.
\Vhen, at length, Cyrus permitted the Exiles to
Return
from Exile. return to their own country, it was principally the
poorer and more fervent element apparently that
availed itself of the privilege." The wealthier class, for the most
part, rather chose to remain in Babylonia, and established there
a numerous and influential community, which was to endure for
1500 years l '
Powis Smith clearly explains the reason for all
Babylonian
Community. this as follows: "There is good reason to think
that the Jews in Babylonia had prospered. They
had acted upon the advice given them in Jeremiah's letter," and
built themselves into the economic and industrial Ii fe of the Baby-
lonian community as a whole. They had all their investments and
business interests in Babylonia. The proposition to pull up stakes,
sell out, and start all over again in a new and far-off location
would not appeal with great force to successful Jewish merchants
or farmers in Babylonia. Another difficulty in the way of the
creation of great enthusiasms for the return movement lay in the
10 Harold B. Hunting, Hebrt!W Life and Times, New York, 1921, p. 120 f.
II Idem, p. 122.
l:l Note ;-Esdras enumerates 4289 of the priestly class (I Esdras. ii, 36-39)
among the 42360 exiles who returned (ii, 64) besides the 7337 servants (ii, 65).
Howcnr. Blunt thinks: "The majority of the reviving nation consisted of
rdugees returned from Egypt and of those who had never quitted the country
at all."-Israel before Christ. p. r05.
"Cfr. C. Van den Biescn, Catholic Ellcyclopcdia, Vol. IV, p. 775.
14 ] eremias, xxix.
136 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
fact that most of the original exiles of 597 and 586 B. c. must
have died before 538 B. c. Very few of the exiles of 538 B. c. had
ever seen Jerusalem or Judah. Those who had once lived there
had left it so early in life as to have forgotten practically all about
it. They had lived in Babylonia practically all their lives and in
no real sense ever thought of Judah as 'home.' They were content
where they were; or if not wholly satisfied, probably thought it
'better to bear the ills they had than to fly to ills they knew not of.'
It is not probable that there was any degree of homesickness
among the Jewish population of 538 B. c. A still further element
working against the creation of a general desire to return to Pales-
tine was the length of the arduous journey. ... It would appear,
therefore, that there was no concerted movement to return in large
numbers, but that the return movements were confined to small
groups of enthusiasts or malcontents who trickled back to Judah
from time to time as occasion served. These made no marked im-
press upon the Ii fe of the Jerusalem community, for they were too
few in number, and probably also too insignificant in character
and ability, to count for much in the group as a whole." 15
Cyrus had liberated the Jews in 538 B. c. but it
Esdras.
was not for another eighty years, until the reign
of Artaxerxes I, that there was anything like a migration from
Babylonia to Palestine. to In fact it was only in 458 B. c. that
Esdras led back the remnants of the people, on which he was to
build up the Nation anew. And even then large numbers of Jews
made their choice to remain in Babylonia and l\fesopotamia,17 un-
willing to sacrifice their ease and comfort.
The subsequent history of the Jewish State in
Post-exilic
Judea. Palestine is politically an uninterrupted alternation
of partial successes and reverses, and only too fre-
quently we find her the innocent victim of circumstances, due to
her position as a natural obstruction on the path that the battling
nations of East and \Vest were forced to take in their intermin-
able conflicts for world supremacy.
Thus, Theodore Reinach relates: "During the
Jews Abroad.
wars of the third and second centuries B. c
HI Pow is Smith, Tilt Prophets and thl'Jr Timrs, p. 193 f.
1e Mercer, Extra-Biblical SOICyas, p. 197.
17 err. Sidney Mendelssohn, The Jtws jtJ Asia, London, 1920, p. ~I4 f.
THE DIASPORA 137
thousands of Jews were made captive and reduced to slavery,
passing from owner to owner and from land to land until their
enfranchisement. This enfranchisement indeed usually occurred
very soon, it being precipitated by the fact that, through their
unswerving attachment to their customs, they proved indifferent
servants .... The Jews thus freed, instead of returning to Pales-
tine, usually remained in the land of their fonner slavery, and
there, in conjunction with their brethren in faith, established com-
munities." 18 And again: ''Thus as early as the middle of the sec-
ond century B. c. the Jewish author of the third book of the
Oracula Sibyllina, addressing the chosen people says: 'Every land
is full of thee and every sea,' 19 and if these words contain any ex-
aggeration, the prophecy became true in the subsequent century.
The most diverse witnesses, such as Strabo, Philo, Seneca, the au-
thor of the Acts of the Apostles, and Josephus, all bear testimony
to the fact that the Jewish race was disseminated over the whole
civilized world." 20
Karl Kautsky finds another reason for the wide-
Jewish
Merchants. spread infiltration of the Jews. According to his
view: "The 'Diaspora,' the dispersal of the Jews
throughout the world, certainly does not begin as late as the de-
struction of Jerusalem by the Romans, nor with the Babylonian
Exile, but much earlier; it is a natural consequence of trade, a
phenomenon shared by the Jews with most commercial peoples." "
Quoting from Franz BuhJ,22 Kautsky had previously explained:
"Even before the Israelites came to Canaan, trade was highly
developed in this country. In the Tell-el-Amarna Letters (of the
fifteenth Century before Christ) caravans are mentioned that
travelled through the country under armed protection." 23 And in
a later volume, he further developed his idea of the mercantile
18 fewish Encyclopedia, Vol. IV, Article "Dispersion," p. 560.
19 Sibyllines, III, 271; Compare I Mach. xv.
20 Jewish Encyclopedia, 1. c. p. 561.
21 Kautsky. Foundations of Christianity. p. 2J2. Note :-According to Blunt:
"Israel before the kings had left trading to the Canaanites. But under the
!'1onarchy began a process of commercial development which was to write
Its mark deep on the character of the people, and which led in later Ju daisrn to
the custom that every Jewish father should teach his son a trade. Solomon and
his successors sedulously fostered commercial relations."-Blunt, Israel before
Christ, p. 62.
22 Franz Buhl, Die Sozialen Verhiiltnissl de, Israeliten, 1891), p. 76.
"Kautsky, 1. c. p. ]g6.
138 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
propensity of the Jews. He says in part: "It was too small and
weak, the superior power of its neighbours too crushing, to enable
Palestine to dispose of its population by settling it in conquered
regions. The territory of the Phoenicians cut Palestine off from
good seaports and the practice of navigation. Therefore the path
of colonization beyond the seas was also closed to the Israelites.
Their surplus population had no other alternative than to go
abroad as merchants (sometimes as mercenaries, but these played
no important part in history). In this capacity, they travelled
further and further and founded a number of settlements. In
many cities they became so numerous as to conduct not only trad-
ing operations, but also to employ artisans of their own; the
number of their intellectuals also increased.
"Constantly crowded and congested in their home-
Colonies.
land by the overwhelming strength of their
neighbours, this little race had no other path of expansion. This
path was pursued so energetically that the Israelitic population
abroad finally became more numerous than the home population.
The home population repeatedly loses its status as an independent
nation, finally losing it forever. But before this time has come, the
centre of gravity of Judaism had been shifted from its original
location to a number of cities in Egypt, Syria and 1Iesopo-
tamia." 24
These Jewish Colonies expanded, according to the
Proselyting.
same author, not only by natural increase, but also
by assimilation of neophytes. Thus he explains: "Those who sub-
jected themseh'es permanently to the Jewish rite might be de-
pended on as reliable fellow-members. But every stranger was
welcome who would recognise this rite--without regard to origin.
Jewish exclusiveness was not an exclusiveness of race. The Jewish
propaganda in all regions of the ancient world was rather calcu-
lated to stimulate tremenduously the mingling of races within
Judaism." 25 And again: "A mixed race from the very start, the
Jews, in the course of their migrations, have come into contact
with a great succession of ne\\ races and their blood has
become more and more mixed." 2.
::!4 Karl Kautsky, Are till' Je'Ws a Race' New York, 1926, p. tTl f.
26 Idem, p. 115.
26 Kautsky, Are tlac leu's a Roar p. 118. Note :-Professor Dixon is clear
on this point. "The questions of the racial origin and unity of the Jews have
THE DIASPORA 139
It was, in fine, the religious bond, the living tra-
Yahweh'.
People. dition that they were Yahweh's Chosen People,
that held the Jews together amid all their infidel-
ities, and not only preser\'ed them in a distinct social entity, but
led to the ready assimilation of the alien elements which were con-
stantly being absorbed through infiltration from without. For,
while the violations of the Mosaic exclusiveness were only too
frequent even from the earliest days in Palestine, as we shall
shortly see in detail, yet in the great mass of the people there was
shown a remarkable fidelity in this respect, and even in the case
of intermarriage, it was as a rule, the gentile who became a Jew,
and not a case of perversion or formal apostasy on the part of the
Israelite.
Kautsky's view of the Jew's early application to commerce, is
further substantiated by an observation of G. F. Abbott, who
notes: "As earlv as the fourth century B. c. we find the Hebrew
word for 'earne~t-money' domiciled in· the Greek language,27 and
as early as the second century in the Latin (arrhabo )-a curious
illustration of the Jew's commercial activity in the Mediterranean
even in those days." 2.
Intermarriage. Another interesting phase of Kautsky's theory is
the fact that he so fearlessly goes counter to the
popular impression that Deuteronomical exclusiveness has, in the
main, effectively restricted marital intercourse between Jew and
for long been fertile themes for discussion. The traditional view has always
been that they were a true Semitic people, and, indeed, the term Semite has
popularly come to be practically synonymous with Jc wo They were regarded
as a people whose purity of blood had, in spite of wide dispersion, been jeal-
ously preserved throughout the centuries. As soon, however, as detailed in-
vestigations in regard to Jewish physical types began to be available, it ap-
peared that it was extremely doubtful whether either of these assumptions was
true, for the Jews proved to be by no means uniform in their physical char-
acteristics, and the great majority appeared to be of a different type from that
found among other Semitic-speaking peopJes."-Dixon, Racial History of Alan,
p. 162. Then after a careful study of all available data, Dixon come to the
rather startling deduction that the Jews of to-day practically are Semites in
language only.-1. c. p. 175.
27 a.ppa{3tI,p.
"G. F. Abbott, lsra,/ ill Ellrop" London, 1907, Introduction, p. xvi. The
author remarks in a footnote: "The oldest Greek author in whose works the
term occurs is the orator Isaeus who flourished B. C. 364; the earliest Latin
writer is Plautus who died B. C. 184. Of course, the word, though very good
Hebrew, may have been imported into Europe by the Phrenicians. But it would
be a bold man who would attempt to distinguish between Jewish and Phcenician
merchants at this time of day."
140 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
Gentile, and thus preserved racially the Children of Israel unto
our own day.'·
But, as a matter of fact, the Scriptures themselves show that,
not only was marriage with the Gentile commonly practiced in the
early history of the Hebrew People, but that it was at times
directly approved of in the Law itself.
Of Jacob's sons, Juda certainly took a Canaanite
Early
Biblical to wife,'o and Joseph married an Egyptian
S1 The
Examples. children of Israel numbered seventy souls at the
time when they came into Gesas.e n,"' and of these, the three sons and two grandsons of J uda; Saul, the son of
Simeon; 54 and the two sons of J oseph--eight in aU-were with-
out question of mixed blood. Of the other sons of Jacob, some at
least, in all probability, had wedded Canaanites. For the Tell-el-
Amarna Letters show that the Khabiri,s' who are, as far as we
know, the only Tribes akin to the Israelites, and even that is
questionable, did not invade Canaan until the Children of Israel
were in Egypt. a. While then, individuals or small groups of kin-
dred race may have been in contact with Jacob and his immediate
family, still the presumption is that the other sons followed the
example of Juda and Joseph in their choice of wives.
At the time of the E.xodus, 430 years after the Israelites had
Z9 Doctor Haddon, too, is outspoken on this point. He says: ''The Abrahamic
family were a tribe of Mesopotamian Semites, probably identical with the
Ibri, whom the Egyptians lmew as Habiru, i. e. nomadic Semites equivalent to
the Bedawin; they entered the land of Goshen during the period of the
Hyksos domination and left the country at the time of the expulsion of their
patrons (1575 B. c.) or shortly afterwards. On their return to Palestine they
met, conquered and amalgamated with the Amorites and Hittites. The monu-
ments, as well as philological evidence, show that the former were Semites,
in appearance not to be distinguished from the Habiru. The Hittites were a
people whose governing class at least were entirely different from both and
are to-day represented by the Armenians. Later the Israelites, now a mixed
people of Semitic and Armenoid origin, took into their midst a third stock, the
Philistines, a typical Mediterranean race. The rounded Armenoid type of face
is dominant to the other two. However, when. an Armenoid Jew is mated with
a western European the latter type is dominant."-Raees of Alan and Their
Distribution, p. 107.
30 Gen. xxxviii, 2.
31 Gen. xli, 45.
32 Gen. xlvi, 27.
as Gen. xlvi, 12.
S. Gen. xlvi, 16.
36 Note :-Professor Breasted takes it for granted that the Khabiri were
Hebrews.-Cfr. James H. Breasted, Conquest of Cwiluration, New York,
1926, p. 21 9.
se Mercer, Exlra-Bibl'eal Sources, p. 1:3.
THE DIASPORA
taken up their residence in Gessen,37 the original band of seventy
had grown into a nation numbering 600,000 men besides chil-
dren."· During this period there must have been constant inter-
marrying with the Egyptians and other outsiders. Moses' wife
was a Midianite,a· and even after the Exodus, circumcision was
to make the stranger as one of the land'o
According to the command of God, the seven nations within
the confines of the Promised Land were to be utterly ~"termin
ated," and no marriage might be contracted with them" But as
regards the other nations outside the confines of the Promised
Land, treaties might be made with them," and in case of war,
their children might be taken by the Israelites," and be eligible
as wives. '5 Nay more, children begotten of Edomites or Egyp-
tians, in the third generation, were to gain full membership in the
congregation."
Despite the command to exterminate the original dwellers in
the Promised Land, the Jebusites dwelt with the children of Ben-
jamin,47 and the other proscribed nations became tributaries to
the Israelites'· Consequently, as might be expected, they gradu-
ally intermarried.'· Thus, for example, Samson chose as wi fe a
Philistine. 50
37 Exod. xii, 40.
8S Exod. xii, 37.
39 Exod. ii, 21.
.0 Exod. xii, 48.
41 Deut. vii, I, 2. Note :-Kortleitner asserts: "Lest the Hebrews might be
seduced, the seven tribes of Canaanites were to be extirpated, and the images
and sacred paraphernalia of the gods were to be utterly destroyed, so that no
vestige even of the name of an idol might remain."-De Po/ythcismo Universo,
p. 166. Moreover, the reason for this extermination of the Canaanites is to be
found in Holy Writ itself: IIFor those ancient inhabitants of thy holy land,
whom thou didst abhor, because they did works hateful to thee by their sor-
ceries, and wicked sacrifices, and those merciless murderers of their own chil-
dren, and eaters of men's bowels, and devourers of blood from the midst of
thy consecration, and those parents sacrificing with their own hands helpless
souls, it was thy will to destroy by the hands of our parents, that the land
which of all is most dear to thee might receive a worthy colony of the children
of God.'· Wisdom xii, 3-7.
U Deut. vii, 3.
.a Deut. xx, II.
44 Deut. xx, 14.
Adultery. Further south in the Congo, Herbert \Vard re-
marks the affinity of certain customs with ancient
Hebrew law. Thus, for example, "If adultery be committed within
the village, both the man and woman are considered equally guilty;
outside the village boundary, however, the man only is held at
fault." 36
Parallelisms. Professor Keller of Yale University, relying in
great part on data gathered by William Graham
Funeral Sumner, while treating of "Disguise and other
Customs. Forms of Mourning," 31 places many \Vest Afri-
can funeral customs ss in the ,arne class with the
ritual "sackcloth and ashes" of the Old Testament.
Later on, Professor Keller classifies the human sacrifices and
disfigurements that accompanied \Vest African funerals down to
quite recent date,a9 in the same category with the fact that "the
Jews had to be warned repeatedly not to cut hair or beard or gash
themselves for the dead." ··Again he finds the Yoruba ako-ojo
Sabbath Rest. (first-day) and similar days of rest in other West
African tribes analogous to the Hebraic Sabbath
U Cfr. Theodor \Vaitz, An/"ropoJogi~ d~r .va/urt'olker, Vo1. II, p. 224. com-
pared with Ba~tian, Ct'ograpJu'schr "lid (t/m%giselle Bi/drr, lena, J8i4, pp.
14-\; 155 .
.0 Ignaz Goldziher, J.\!ylllology 01110119 the Hebrnl.'s olld Its Historical Dt-
,·eIOpml'1ll. trans. Russell :\[artineau, London, 18n. p. 66.
all Her~rt \Vard, A Voice from the COllgO, London, 1910. p. 252 .
37 Sumner, Keller and Davie, The Scieuu of Society, New Haven, 192],
Vol. II, p. 868.
88 Idem, p. 870.
30 Idem, p. 899.
40 Idem, p. 907.
OTHER HEBREWIS:MS IN WEST AFRICA 103
,,-ith its death-penalty for violators." In connection with human
sacrifice, he remarks that "even Israelites, differ,
Human in this matter, from the negroes of our own times,
Sacrifice.
in nothing save the object they assign to this kind
of sacrifice." 42 Further he quotes Barton to show that "temple
harlotry" as found in \Vest Africa 43 and elsewhere "goes back to
primitive Semitic times," H and finds a parallelism to the Levirate
of the Jews" in "'est African Marriage cus-
Levirate toms'· In all this, it is true, he is not explicitly
Marriages.
connecting the \Vest African with the Jews, but
his observations are none the less valuable to our present pur-
pose."
P. Amaury Talbot, of the Nigerian Political Serv-
Vestiges. ice, after five years among the Nigerian Tribes,
sa,,· in the tribal worship of the Ekoi a vestige of "the oldest known
Minoan civilization." 48 But in a more recent work, he ascribes the
principal foreign influence in West Africa to Egypt, and observes:
"The Nupe may have brought over with them their art of making
Glass Making. glass, so highly prized in Egypt. The statues,
which reached their greatest development in the
Mbari temples of the lbo, though in cIay, and most primitive, are
similar in feeling and design to some found in Tutoukhamem's
tomb; a likeness specially noticeable in the animals supporting the
couches." 49
In her tum, the last author's wife, D. Amaury Talbot, who had
many opportunities of observation seldom granted to others, as
she had accompanied her husband through parts hitherto unvisited
41 Idem, p. 1112.
42 Idem, p. 1251.
43 Idem, p. 1272.
44 Idem, p. 1273 .
.. Idem, Vol. III, p. 1901.
.. Idem, p. 1903.
f7 Note :-In passing it might be remarked that according to some even the
Medicine-man or Witch-doctor of West Africa seems not entirely inconsistent
v:ith Jewish tradition. For we read: "In ancient Israel, the theory was that
SIckness was due to a demon, to Yahweh, or to his angel; the healer was there-
for~ a man of G~d. a magician, ?T a priest; and the methods fo healing were
plainly of a magical type. (II Kings, V, II; xx, 7.) There was nothing of the
nature of scientific research or scientific treatment, but no doubt, much ex-
perimental knowledge was gradually accumul:tted."-Blunt, Israel beforr Christ,
p. 124-
43 P. Amaury Talbot, In the ShadO'W of the Bush. London, 1912, p. J3.
40 Talbot, Peoples of Southern Nigeria, Vol. I, p. 21.
104 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
by white women, also published a little volume. It is her concltl-
sion, that "fragments of legend and half-forgotten ritual survive
to tell of times shrouded in the mists of antiquity, when the de-
spised Ibibio of to-day was a different being dwelling not amid
the fog and swamp of fetishism, but upon the sunlit heights of a
religious culture hardly less highly evolved perhaps than that of
ancient Egypt."o
Magic Lore. "Indeed," she adds, "i f, as is held by so great an
authority as Dr. "'allis Budge, much of the magic
lore of Egypt may have originally come from the West, it is most
probable that these Ibibios formed a link in the long chain by which
such knowledge passed across the continent. In this case, the like-
ness in ritual and legend still occasionally to be traced between
those present-day West African tribes and of ancient Egypt would
not appear to have been borrowed from the latter and borne across
the continent from east to west, but rather contrariwise, from
Niger to the l\ile. In any case, the Ibibios would seem to be a
people of hoar antiquity, and so long have they dwelt in this
region, that no legend of an earlier home can be traced among
them." 51 But contrary to Mrs. Talbot's suggestion, the general
trend of influence in Africa has been from the east to the west,
and there is no sufficient indication here of any reversal of direc-
tion. G:!
Egyptian Far more reasonable appears the position of Pro-
Influence. fessor Rawlinson. "It is quite possible," he says,
"that the Phoenicians of Memphis designed and
organized the caravans II'hich proceeding from Egyptian Thebes,
6 0 Note :-G. T. Basden who was for many years a missionary in Nigeria
states ; "Among~t the 1bo people there is a distinct recognition of a Supreme
Being beneficent in character-who is abo\"e every other spirit, good or evil.
He is believed to control all things in heaven and earth, and di~penses rewards
and punishments according to merit."-.-lmong tile lbo of Njg~·ria. Philadelphia,
1921, p. 215.
til D. Amaury Talbot, tVoman's Af)'stL'ries of a Primitit!e P~op/e, London,
1915. p. .. f. Note :-On the other hand. Basden asserts: "The 1bo country lies
within the recognised negro belt, and the people bear the main characteristics
of that stock. ... There are certain customs which rather point to Le\;tic
influence at a more or less remote period. This is suggested in the underlying
ideas concerning sacrifice and in the practice of circumcision. The language
also bears several interesting parallels with Hebrew idiom'''-''ln1oPlg the [bos
of Nigeria, p. 31.
tl2 Note :-1t must be noticed, however. that Oark \Vissler records: "Some
students believe that the Negro peoples of Africa were the originators of iron
culture, passing it on to Egypt."- lllan and Cltltr,re, New York, 1923. p. ,36.
OTHER HEBREWISr-IS l! WEST AFRICA 105
traversed Africa from east to west along the line of the 'Salt Hills'
by way of Ammon, Augila, Fezzan, and the Tuarick Country to
:\10unt Atlas·' \Ve can scarcely imagine the Egyptians showing
so much enterprise. But th~se lines of traffic can be ascribed to the
Phoenicians only by conjecture, history being silent on the sub-
ject." 54
C. K. Meek asserts: "Egyptian goods had penetrated to Nubia
and Kordofan as early as 3000 B. c., and from what we know of
subsequent relations of Egypt and Bornu we may assume that, if
there were then any tribes capable of carrying on trade, their trade
was done with Egypt. There are many indications of Egyptian in-
fluence on the culture of ligeria." 55 And in his "Ethnological
Conclusions," he adds: "The bronze vessels reported from Baule
on the Ivory Coast, together with the nati"e traditions, indicate
that Egyptians in those early times (5th century B. c.) penetrated
'Vest Africa in the search for gold. The Aro-Chuku culture is re-
garded by many as having its source in Egypt, and it would appear
that certain features of the Jukun culture have a similar origin." 56
We hope to show later that the J ukun and Ashanti are probably
kindred tribes.
In speaking of the long-horned cattle of the Ful-
Long-homed
Cattle. ani, Sir Harry Johnston states: "The usual type of
cattle belonging to the Fula is practically identical
with that of ancient Egypt and modern Galaland and equatorial
Africa. It is certain, however, that a considerable element of Egyp-
tian culture entered r\egroid Africa by way of Darfur, Wadai,
Lake Chad, and thence to the Upper Niger; and along this route
the dominant type of long-horned cattle may have reached the
Fula of West Africa." 51
All this will explain what Morel reports: "The
Yorubas.
Yorubas profess to trace their descent from
Egypt." 58 Dennett would look even further to the East for an
explanation of l1)any of the characteristics of this same people,
when he quotes approvingly from an article in the Nigerian
Cia Herodotus, IV, 181-184- Compare Heeren, Ajrica1J Na/iolls, Oxford, 1832,
Vol. II, p. 202-235.
Ci4 George Rawlinson, His/Dry at Pha:nicia, London, 1889. p. 297.
(ill Meek, Northern Tribes of Nigeria, Vol. I, p, 59.
"Idem, Vol. II, p. 162.
01 Johnston, British Empire in A friea, p. 332.
Ci8 Morel, Nigeria, p. 81.
106 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
Chronicle as follows: "There can be little doubt that the Yoruba
people are at least intimately connected with the Orientals. Their
customs bear a remarkable resemblance to those of the races of
Asia. Their vocabulary teems with words derived from some of
the Semitic languages; and there are many natives of Yoruba-
land to be found having features very much like those of Syrians
and Arabians." Dennett adds: "Most natives I have talked to on
this subject are conscious of this origin from a superior race, and
the marked superiority of the Yoruba people to their neighbours
certainly points to something of the sort." ,f>
The Hausa, too, are supposed by some to have de-
Hausa
rived their origin from Upper Egypt"" Others,
including Meek, believe that they "had some connection with the
Copts or tribes of the. 'ile valley." 61 l\leek says of them: "The
IIausa are not a race at all. They have no racial history, and they
are in fact a hotch-potch of peoples of various origins, speaking
a Hamitoid language." 6' Howeyer, he admits that there are
"Semitic and pre-Semitic elements found in the Hausa language,
which are too fundamental to be ascribed solely to the inHuence of
Islam." 63
Hausa folk-lore, it is true, directly contradicts both these views.
For, according to their own traditions; "If a questioner asks you:
'Where did the Hausa people have their origin?' Say: 'Truly
their origin was the Barebari and Northerners.' " .. This, how-
ever, is a patent effort of a negro tribe to claim Berber origin and
as such must to a certain extent be discounted .• ' eyertheless, it
would seem to indicate at least the probability of a Berber element
in their ethnic complex.
l\Iorel speaks of the Hausa as invaders "out of the east." 6'
And Lieutenant Jean asserts that the traditions of .\ir show that
they dwelt for several centuries in that district after their arri"al
from the South-east. He also Dotes that the southern part of Air
60 R. E. Dennett, Nigerian Studies, London, 1910, p. I I.
00 Talbot, Peoples of SOIdheru, Nigeria, Vol. I, p. 30.
01 :\leck, Nortlltr" Tribts of i\'jgerill. Vol. II, p. I~•
., Idem, Vol. I, p. 27 .
• 3 Idem, Vol. I, p. 62 f.
01 R. Sutherland Rattray. Hal/sa Folk-lore. Oxford. 1913. Vol. I. p. 2.
Note:-Cfr. also A. C. Haddon. Races 0/ .Mall Gild Their Distribution, New
York, 1925, p. 50: "The Hausa of Northern Nigeria may be regarded as a
Negro-Hamitic blend in which the former predominates."
011 Morel. Nigeria, p. 98.
OTHER HEBREWISMS IN WEST AFRICA 107
or Asben was a flourishing province of the Songhois and further
that the people of Upper Egypt appear to have contributed to this
Songhois Empire. 66 Here we have a possible connection between
the Songhois and the Hausa. They may perhaps be offshoots from
the same migration.
Lieutenant Desplagnes."' speaking of the traces
~~i~~~tures. of Mediterranean ci,·ilization to be found in \ Vest
Africa, notes that 1If. P. Standinger published in
1906,68 "an interesting study which shows the conformity and
identifies the ancient manufactured glass in Palestine with cer-
tain glass objects still made at Xupe or Xufe in the \Vest Soudan,
where this industrv had been carried on, as tradition declares
by Jewish colonies.;' 6.
Desplagnes also reproduces some window shutters
Window
Shutters. caned with figu res that are distinctively Semitic
in their appearance. In one instance the figures
are crowned with mitres, which he declares "represent the divine
Triad." 70 They are not unlike the mitre of the High Priest of
the Hebrews, as described by Josephus. Above the miznefet of
the other priests,71 "there was another, with swathes of blue em-
broidered, and round it was a golden crown polished of three
rows, one above another; out of \I hich arose a cup of gold." 72 Is
all this, again, mere coincidence?
Briefly then, as supporting the theory of the He-
Summary.
IJfewisms of the Ashanti, we have found the fol-
lowing indications of an infiltration of Hebraic culture among
the distinctively Negro tribes of .\frica. In floggings, the tradi-
tional number of strokes, "forty less one"; Xew-Ilfoon festivals;
the Oath-Drink akin to the scriptural "hitter waters" ; expectation
of a 1Iessias; Je\\'ish distinction between diaboli and daemonia;
the duodecimal division of tribes into families; exogamy; bloody
sacrifices with the sprinkl ing of blood upon altar and door-posts;
mourning customs; obsessions; legal defilement; Jewish octave;
law on adultery; funeral custom ; Sabbath rest; Levirate mar-
6r. C. Jean, Lts Toureg dlt Sud-Est: L'Air, Paris, 11')09, p. 82.
61 Louis Desplagnes, Le Pta/cart Central Nigericu, Paris, 1907, p. 135.
611 Zeitschrifft fur EtJm%gie, XXXVIII, p. 231.
.0 Cfr. L' Allthropo{og;c, XVII (1906), p. 46<).
70 Desplagnes, I. c. p. 170 bis.
"Cfr. p. 82.
72 Josephus, Bk. III, Chap. VII, # 6.
[08 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
riages; glass making; besides other traits that might as well have
Mohammedan or Christian origin, such as circumcision on the
one hand, and priestly garb on the other. How then, are we to ex-
plain all these parallelisms? Has Hebrew culture really fOlmd its
way into the heart of Negro land?
Roland Dixon, Professor of Anthropology at
Tribal
Culture. Harvard Cni\'ersity, has said: "The term culture
has come to be u ed by anthropologists, sociolo-
gists, and others as a dcsignation of that totality of a people's prod-
ucts and activities, social and religious order, customs and beliefs
which, in the case of the more ad\'anced, we have been accustomed
to call their civilization.. . The culture of any people comprises
the sum of all their activities, customs, and beliefs. These fall
rather naturally into three main categories-the physical, the so-
cial, and religious." 13 In our present qucst we shall be dealing
with all three sorts, or categories, of culture.
In connection with tribal culture, however, it is well to keep in
mind a definition suggested by Clark Wissler: "I\ unit of tribal
culture is spoken of as a trait. This term is al50 applied to man-
nerisms and to concepts of whatever kind. Thus the custom of a
man marrying his wife's sister may be ob.ernd and, if so, is set
down as a trait of the tribal culture. It follows then, that a tribal
culture is characterized by the enumeration of its observable
traits and that the culture of one tribe is distinguished from that
of another by differences in these traits." 11 \\'issler further states'
"In a scientific inquiry into the nature and behaviour of culture,
the theories of convergence, diffusion, and independent invention
can do no more than state the different ways by which cultures
may have come to be similar." 1> This marks out for us the scope
of our research in trying to explain the parallelisms between the
culture of the ancient Hebrews and that of the \\'est African
"bush" in general, and of the Ashanti in particular.
Professor Dixon has well said: "By culture paral-
Culture
Parallels. lels is meant the phenomenon of the existence in
two more or less widely separated areas, between
7S Roland B. Dixon, Building of Cullflrl's. New York, ]928, lotrod. p. 3.
'I' J \Vissler, ft[a,~ and Cu/tl4re, p. SO. Note :-\Vissler further remarks: "\Vhen
a trait includes a chain of activities it is usually called a trait-comple.x,"-
I. c. p. 52.
'1'0 Idem, p. loB.
OTHER HEBREWISMS IN WEST AFRICA 109
which there has been no known historical contact, of cultural
traits or trait-complexes which seem to be similar or even identi-
cal. If in Africa, in Melanasia, and in North America, for ex-
ample, we find a trait or trait-complex which seems in all three
cases to be alike, how shall we explain the similarity? There are
two alternath·es which at once suggest themselves: either the sim-
ilarity is due to diffusion which has carried the trait in some un-
known way from one area to the others, or the similarity is due
merely to chance and the basic unity of the human mind, which
confronted with similar conditions, has reacted to them in a
similar way." 7. Later Professor Dixon speaks more in detail as
follows:
"Parallelism or similarity of culture traits in
Explanations.
widely separated and disconnected areas may be
due to various causes. The parallelism may be real and complete
and explainable as an inst<)nce of wholly independent invention; it
may be real and traceable to continuous diffusion, with subsequent
disappearance in a portion of the area, or to normal discontinuous
diffusion; it may be real, but in a strictly limited degree, and due
to convergent evolution from originally quite discrete beginnings;
or, lastly, it may be specious, in that the only actual parallelism
present lies in such broad and basic features that they cease to
have real significance, since they are the natural or inevitable out-
come of ordinary human experience. The determination of the
proper category for each case that arises is not always easy, the
difficulty lying usually in the inadequacy of the available historical
data, a lack almost inevitable for all savage and barbarous peoples .
. . . That diffusion is responsible for a large number of appar-
ently disconnected similar traits is probable, but there remains a
considerable residuum for which independent origin is the only
rational explanation." 77
Diffusion. N ow there are, as indicated above, various sys-
tems for the explanation of parallelisms in cul-
ture. Some find in diffusion the solution of practically every
question of similarity in traits between the most dissociated areas.
Professor Elliot Smith and his disciple W. J. Perry may be
mentioned as leading defenders of this system.
18 Dixon, Building of Cultures, p. 182.
7f Idem, p. 223.
110 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
Others go the opposite e.,""treme and make envi-
Environment.
ronment the sole requisite need_ Thus Ibn Khal-
dun, the Arabic philosopher and historian, we are told, "sought
to explain all history and the development of civilization through
environmental effects." 78
A modified form of evolution, howe,-er, is thus
Convergent
Evolution. explained by Clark \\'issler: "Since in all matters
of invention one step leads to another, we may
suspect that trait-complexes evolve from simple beginnings. So it
is conceived that in the course of time two or more quite different
traits, originating in widely separate cultures, may come to be
similar. Convergence and convergent evolution are terms used to
designate this method of explaining similarities in culture." 7'
Many cultural parallelisms, without a doubt, are to be e.xplained
by convergent evolution, but it is a serious mistake to overstress
the point. Convergence at best is a generic e.xplanation, and in
general the great majority of cases may be accounted for in this
manner. But in specific instances, there i the danger of assuming
as untrue the very condition it sets out to disprove, viz., that here
and now, this is not a case of diffusion. And it tends to argue
from the fact that since convergent evolution may possibly ex-
plain the parallelism, therefore convergence is the solution of the
question in hand. \Vhile, on the contrary, an equally plausible ex-
planation by diffusion has frequently much in its favor.
Thus Goldenweiscr lays down the principle: "In-
Contrasts.
dependent development of similarities must be as-
sumed as a general postulate in connection with civilizational
interpretations, although it is, of course, true that rigorous proof
of independent development as against diffu ion can but seldom
be furnished." 80 And again: "One factor will always favor the
hypothesis of diffusion: it is its demonstrability in specific in-
stances; whereas independent origin must at best always remain
problematic." 81 Goldenwei er also warns us :"The e.xplanation of
individuality (of civilization) must be sought not in biological
type, nor in physical environment, nor again in psychological
traits or general historical or sociological conditions, but in the
18 elr. Idem, p. 7.
19 \Visster, t.lan and C"ltl4r~, p. 105.
80 Alexander A. Goldenweiser, Early Civi/i:atiou, New York, 1926, p. 314:.
81 Idem, p. JI0.
OTHER HEBREWISMS IN WEST AFRICA I I I
specific historic fates of each local culture in its particular geo-
graphical and historical setting. The C!.xplanation here is identical
with historic reconstruction, and to the extent to which this is
faulty or incomplete, our knowledge and understanding of the
particular civilizational differences involved will be the same." 82
All this must be carefully kept in mind.
Goldenweiser further states: "The most complicated and diffi-
cult aspects of the diffusion proble111 arises in cases . where
the geographical distribution of a trait is discontinuous. In orne
cases of discontinuous distribution the geographical facts alone
may furnish an answer to the problem." 83 [\nd finally: "The
classical evolutionist was not greatly troubled over examples such
as this. To him all such instances attested the similarity of the
human mind and the parallelism of cultural development. But we
may not share the consoling faith of the evolutionist. The univer-
sality of the phenomena of diffusion amply attested by the pre-
ceeding discussion, does not permit one to stress the theory of
independent development at the expense of the alternative possi-
bility of explaining cultural similarities through a common ulti-
mate origin or through historic diffusion from one tribe to
another." 84
Kroeber, too, when speaking of the analysis of
Historic
Contact. cultural phenomena, has asserted: " \Vhen inde-
pendent developments have occurred, there is a
basic or psychological similarity, but concrete details are markedly
different. On the other hand if a differentiation from a C0111mon
source has taken place, so that true historical connection exists,
some specific identity of detail almost always remains as evidence.
It therefore follows that if only it is possible to get the facts fully
enough, there is no theoretical reason why ultimately all cultural
phenomena that are still hovering doubtfully between the paral-
lelistic and the diffusionary interpretations should not be posi-
tively explainable one way or the other." 8.
In the case then, of parallelisms between two dissociated
groups, to evaluate properly the counter claims of diffusion and
convergent evolution, it becomes necessary to establish the weight
82 Idem, p. 401.
83 Idem, p. 307.
8-& Idem, p. 310.
86 A. L. Kroeber, Anthropology. New York, 1923, p. 206.
112 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
of probability for the historic contact between the groups in ques-
tion.
Before beginning our quest of historic contact
Dixon's between the Hebrews and the \Vest African
Ethnologic
Africa. Tribes, we may here briefly summarize what Pro-
fessor Dixon has said of the ethnological course
of African development. To quote his very words as far as pos-
sible, he says: "In the early Palaeolithic period we may, I believe,
think of the African population as primarily composed of the
Mongoloid (Brachycephalic, Chamaecephalic, Platyrrhine) and
Proto-Astraloid (Dolichocephalic, Chamaecephalic, Platyrrhine)
types and their mixtures. Perhaps somewhat sparsely settled, they
probably held most of the north, including large areas in the Sa-
hara, which at this period was certainly more humid and suitable
for human occupation than it is to-day. Southward they probably
extended to the edge of the forest zone, and, sweeping arolmd it
on the east, followed down the grassland plateaus toward the
southern portion of the continent. The Congo basin and perhaps
the Guinea coast were apparently not occupied." 80
"The Proto-Negroid (Dolichocephalic, Hypsicephalic, Platyr-
rhine) type spread very widely at a very early period throughout
the whole northern part of the continent and blends between this
type and the somewhat older Proto-Astraloid made up a large
part of the population during late Palaeolithic times." .,
"The last of what are apparently the older types is the Palae-
Alpine (Brachycephalic, Hypsicephalic, Platyrrhine), presenting
in many ways the most pU7.Zling problems of all. It is in its dis-
tribution to-day concentrated in the region of the forest belt, com-
prising the Congo basin and the Guinea coast, with possible
outliers eastward of the great Rift Yalley." 88 This is the Central
African Pigmy type.
Professor Dixon continues: "In spite of faint traces of this
brachycephalic, platyrrhine type to be found north of the forest
zone, there seems no reason to believe that it spread as widely
over the continent as the types already discu sed. The great tropi-
cal forest area is in many ways a refuge region, and seems to have
tiO Roland B. Dixon, Racial History of Jlf01J, N~w York, 19.23, p 182.
87 Idem, p. 183.
00 Idem, p. ,83.
OTHER HEBREWISMS IN WEST AFRICA II3
been penetrated and colonized only relatively recently by Negro
peoples, "ho in their spread oyer the continent seem first to have
flowed around the forest region before they attempted to pene-
trate it .... And although the numbers of the Pigmies still sur-
viving in a relatively pure state seem to be small, the greater part
of the population of the Congo basin, to-day is very largely mixed
with their blood." 89
"Into an Africa which must thus have been in the main Ne-
groid around a core of pigmy Negritos, with, in the northwe t
and especially the southeast, considerable remnants of the fusion
of the older Mongoloid and Proto-Astraloid types, there came in
early Neolithic times a new factor, destined to become of enor-
mous importance in the future development of the peoples of the
continent. This was the first invasion of the Caspian (Dolichoce-
phalic, Hypsicephalic, Leptorrhine) type-tall, light-skinned, with
a tendency under favorable conditions towards blondness. This
new type came into Africa from the northeast by way of Ara-
bia." 90 Groups of these Caspians who are considered by Profes-
sor Dixon as the parent-stock of Semitic folk,·' moved southward,
we are told, towards the Lakes of East Africa and beyond, "blend-
ing with the older population. . . . Among them the Bantu
languages developed. . . . Further north from Nubia, which
seems to have been a great resen·oir of these immigrants, they
passed west into the Sudan and the regions of the Sahara ..
And so, perhaps as early as late Neolithic times, some strain of
this virile group reached as far as the Atlantic shores, whose mod-
ern descendants are the Fula." 02 From another branch of this
Caspian migration Professor Dixon would derive the Libyans
and Berbers.·3
"With the opening of historic times," according to Professor
Dixon, "a new influence again makes itself felt in Africa; another
new type appears, at first feebly but then in ever-increasing vol-
ume adding its quota to the already existing complex." 04 He calls
it the Mediterranean (Dolichocephalic, Chamaecephalic, Leptor-
" Idem. p. 184.
"Idem. p. 184 .
• , Idem. p. 185.
92 Idem. p. 185.
" Idem. p. 186 .
.. Idem. p. 186.
114 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
rhine) type, and notes: "It seems to be the fact that this type makes
its appearance in any strength in Egypt in the course of the First
Dynasty.. . It seems to have entered the Nile Valley from the
delta, and while at first forming merely the backbone of the ruling
caste, as the centuries pas ed it contributed more and more to the
mass of the population. until, by the end of the :lIiddle Kingdom,
it had attained to the dominant place among the varied racial ele-
ments in the E!:yptian portion of the. 'ile valley. and retained that
leadership in Upper Egypt without interruption dO\\11 at least to
Roman times and in lower Egypt to the present day." o. Beyond
Egypt this inAuence was felt. he tells us. only along the coast and
"seems to ha ve been in part at least sea-borne" as it is also found
in the Canary Islands··
Finally Professor Dixon states: "One last racial factor which
has played its part, albeit but a minor one. must not be overlooked.
viz., the Alpine (Brachycephalic. Hypsicephalic. Leptorrhine)
type. When shortly after the beginning of the Dynastic period, the
Mediterranean peoples made their first appearance in force in
Egypt, the Alpine type. which previously had been absent. or
present in almost negligible proportions. at least in Upper Egypt.
increased nearly twofold. Later it declined again until the period
of the ew Empire, when it once more assumed importance and
continued to be a factor of significance in Roman times." or This
Alpine type is also found along the cO:lstal area of Northern
Africa probably "largely sea-borne," \I hich makes Professor
Dixon sugge t that it may be due to "pre-Phoenician and Phoeni-
cian colonists.O& He also adds: "Westward through the Sudan
traces are to be found here and there of Alpine blood. but they
seem to be, so far as present data go. very slight. Yet in Dahomey
the Alpine factor is more pronounced. and further material may
show its unexpected strength in parts of the Sudan." ••
From all that Professor Dixon has said, we may gather that
more than one ethnic impulse has passed from Egypt out through
the continent of Africa, and we hope to show that in some way
., Idem. p. 187 .
.. Idem. p. 187 .
• 7 Idem. p. 188.
o·Idem. p. ISg.
iO Idem, p. 190.
OTHER HEBREWISMS IN WEST AFRICA 115
an influence of Hebraic culture found its way along the same lines
from Egypt to the heart of Negro Land. To establish this theory,
it becomes necessary to study the possible historic contacts between
the Hebrews and the tribes of \\'est Africa.
Chapter V
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL
If we are to establish historical contact between
A Closed
Question. the Hebrews and the parent-stock of the Ashanti,
it now becomes necessary to check up every pos-
sible channel by which diffusion between the two groups was pos-
sible. At the very outset, two main lines of inquiry present
themselves on account of the duality of the divided Kingdom of
Israel. And yet, strictly speaking it is only with the Judeans that
we have to deal, since the destruction of the Northern Tribes was
definitive and complete. However, as Professor Dixon says: "A
few generations ago cultural parallels between the customs and
beliefs of aboriginal peoples and those of the Hebrews as recorded
in the Bible, were explained in accordance with the theories of
the times, as the degenerate survivals of ancient Semitic culture,
diffused by the Lost Ten Tribes of Israel. Traces of these ex-
tremely elusive wanderers were found in every quarter of the
globe, and Bushman and Eskimo, Australian and American In-
dian were alike credited with being their descendants." 1 And
although Professor Dixon adds: "The ghost of the Lost Tribes
has long since been laid, except perhaps for some whose judgment
is ruled by their imagination," 2 it may be well to introduce here
1 Roland B. Dixon, Building of C,l(tures, New York, 1928, p. 225.
2 Idem, p. 22j. Note:-That the question is not entirely a dead one is shown by
an editorial in the Boston Herald for April 27. 1928, entitled "Jewish Ancestry."
It runs as follows: j'Jcws in every part of the world, and the Jews in Palestine
most of all, will be interested in that controversy. just aroused by the visit of the
King and Queen of Afghanistan to England, over the so-called Jewish origin of
the Afghan people. Eagerness to claim Hebrew descent has been shown during
the past quarter of a century in striking ways. Here and there in China are to be
found small colonies whose members do not hesitate to look back to their 'Jew-
bh ancestry,' and only the other day it was pointed out that a 'considerable num-
ber of people are still propagating the doctrine that the English themselves are
descended from the tribes of Israel. As to the Afghans quite a number of intel-
ligent British officers well acquainted with them are said to be strong believers
in the Hebrew theory. And what of the evidence in its favor? One thing which
travelers sometimes tell us after investigation on the spot is that nearly all the
116
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 117
a short chapter on the subject, to clarify Our own position and to
definitively eliminate all question of any contact between the
Ashanti and the Northern Kingdom of Israel.
Professor Rawlinson of Oxford, in assailing the
Professor
Rawlinson. position of those who would derive the Anglo-
Saxon Race from the "Lost Tribes" of Israel,
ridicules the attempt, and declares that these much lost Tribes
"have been found a hundred times by a hundred different travel-
lers, and in a hundred different localities," and goes on to endorse
the statement of Kitto: "There is scarcely any human race so
abject, forlorn, and dwindling, located anywhere, between the
Chinese and American Indians, who have not been stated to be
the Ten Tribes." 3
Anglo-Saxons. Towards the middle of the last century, "Our
Israelitish Origin" by Jolm Wilson 4 revived an
~ld controversy, in an effort to derive the Anglo-Saxon Race from
Afghan women and many of the men are 'of a distinctly Jewish cast of counte-
nance,' and that a large number of them have Jewish-Christian names, such as
Ibrahim for Abraham, Ayub for Job, Ismail for Ishmael, Ishak for Isaac, Yohia
for John. Yakub for Jacob, Daoud for David and Suleiman for Solomon. The
Afghans, moreover, are lmown to recognize a common code of unwritten law
which appears to resemble the old Hebraic law, though it has been modified by
Mohammedan ordinances. A further strengthening of the theory has been
found in the story that 'when Nebuchadnezzar overcame the Children of Israel
certain of the Jewish tribes, and perhaps all of 'the lost ten tribes,' made their
way eastward into a mountainous country and settled eventually in the coun-
try of Afghara, where they founded the race, of the A fghans.' And would-be
supporters of the theory-like Lord Curzon himself-are especially impressed
by the fact that for centuries past, and to this day, the majority of Afghans
have stoutly defended the belief in their Hebrew descent. \Vhy, it is asked,
should their historians have called them Beni-lsrael, meaning in the Arabic
tongue 'The People of Israel'? When it comes to chapter and verse there are
serious doubts in the way. Sir Edward Denison Ross, a famous expert in
oriental history and languages, comes near calling the whole theory 'a myth.'
'If the Afghans were in origin a Semitic people,' he says, 'we should expect to
find some trace of that origin in their language, whereas as a matter of fact
there is none. As for Jewish names, they are simply taken from the Koran,
and we find them among all the Mohammedan peoples.' And as to the 'Je\\ ish
cast of countenance' noticed in the Afghans another expert reminds us that
'while as a rule the Afghan nose is long and curved, this Jewish, or, rather,
Hittite, nose is very widespread, and is a characteristic of races in no way
connected with the Children of Israel.' It would thus seem that the theory now
under discussion must be classed as one of a number which have been devised
to explain the origin of the Afghans, for they have been traced to Copts,
Armenians, Albanians, Turks, Arabs and Raj puts. And eager as are the sub-
jects of the King of Afghanistan to claim Hebrew descent there is little likeli-
hood of them joining the Zionist movement or swelling the 20th century mi-
gration to the Holy Land."
• Cfr. Edward Hine, O,"/ord Wro"g. New York, 1880, p. 149 .
• Published in ,845.
II8 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
the Ten Tribes of Israel, that have come to be known in history
as "The Lost Tribes." The Reverend E. Beckersteth proceeded to
refute the arguments advanced by the theory. During the next
quarter of a century there were spasmodic attempts to popularize
the idea, but it was not until early in 1871 that the interest of the
general public was aroused. "Twenty-seven Identifications of the
English Nation with the Lost House of Israel" by Edward Hine,
followed by subsequent brochures. "Flashes of Light" and" Anglo-
Saxon Riddles," drew down on the author the wrath of his kins-
man, Professor George Rawlinson, of Oxford, and Canon of
Canterbury. That a person of such distinction should take notice
of the theory, even to assail it, gave the question the needed pub-
licity, and the controversy was well under way.
Edward Hine, in his reply to Canon Rawlinson, denies having
ever read more than "a few extracts" from the earlier book of
\Vilson, despite the fact that a striking similarity of treatment
had been pointed out.' Others besides the Oxford Professor had
ventured to take exceptions to his attempted Hebraization of the
Anglo-Saxon Stock. Mr. Hine acknowledges the attentions of
some few of them, but brushes them all aside with a single bold
stroke of the pen: "Not one objection has foothold as yet, and I
believe never can have. The identity of our Nation with Israel is
purely God's work, and no man has power to destroy it." • \Ve sus-
pect a little humor on the part of 11r. Hine.
The discussion now became general, and the literature on the
subject is extensIve. Space will permit only a few random com-
ments in passing. Thus one writer finds in this theory, facetiously
we suspect, the e..xplanation of how despite many miscalculations,
the ambitions of Britain are usually crowned with
Humorous
Aspects. success. "\lVhy should so small a country as Brit-
ain," he asks, "possess such great influence oyer
the world as she does, and be successful in all her wars, notwith-
standing that she continually makes the most palpable blunders?
\lVe have many faults, socially, nationally, and individually, to
confess and bemoan; yet, for all that, it will be admitted that we
are 'a great nation'. What is the secret of Britain's greatness? If
II Edward Hine, Oxford IVro1lg it, objecting to tile Anglo Sa.:rons being
Idn,tical with Israel, New York, 1880, p. 137 .
• Idem, p. '42.
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 119
it is proved that the British are Israelites, the whole History of
England will be understood with a right point of view; and that
is, that God's dealings with her, being Israel, show forth that He
is true, faithful, and 'Coyenant' keeping: this is the true secret of
England's greatness and not any inherent goodness that rests in
her or in her people." 7
Meanwhile, as early as 1861, the Reverend F. R. A.
House of
David. Glover transferring his attention from the Lost
Tribes to the surviving Juda, had indicated what
he was pleased to call the possible descent of the Royal Family of
England from the House of David.s Sixteen years later, a pre-
tentious effort strove to fit in some missing links.· However, the
chain was far from complete, and it was left for the ingenuity of
the Reverend A. B. Grimaldi, to devise a full unbroken line from
David to the then-reigning Queen of England, Victoria of happy
memory.'· According to his schemata, the Kings of Juda from
David to Sedecias, form eighteen links in this chain. The sceptre
is then passed down through the Princess Tea Tephi, who, it is
asserted, married Heremon, King of Ireland, and their succes-
sors, from 578 B. c. to 487 A. D. forming fifty-five links in the
chain. Thirteen links of the Royal House of Argyl shire passes
it on to the Sovereigns of Scotland, A. D. 834, and the chain is
finally completed by the twenty-five Scottish links and the succes-
sors of James I of England. It is difficult to believe that the ex-
pounders of these schemes to Judaize the Royal Family of Eng-
land really took themselves seriously. And Doctor Wild, at least,
must have possessed a rare sense of humor, when he evolved his
theory of the Irish Jews."
Briefly, his position is as follows. "Two colonies
Irish Jews.
settled in Ireland; the first, the Phoenicians, who
were Philistines or ancient Canaanites. The second settlers were
Tuath de Danan. .. The Phoenicians were sea-faring people;
7 H. W. ]. Senior, The British Israelites, London, 1885. p. I.
8 F. R. A. Glover, Engla,r,d fill' RCntllOltt of Judah, London, r86I.
9 J, C. Stevens, Genealogical Chart, Showing the Connection between the
House of David and the Royal Family of Britain, Liverpool, 1877.
10 Cfr. A. K. Robinson, Predestiuotiou, as taught in the Bib/c, and verified
in History, Leeds, 189S. p. 132 fT.
11 Joseph Wild, The Lost Ten Tribes and 1882, London (OntariaL 1879.
Note :-Incidentalty. while pastor of the Union Congregational Church in
Brooklyn, N. Y. Dr. Wild took the precaution of publishing his book on the
safer side of the Canadian border.
120 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
pressed by Israel, Egypt and Assyria, they finally left Canaan, and
settled in Ireland." 12
Dr. Wild would have it, that at the time of the Babylonian Cap-
tivity, after the Prophet Jeremias was carried into Egypt by the
remnant of the people, he escaped thence to Northern Ireland,
taking with him the ark of the Covenant, Jacob's pillow-the
stone of Israel-as well as the daug-hter of Sedecias, through
whom the royal line was to continue. "Irish histories," he tells us,
"some twenty of which we find agree. say that about 585 B. C. a
divine man landed in Ulster, having with him the king-'s daughter,
stone of destiny, and ark, and many other wonderful thing-so The
people of Ulster of Dan understood the old adventurer." In pass-
ing, the author assures us: "Now at Tara, Jeremiah buried the
ark of the covenant, tables of law, etc." 13
As to the presence of the Tribe of Dan in Ulster, the matter is
easily explained, according to Doctor Wild's way of thinking.
"During the persecution of Ahah, thousands of them left Pales-
tine, settling in Denmark-this word Denmark means the circle
of Dan. In course of time they crossed the sea and took possession
of the north of Ireland, settling the province of Ulster." Thus we
have the dual race of Irishmen-Philistines in the South and
God's chosen people in the North. Consequently it is easy for Doc-
tor \Vild to explain what must appeal to him as the inferiority
complex of the South, which readily fell a prey to the "allure-
ments of Rome." H
Furthermore, according to Doctor \Vild, Jeremias "is the real
St. Patrick-simply the Patriarchal Saint, which became St.
Patriarch, then St. Patrick. The Roman Church introduced St.
Patrick to offset the St. Patriarch."" However, the Doctor
admits that the individual commonly revered as the Patron of Ire-
land was more than a "mythical person." He gives his real name
as Calpurnius, and would have him born 387 A. D. near the present
city of Boulogne. Further he is satisfied that this Calpurnius was
himself a Jew, belonging to the tribe of Benjamin. "For the Ben- '
jaminites began to fill in that part of France about this period."
"Idem, p. 267.
"Idem, p. 269.
14 Idem, p. 271.
15 Idem, p. 270.
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 121
The author add : "This tribe were by nature missionaries. This
prompted him to desire to redeem his brethren in Ireland. In Ul-
ster he began his labors." 16
~evertheless, Doctor Wild is insistent that Jeremias "was the
real sainted patriarch of Ireland. And by a crafty design of Rome
young Calpurnius was created sainted patriarch, or St. Patrick,
and by this means Rome linked the greater part of the Irish nation
to herself." 17 And almost it would seem with a sigh of relief, the
Doctor takes care to note: "But neither Rome nor any other power
ever enslaved or conquered Ulster." 18 In conclusion it should be
observed that in the Doctor's view the division of Ireland is not
merely due to religion. It is essentially racial. "The people of Bel-
fast are Danites; they of Dublin are Phoenicians." ,. So, after all,
the great majority of Irishmen are not Jews, even according .to
Doctor Wild.
Whatever we may think of Doctor \Vild's sin-
Mythical
Wanderings. cerity in the matter, three years later, not to
mention other, the Reverend Doctor Poole seri-
ously undertook a study of the whole question. The Jews as we
know them to-day, he regards as the descendants of the Kingdom
of Juda. The Lost Tribes, he \I'ould trace as follows: "Nineveh
was destroyed by the l\1edes and the Babylonians about 62 I B. C.
and the Assyrian monarchy divided between them; Israel, or a
large portion of them, taking advantage of the opportunity thus
afforded, asserted their independence, or escaped, and planted
themselves in Armenia, to the north of Assyria. During the sev-
eral irruptions caused by the conquests of Alexander the Great,
and his immediate successors,2. they resumed their nomad state,
and wandered northward, and westward, to some of the quiet
valleys which led them on their way westward and homeward," 21
to the British Isles as their journey's end.
!.IJ Idem, p. 277.
17 Idem, p. 278,
18 Idem, p. 279.
19 Idem, p. 274.
20 Note :-When the Mongol invasion reached Germany in 1241. "it was
fabled that the ~atars were none other than the lost tribes shut up by Alex-
ander the Great In the Caspian mountains."-Crr. Margolis and Marx, History
of tile Jewish People, Philadelphia, 1927, p. 379.
21 W. H. Poole, Anglo-Israel, Toronto, 1882, p. 128.
I22 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
These nomads, Doctor Poole would then identify with the Sax-
ons, and he continues: "Sharon Turner states that, 'Although the
Saxon name became on the continent the appellation of a confed-
eracy of nations, yet, at first it denoted a single state, and, it ap-
pears, they were so isolated that the Romans did not come into
contact with them, though continually devastating by fire and
sword, the people intervening between them and the Saxons.'
How clearly the providence of God was seen in their history as
they passed through the great wilderness of people." 22
In consequence of all this, and similar studies, many wild
schemes were eyolved, and detailed maps were constructed, mark-
ing out the wanderings from the land of exile of these Tribes,
which despite their name, absolutely refuse to stay lost. The sug-
gested itinerary is a varied one. Skirting the southern shore of
the Black Sea. the first route supposedly led across the Dar-
danelles, and followed the Black Forest all the way to the German
Sea, and then across to England. A second migration, we are told,
might have passed over the Caucasus Mountains, and after some
delay in what is called the "Land of Sojourn and Increase" far up
to the Baltic Sea, found its way to Denmark and thence across
to England. Still a third route is suggested far around the Caspian
Sea, only to turn back and strike the path through Southern Ger-
many to the Sea. 23
But whether the propounders of these wild theories really re-
garded them as fact or fictional humor, they found adherents who
were as ready to accept them with the same credence and authority,
as if they had been culled directly from Holy \Vrit. As a matter
of course, these absurd suggestions should all be classified with
the report of Ibn Haukal, the famous traveller of the tenth cen-
tury who would, to a certain e:dent, reverse the Darwinian
Theory, by deriving monkeys from Jews, when he records: "Ableh
is a small town, well inhabited, with a little tilled and cultiyated
land, 'In that place were some Jews; those to whom it was for-
bidden to hunt on the Sabbath; and God transformed them, and
caused them to become monkeys.' " 2<
22 Idem, p. 128.
23 err. Thomas Rosting Howlett, Aliglo-Israel, The Je'lJ.n ..m Problem a"d
Supplement. Philadelphia, 1894, Appendix.
2 .. err. Tile Oril'l£tal Geography of Ebll Haakal, atl Arabian Traveller of the
Tellth Crlltllr)', trans, William Ouseley, London, 1800, p. 10.
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 123
Historically the obliteration of the Northern
Northern Kingdom may be concisely told. The disintegra-
Kin gdom
Destroyed. tion began when Tiglath-Pileser IY, the Assyrian
monarch, in his campaign of 733-732 B. c. over-
threw Damascus and invaded northern Israel. 25 In consequence
of this im'asion, J. M. Powis Smith 2. tells us: "Israel lost her
territory east of the Jordan, the population of which was deported
to Assyria." 27
The ultimate destruction of the Northern Tribes was accom-
plished a few years later, when Sargon II in 722-721 B. C. com-
pleted the work that had been begun by his predecessor
Shelmaneser IV, finally capturing Samaria which had held out
for a three-years siege. The conqueror thus recorded his triumph:
"I besieged and captured Samaria. I carried away 27,290 of its
inhabitants, I collected there 50 chariots. The remains of them I
permitted to retain their goods, put my governors over them, and
I laid the tribute of former kings upon them." 28 In another rec-
ord of the same event that has come down to us, Sargon expressly
states: "I set up again and made more populous than before.
People from lands which I had taken I settled there." 2.
Commenting on these cunei form records of Sargon, Barton
suggests: "Only 27,290 were transported at this time ..
'vVhen we put together all those who were deported, however,
they were but a fraction of the population. As Sargon distinctly
says, the others remained there. They intermarried with the
settlers whom he bronght in and became the ancestors of the sect
of Samaritans. The 'ten lost tribes' were not 'lost', as is often
popularly supposed to be the case." 3.
Karl Kautsky, in his turn, comes to pretty much
Remnants the same conclusion, as follows: "Not the entire
Absorbed. population of the ten northern tribes of Israel
were therefore carri~d off, but only the most dis-
tinguished inhabitants of the cities, which were then populated
with strangers, but this was quite sufficient to destroy the nation-
26 George A. Barton, ArcluEoloflY and the Bible, Philadelphia, 1925, p. 427.
26 J. ~1. Powis Smith, The Prophets alld their Timrs, Chicago, 1925, p. 74.
21 Cfr. also Samuel A. B. Mercer, Extra-Biblical Sources for Hebrew alld
Jewish History, New York, 1913, p. 40.
"Idem, p. 43.
29 Idem, p. 43.
30 Barton, Archt1!ology and the Bible, p. 428.
124 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
ality of these ten tribes; for the peasant alone is incapable of con-
structing a specific communal Ii fe. The Israelitic city dwellers and
aristocrats who were transplanted to Assyria and 1Iedia, on the
other hand, disappeared in their new environment in the course of
generations, becoming fused with it." 31
Doctor Gaster in the Schweich Lectures on Bibi-
Rehabilitation cal .\rchaeology for 1923 advanced the opinion
of Samaria. that the settlers sent by Sargon were not in reality
colonists in the strict sense of the word hut mere
military garrisons which were subsequently replaced by Persian
troops.32 But his arguments, based as they are solely on Samari-
tan traditions, such as the fact that they "repudiate entirely any
connection with any heathen nation," 33 are far from convincing.
Doctor Gaster further states: "According to the Samaritan
chronicles, a large number of exiles came back and settled in the
land under the High Priest Abdael, no less than 37,000 being
mentioned as having returned."" But he candidly admits that
the number given must be an exaggeration. Besides, Pm\is Smith
is emphatic in his assertion: '·The downfall of Samaria brought
about the end of the northern kingdom, which now became an
Assyrian province. Natives of other parts of the Assyrian Empire
were imported to take the place 0 f the twenty-seven thousand de-
ported citizens. The result was the rise of a mixed people in
Northern Israel, who were mongrel in religion as well as in
blood." ••
Stanley A. Cook, too, is entirely in accord with this opinion.
He further maintains that in 7 IS B. C. Sargon added to the mix-
ture of races already located in Samaria by the introduction of
Bedouin colonists from Arabia.'· These with the other colonists
from Assyria he finds intermarrying ,dth the remnants of Israel
"and their descendants might in time be regarded as truly rem-
nants of Israel, even as the emi-Edomite clans that entered Judah
were reckoned as Israelites."'7 Of the exiles from the. 'orthern
It Karl Kautsky. FOlmdalioHS of C/zrislionit),; New York, 1925. p. 222
sz Moses Gaster, The Samarita"s: Their Hislor)" Doctrine and Literalure.
London, 1925, p. 18.
33 Idem, p. 34.
U Idem, p. 31.
a6 Powis Smith, The Prophets Dud '''eir Tim"s. p. So .
.. Cfr. Cambridge Allei",/ His/ory, Vol. III, p. 383; 385.
37 Idem, p. 386; Cfr. also p. 405.
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 125
Kingdom, Cook concludes: "They were probably soon swallowed
up in their new homes." as
Nothing is to be gained then, by trying to trace these Northern
Tribes further at the present time" Lacking the spirit of the
Southern Kingdom, they quickly became assimilated and lost
their identity being absorbed by the peoples with whom they
dwelt'·
Before drawing this chapter to a close, however,
American
Indians. a word must be said about the theory of those who
would find among the American Indians evidences
of descent from the ancient Hebrews. In one way the question is
closely allied to that of the "Lost Tribes." And eyen in the case
of those who postulate for the Indians a J udean origin, or at least
a diffusion of Ju dean culture, the matter is best setiled here, as
it may easily becloud the treatment of our own subject if reserved
until later.
The contrO\'ersy was of Spanish origin almost
Controversy
in England. immediately after the discovery of America,41
but eventually reached England. ] e'1J..'es ill A mer-
38 Idem, p. 385.
39 Note :-Max L. Margolis says: liThe Israetitish brethren were absorbed
by the foreign environment-we speak of the 'lost ten tribes'-though some
residue must have maintained its identity in the 1.:[edian highlands and beyond,
to be merged later with the Jewish peoplc."-Cfr. Margolis and :Marx, History
of 'he Jewish People} p. 1I5.
40 Note :-There is also the contrary tendency that v. 'ould just as arbitrarily
deny practically all originality to the Hebrew people and tend to explain even
distinctively Mosaic institutions as borrowings from others. Thus we are told
by Kortleiter: "There was a time when the rites of the 1\losaic cult were
associated with the Egyptian. Thus the \'estmcnts of the priests and of the
Supreme Pontiff, the ark of the covenant, circumcision were referred to ex-
amplars of the Egyptians. And ]. Spencer strove to show that nearly all the
forms of the Mosaic Cult are to be sought arnong the Egyptians .... At a
later date it was frequently said that not a few institutions of the Mosaic Cult
were received from the Babylonians . ... Babylonia was the fatherland f the
Hebrew race. But that Abraham migrating from Ur-Kasdim took with him
and passed on to his posterity various opinions, habits, customs, i~ so evident
that there is no reason why anything further should be said on the matter.
. .. Other learned rnen of more recent age contend again that not a few
sacred rites of the religion of the Old Testament are to be traced to the Arab
influence of the Mirueans .. .. The similarities pertaining to religion may
Mr~~ ~~1~~ b~P~:~~~~' t~a~~~~a~se~::i~~~e~i~h~oio:~~t~; t~~ee J~b~sw o{V~~~
ship . . . . Others think the Hebrews received some sacred rites from the
Canaanites. 'Vhich opinion can scarcely be proven."-F. X. Kortleitner, Arch-
tEologia Biblica, Innsbruck. 1917, p. 4S f.
oil Cfr. Albert M. Hyarnson, A History of the Jews il~ EILgland, London,
'907, p. 18, If.
126 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
ica, or Probabilities that the Americans are of that Race, was
the title of a book written in 1648 by the Reverend T. Thorow-
good who was interested in the efforts of the Reverend John Eliot
to evangelize the ~Iassachusetts Indians, and who hoped to help
the work financially. Four years later, Hamon L'Estrange an-
swered it with a little volume, Americalls no Je-&es, or Improba-
bilities that the Americalls are of that Race. Thorowgood
founded his conjecture on six arguments, which are thus sum-
marized by L'Estrange: "I) The Acknowledgment of the Amer-
icans. 2) From Rites and Customs. 3) From Words and Speech.
4) From man-devouring. 5) From the Conversion promised to
the Jews. 6) From the Calamities threatened to the Jews." 40
Before considering these claims and refuting them in detail,
L'Estrange first considers the source of the aborigines of Amer-
ica, and concludes: "Thus far have I offered my weak conceptions.
first how America may be collected to have bin first planted, not
denying the Jewes leave to goe into America, but not admitting
them to be the chief or prime planters there; for I am of opinion,
that the Americans originally were before the Captivity of the
Ten Tribes, even from Sem's near progeny." 43
Contemporary with L'Estrange, George Horn discusses the
possible descent of the American Indians from the Israelites, a
theory which he also rejects."
Meanwhile the question had been seriously taken
Manasseh
Ben Israel. up on the Continent, and popularized by one of
the most brilliant Jews of the day. Manasseh Ben
Israel, a native of La Rochelle, while yet a boy moved to Amster-
dam with his parents, early in the seventeenth century. In due
course he became one of the most distinguished orators in Hol-
land, and established the first Hebrew printing press in that
country in 1626. Through the influence of a fellow Jew, Aaron
Levi, better known as Antonio de Montezinos, Manasseh became
a strong advocate of the theory that the North American Indians
were in fact the Lost Ten Tribes of Israe1.46 \Vith a view of se-
40:! Hamon L'Estrange, Americalls itO fe'lVes, London, 1652, p. I.
4:'1 Idem, p. 13 .
•, \<1 Georgius Hornius, De Orjgi,~jblls AmericalJis, Hagae Comitis, 1652, Praef.
40D Note :-Montezinos had "told a weird tale of American Indians he had
come across in his travels in the New \Vorld, of their religious practices, and
of their tradition that they were of the tribe of Reuben."-Cfr. Margolis and
Marx, History of the lewisJ. People, p. 490.
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 127
curing the readmission of the Jews into England, Manasseh pub-
lished a volume entitled "Esperanc;a de IsraeL"'· Written
originally in Spanish, this work was quickly translated into Latin
and English, and e..xercised a great influence, though it failed in
its original purpose of opening England to the Jews. However,
at the national conference at Whitehall in December 1655, it
brought out the fact that their exclusion was not sanctioned by
English Law, and incidentally gained many outspoken advocates
to the general theory of the Israelitic origin of the American In-
dians.
For some time, missionaries in America, es-
Missionary
Reports. pecially those in Mexico, had been sending home
reports of religious customs and beliefs that sa-
yored much of Semitic origin. Thus the Jesuit Acosta reported that
the Indians had an infinite number of ceremonies and usages which
reminded one of the ancient Law of Moses. 41
But it was reserved for Viscount King borough,
Mexican
Mythology. who gathered all these testimonies into a single
volume, to become the real propounder of the
theory, that would trace to a Semitic source those Indian customs
and traditions. Thus he writes: "It is impossible on reading what
Mexican mythology records of the war in Heaven and of the fall
of Zontemoque and the other rebellious spirits, of the creation of
light by the word of Tonacatecutli and of the division of the
waters, of the sin of Y ztlacohuhqui and his blindness and naked-
ness, of the temptation of Suchiquecal and her disobedience in
gathering roses from a tree, and of the consequent misery and
disgrace of herself and all her posterity, not to recognize scrip-
tural analogies. But the 1I1exican tradition of the deluge is that
which bears unequivocal marks of having been derived from a
H ebrew source." 48 The Viscount then develops the Mexican idea
4.0 Manasseh Ben Israel, EsperoHfa de Israel, Amsterdam, 1649. Note:-
"With full credence in the story of Montezinos and the evidence culled from
Jewish and Christian writers, he arrived at the conclusion that the Israelitish
tribes, scattered over many countries, had wandered from Tatary across China
to the American continent, thus carrying the di~persion to the farthest parts
of the globe."-Margolis and Marx, I. c. p. 490.
·n Jose de Acosta, The NatHrai and Moral History of the Illdies, London,
1880. A reprint of the English Translation of J604. from the Spanish, Bk. V.
Chapter xxvii, p. 369- Cfr. also Joan Frcdericus Lurnnius, Dc Extremo Dei
l udicio et JUdOYII11l Vocatione, Venice, 1569.
foij Lord Kingsborough, A1exican Antiquities, London, 1829, Vol. VI, p. 401.
128 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
of the deluge and its subsequent events, such as the Tower of
Babel and the dispersion of nations, in parallel with the Bible
Story.
In due time, Brasseur de Bourbourg became an
Defenders.
ardent defender of Kingborough's views.'·
Among others, too, Hubert Howe Bancroft describes in detail
what he regards as authentic Hebrew relics found in what is now
the United States,"o and John T. Sharp establishes, at least to his
own satisfaction, numerous analogies between Jewish and Mexi-
can codes and customs, that are certainly striking. 51
On the contrary, De Roo, who has made a special
Opponents.
study of the subject, after discussing the whole
question at some length, and giving due credit to all authorities
cited, as well as CJuoting many others, unreservedly rejects their
claim, and concludes : "For these and similar reasons, which the
reader can easily find in several other works, we are of opinion
that the first Jews who ever set foot on American soil were those
who, in spite of the restrictions of Ferdinand and Isabella,
secretly went on board the ships which Colombus and his contem-
poraries steered to the New \Vorld." .2
Yet De Roo subseCJuently admits certain seem-
Concessions.
ingly Hebraic customs among the American Ab-
origines. Thus, after rejecting the claims of two Hebrew
practices in America, he concedes: "Other souvenirs of Jewish
history and rites of the Mosaic law seem to have been real, and to
have actually existed among a few of America's aboriginal na-
tions. Thus are the Yucatecs said to have had a tradition accord-
ing to which they originally came from the far East, passing
through the sea which God had made dry for them." 53 And again:
"We may close this chapter with the remark that the Mexicans
celebrated the Jewish feast of the New Year,.· and had their
49 Brasseur de Bourbourg, His/oire des Nations Ci1.oi/i.sees et de L~Amtiriqlte
Ce,t/rale dlirolLt les Siecles Anterieuys d Christophe Colomb, Paris, 1857.
GO Hubert Howe Bancroft, The Nativt! Races of the Pacific Statcs of North
America, New York, 1875. Vol. V, p. 93 f.
fa John T. Sharp, The North Americans of A}Jtiquit),. New York, 1880,
P·463·
02 P. De Roo, History of America before Columbus, Philadelphia, 1900,
Vol. I, p. [99.
tiS Idem, Vol. I. p. 420, quoting Bancroft, I. c. VoL V, p. 22.
0 .. Adolphe Kastner, AlloJyse des Traditiolls Religiellses des Peuples In-
digenes de I'Amerique, Louvain, 1845, p. 102.
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 129
festiyity of the Remission of Sins and the use of sacred unctions
as the Je \ys." 55
De Roo further qualifies his position by the statement: "\Ve do
not, howe\'er, intend to say that the western portion of the Old
\"orld had no share at all in America's greatness before the
Christian era." .6 He eyen admits: ").Tot a few writers defend the
opinion that the Egyptians, who sailed around Africa and far
awa\' into the Indian and the Atlantic Ocean, left in America some
architectural and ling-uistic vestiges of their presence," 57 and con-
ceh'es the possibility of the Phoenicians, whether Tyrians or
Carthaginians, having also reached the American continent.
Speaking of the "remarkable parallel to the
Peru.
Egyptian development" which "is to be found in
comparatively recent times in the Inca monarchy of Peru," Pro-
fessor Dawson, the Oxford Historian, observes: "If it was the
result of purely independent South American development, it is
one of the most remarkable examples of convergent evolution in
history. According to the hypothesis of Mr. Perry .8 and Professor
Elliot Smith,·· the elements of this culture were actuall y derived
.::;6 Homius. De Orirr;uiblls AlII('yirQ"is, Lib. IV, Cap. xv, p. 278.
"De Roo, I. c. Vol. I. p. 192.
67 De Roo, His/onl of AmnicQH helMC' Columhlls, Vol. 1. p. TQ2. Kote ;-
He prohably has reference to the Phoenicians in th" employ of J7g'\rpt.
.::;8 Note :-\VritinJ! in IQ2]. Perry make.:; the as"ertinn: "My inrlehtednes'i to
Professor Elliot Smith does not need emphasis. To him lowe the realization
of the importance of E~ypt in the history of ch'iliratinn; and it is a mattE"r
of ~ratification to all those who agree with hie; views to see that opinion ie;
slowlv, hllt sure!\" coming round to his point of view. Sf) that the ultimate
justification of hie; courageous ::Ind outsfYlken att;tud~ is assurecl."-\~,r. ].
Perry, Children of the Sun. Londnn, 1027. Preface. p. viii. Mr. Perry further
unhesitatingly adopts "the hypothesis of an early movement out from Egypt.
which resulted in the translation of the civilization of the Sixth Dynasty to
the uttermost parts of the world," and regards the Phoenicians as the prohable
"link between Egypt and the external world." 1. c. p. 461.
GO Note :-Oark Wissler insists: HElliot Smith, in particular, is an extreme
diffusionist, denying the possibility of independent invention. So wherever he
observes a similarity between cultures, ne matter if half the circumference of
the world intervenes, he declares that diffusion is obvious and the only prob-
lem presented is to discover how the trait-complexes involved managed to leap
the gap."-A.faa a)ld Cultu.re, p. J07. Goldenweiser is even more outspoken.
He says: HElliot Smith has achieved the questionable distinction of outdoing
the dogmatism of the evolutionist by his reckless utilization of diffusion as an
interpretation of widespread cultural similarities, supporting his theory by a
comparative material apparently as inexhaustible in quantity and handled as
uncritically as was the comparative material of the evolutionist. The va lue of
the last-named theory cannot be examined here. The idea of a Megalithic
culture originated in Egypt in the y8th.-20th dynasty, spreading thence
through the Mediterranean region, over the southern areas of Asia and the
130 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
from Egypt, and were introduced into South America by the same
race of megalith builders who have left traces of their presence
throughou! the Pacific from Easter Island to the Carolines. Now
the monarchy of Japan, the rulers of which also claim to be Chil-
dren of the Sun, was undoubtedly founded by megalith builders
who arrived by sea, not long before the Christian era, and it is
not impossible that the same influence may have reached the
Pacific Coast of America. But the gap in time and space between
this prehistoric Pacific culture and the historic civilization of an-
cient Egypt ·is so great that it is difficult to affirm any direct cul-
tural influence on the part of the latter in the present state of our
knowledge." 6.
Finally, A. L. Kroeber, after asserting: "The
Kroeber's
Conclusions. American race can hardly have come from any-
where else than Asia," 61 adds: "About the end of
the Palaeolithic or beginning of the Neolithic some of the proto-
mongoloids drifted from Asia into North America. These were
probably the real discoverers of the New World, which they found
inhabited only by brutes." 62 He later states: "Since the early
culture importation of the period of the settlement of America
eight or ten thousand years ago, the influences of the Old World
have always been slight as compared with the independent devel-
opments within the New World. Even within the northwestern
segment of North America, the bulk of culture would seem to
have been evolved on the spot. But mingled with this local growth,
more or less modi fying it in the nearer regions, and reaching its
greatest strength among the Eskimo, has been a trickling of series
of later Asiatic influences which it would be mistaken wholly to
overlook." 63
island expanses of Melanesia and Polynesia to the remote countries of Mexico
and Peru; this idea, however alluring, would require a delicate technique and
categorical demonstration before it could claim serious attention. The meth-
ods used by Elliot Smith are, on the contrary, so loose that the entire specula-
tive edifice erected by him can at best be regarded as another link, in that
chain of top-heavy hypotheses born of uncontrolled flights of the imagination
and unchecked by either patient research or a strict method of procedure."-
Goldenweiser, Early Civili::atioll, p. 31 t.
60 Christopher Dawson, The Age of tile Gods, Boston, 1928, p. 163 f.
61 Kroeber, Anthropolog)!, p. 343.
" Idem, p. 344.
03 Kroeber, A "thropology. p. 392. Note :-No reference will be made to
the Mormons, as they do not claim for themselves continuity of race with the
Jews, but merely subscribe to the general theory that the North American
THE "LOST TRIBES" OF ISRAEL 131
\Vith this somewhat lengthy preamble, we are
True
Diaspora. now ready to withdraw from the grotesque and
fantastic, to take up, in the next chapter, the real
question of the Diaspora, tracing in roughest outline, within the
realms of reasonable probability, the wanderings of that race or
people whose dispersion is regarded by some as the means chosen
by Divine Providence to prepare the way for Christianity, by
drawing back to the primitive monotheistic idea the pagan world
that had become corrupt, and through unbridled lusts sunk deep
into the polytheistic practices of sensuous idolatry.
For, as Professor George Foot Moore has well
Spiritual
Influence. observed: "Among the Oriental religions which
made success ful propaganda in the first century
before the Christian era and the first century after it, Judaism
was not the least important. The ubiquitousness of the race had
its part in this; but the chief cause lay in the character of the
religion. Its monotheism was of a type to which the popular phi-
losophies all tended j indeed the synagogue, with its gathering for
the study of the Law and the Prophets, seemed much more like
a school of philosophy than like religious worship or the ritual of
a mystery. The possession of these sacred scriptures, descended
from an antiquity by the side of which the beginnings of Greek
philosophy were modern, and derived from divine revelation,
made a doubly profound impression upon an age which turned its
eyes to the ancients for wisdom and to heaven for a truth beyond
the attainment of reason. The Jewish life, with its multitudinous
observances and its meticulous precautions against pollution from
unclean men and things, had nothing strange or unreasonable
about it when not only religious sects but philosophical schools
made diet and dress and rules of intercourse an essential part of
their discipline." 64
Indians were descended from the Ten Tribes of Israel, and that an exodus of
Jews from Jerusalem took place prior to the birth of Christ, and carried away
the records, a part of which was the Book of Mormon. This book, it is as-
serted, was discovered by the Prophet Joseph Smith in the side of a hill, called
Cumorrah, in Ontario County, New York.-Cfr. Cotl!essions of 101m Doyle
Lee, Dam'le, New York, 1905. p. 140 ff.
64 George Foot ~foore. History of Religions, Edinburgh, 1914. Vol. I, p. 531.
Chapter VI
THE DIASPORA
At all ages, Israelites, either individually or in
Beginnings.
small groups, must have taken up their residence
in the land of strangers. In fact, George A. Barton writes: "It
appears from I Kings, xx, 84 ' that an Israelitish colony was es-
tablished in Damascus in the reign of Ahab. (i. e. About 900 B. c.)
Possibly the similar alliances of David and Solomon with
Phoenicia had established similar colonies there." 2 . \nd Stanley
A. Cook, when speaking of the time of the Babylonian Captivity,
observes: "Apart from the Judaean exiles themselves, it is not im-
possible that by this time Jews, whether associated with their
Phoenician brethren or not, were beginning to be found scattered
over the known world." 3
\Vith reason then, Lewis Browne, in connection with the de-
struction of Jerusalem, takes care to note: "The scattering of the
Jews through foreign lands-the Diaspora as it is usually called-
had already been in process for many centuries before the faII of
Jerusalem. Perhaps as early as the days of Solomon there were
little colonies of Hebrew traders in strange lands. Certainly there
were many after the destruction of the 1\'orthern Kingdom in i22
B. c. and still more after the destruction of the Southern Kingdom
in 586 B. c. Indeed some scholars say that from that last date on,
there were always more Jews living outside the borders of Pales-
tine than within them." 4
1 DOllay Bible, III Kings, xx, 34.
::! Dicti01wry of the Bible, Ed. James Hastings, New York, 1924, Article,
"Dispersion," p. 193.
'Cfr. Cambridg, A"Cient History, New York, 1925, Vol. III. p. 407. Note:
Max L. Margolis discredits the claim of the early Spanish Jews who "imagined
themselves of royal Davidic blood. They told fantastic stories that Adoniram,
Solomon's master of levy, had died white collecting revenue in Spain. and
that his tomb had been found in that country."-Cfr. J\Iargolis and 1Iarx,
Hislory of Ihe lewish People, p. 303.
"Lewis Browne. StraJ~ger that~ Fiction# New York, 1925. p. 160.
132
THE DIASPORA 133
And Ewald, the historian, states: "The 'Exile' in this wider
sense begins as early as the tenth and ninth centuries, long before
the destruction of the kingdom of the Ten Tribes; for great num-
bers were carried away as prisoners of war and subsequently for
the most part sold as slaves, and many who sank through internal
commotions took to more or less voluntary flight. . . In par-
ticular the 'Coasts of the Sea,' i. e. the numerous maritime districts
and islands of the Mediterranean, are now (as in the eighth cen-
tury) frequently mentioned as a residence of the Dispersion . The
e.\:tensive trade of the neighboring Phoenicians had long been di-
rected to these countries, which now appear for the fir st time in
the history of Israel, and many who were not sold as slaves fol-
lowed the example of the Phoenicians, and went thither of their
own free will." •
While then, from an early period, there must have
Judeans.
been scattered throughout the known world indi-
viduals and even considerable groups of the Children of Israel ,
from the Northern Kingdom as well as from the Southern, the
term Diaspora or Dispersion is technically restricted to the tribe
of Juda, from whom the modern Jew is supposed to have sprung.
Barton makes this clear in stating: "The real Dispersion began
with the Babylonian Exile. Nebuchadnezzar transplanted to
Babylonia the choicest of the Judaean population. Probably 50,000
were transplanted, and Jewish communities were formed in
Babylonia at many points, as at Tel-abib and Casephia. Here the
Jewish religion was maintained; ... and from this centre Jews
radiated to many parts of the East. Thus the Jews reached Media,
Persia, Cappadocia, Armenia, and the Black Sea. Only a few of
these Babylonian Jews returned to Palestine. They maintained the
Jewish Communities in Babylonia till about A. D. 1000." 6 It is
here interesting to remark in passing, that as late as the middle
of the tenth century, we find the Arabian Traveller, Ibn Haukal,
describing a Jewish kingdom at Atel near the Caspian Sea, and
noting: "The smallest in number of the inhabitants of this country
are the Jews; the greatest in number are the Mussulmans and
Christians; but the king and his chief officers are Jews." 7 With-
I): Heinrich Ewald, History of Israel, London, 1878, Vol. V, p. 4.
6 Hastings, Dictionary of the Bible, p. 193.
7 Ibn Raukal, trad. Ouseley. p. 186.
134 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
out a doubt, the kingdom referred to was that of the !\Iongol
Chazars. As we shall see later, this people was converted to Juda-
ism in the middle of the eighth century. Consequently, they were
Jews not by race, but only by adoption.
Of the fall of Jerusalem, Mercer records:
Fall of
Jerusalem. "Nabuchadrezzar was a great builder and archi-
tect, and consequently most of his inscriptions
deal with building operations. 'vVe know, however, from Biblical
sources that he interfered in Judaean affairs, and this i confirmed
by some of his inscriptions.
"Jehoiakim, against the advice of Jeremiah, revolted and Jeru-
salem was besieged in 597. Jehoiakim died in the meantime and
Jehoiachin, his successor, surrendered and was taken with many
other captives to Babylonia and settled in a place near the canal
Kebar near Nippur. About a decade later Hophra (Apries) of
Egypt induced Judah and some other small neighboring states to
revolt. This called down the wrath of N abuchadrezzar who laid
siege to Jerusalem in 587, and although he was called off to defeat
Hophra succeeded in returning and capturing the city in 586 B. c.
Zedekiah was taken captive to Riblah, where his eyes were put
out, and Gedaliah was made governor of the city." 8
As Kautsky remarks: "Very probably the entire
Remnant
in Juda. population was not taken away this time either;
but all the population of Jerusalem was taken
away. At any rate, most of the country population was left. But
what was left ceased to constitute a specific Jewish community.
The entire national life of the Jews was now concentrated in the
city-dwellers now living in exile." 9
Of the days of sojourn in Babylon, we need say
Babylonian
Sojourn. little here. Harold Hunting writes: "When they
reached the land of their captors they were not
made slaves, but were allowed to make their home together in
settlements on land set apart for them. In these colonies they prob-
ably worked as tenant-farmers on the estates of Nebuchadnezzar's
nobles. In the prophetic book of Ezekiel, who was among the
exiles, we read about one of these Jewish colonies by the river or
canal, called Chebar (or in Babylonian Kabary), which means
8 Mercer, Extra-Biblical Sources, p. 57.
9 Kautsky, Foundations 0/ Christianity. p. 226.
THE DIASPORA 135
the Grand Canal." 10 And again: "Many Hebrews, or Jews (that
is Hebrews from Judaea), became merchants .... The reputa-
tion of the Jews for cleverness in trade began with these e."peri-
ences in Babylon ,yhen hundreds of Jewish boys obtained positions
in great Babylonian stores and banks, and by and by set up for
themselyes as merchants. Among the Babylonian contracts on
clay tablets coming down to us from this period are many Jewish
names." 11
On the other hand, the period of the Babylonian Captivity was
characterized by a rejuvenation of the religious spirit of Juda, and
the prophets of the Exile left a lasting impress on the Nation. No
matter what their previous practices had been, idolatry never again
became a national crime, although, it is true, it was still to have
its devotees in pri vate.
\Vhen, at length, Cyrus permitted the Exiles to
Return
from Exile. return to their own country, it was principally the
poorer and more fervent element apparently that
availed itself of the privilege." The wealthier class, for the most
part, rather chose to remain in Babylonia, and established there
a numerous and influential community, which was to endure for
1500 years l '
Powis Smith clearly explains the reason for all
Babylonian
Community. this as follows: "There is good reason to think
that the Jews in Babylonia had prospered. They
had acted upon the advice given them in Jeremiah's letter," and
built themselves into the economic and industrial Ii fe of the Baby-
lonian community as a whole. They had all their investments and
business interests in Babylonia. The proposition to pull up stakes,
sell out, and start all over again in a new and far-off location
would not appeal with great force to successful Jewish merchants
or farmers in Babylonia. Another difficulty in the way of the
creation of great enthusiasms for the return movement lay in the
10 Harold B. Hunting, Hebrt!W Life and Times, New York, 1921, p. 120 f.
II Idem, p. 122.
l:l Note ;-Esdras enumerates 4289 of the priestly class (I Esdras. ii, 36-39)
among the 42360 exiles who returned (ii, 64) besides the 7337 servants (ii, 65).
Howcnr. Blunt thinks: "The majority of the reviving nation consisted of
rdugees returned from Egypt and of those who had never quitted the country
at all."-Israel before Christ. p. r05.
"Cfr. C. Van den Biescn, Catholic Ellcyclopcdia, Vol. IV, p. 775.
14 ] eremias, xxix.
136 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
fact that most of the original exiles of 597 and 586 B. c. must
have died before 538 B. c. Very few of the exiles of 538 B. c. had
ever seen Jerusalem or Judah. Those who had once lived there
had left it so early in life as to have forgotten practically all about
it. They had lived in Babylonia practically all their lives and in
no real sense ever thought of Judah as 'home.' They were content
where they were; or if not wholly satisfied, probably thought it
'better to bear the ills they had than to fly to ills they knew not of.'
It is not probable that there was any degree of homesickness
among the Jewish population of 538 B. c. A still further element
working against the creation of a general desire to return to Pales-
tine was the length of the arduous journey. ... It would appear,
therefore, that there was no concerted movement to return in large
numbers, but that the return movements were confined to small
groups of enthusiasts or malcontents who trickled back to Judah
from time to time as occasion served. These made no marked im-
press upon the Ii fe of the Jerusalem community, for they were too
few in number, and probably also too insignificant in character
and ability, to count for much in the group as a whole." 15
Cyrus had liberated the Jews in 538 B. c. but it
Esdras.
was not for another eighty years, until the reign
of Artaxerxes I, that there was anything like a migration from
Babylonia to Palestine. to In fact it was only in 458 B. c. that
Esdras led back the remnants of the people, on which he was to
build up the Nation anew. And even then large numbers of Jews
made their choice to remain in Babylonia and l\fesopotamia,17 un-
willing to sacrifice their ease and comfort.
The subsequent history of the Jewish State in
Post-exilic
Judea. Palestine is politically an uninterrupted alternation
of partial successes and reverses, and only too fre-
quently we find her the innocent victim of circumstances, due to
her position as a natural obstruction on the path that the battling
nations of East and \Vest were forced to take in their intermin-
able conflicts for world supremacy.
Thus, Theodore Reinach relates: "During the
Jews Abroad.
wars of the third and second centuries B. c
HI Pow is Smith, Tilt Prophets and thl'Jr Timrs, p. 193 f.
1e Mercer, Extra-Biblical SOICyas, p. 197.
17 err. Sidney Mendelssohn, The Jtws jtJ Asia, London, 1920, p. ~I4 f.
THE DIASPORA 137
thousands of Jews were made captive and reduced to slavery,
passing from owner to owner and from land to land until their
enfranchisement. This enfranchisement indeed usually occurred
very soon, it being precipitated by the fact that, through their
unswerving attachment to their customs, they proved indifferent
servants .... The Jews thus freed, instead of returning to Pales-
tine, usually remained in the land of their fonner slavery, and
there, in conjunction with their brethren in faith, established com-
munities." 18 And again: ''Thus as early as the middle of the sec-
ond century B. c. the Jewish author of the third book of the
Oracula Sibyllina, addressing the chosen people says: 'Every land
is full of thee and every sea,' 19 and if these words contain any ex-
aggeration, the prophecy became true in the subsequent century.
The most diverse witnesses, such as Strabo, Philo, Seneca, the au-
thor of the Acts of the Apostles, and Josephus, all bear testimony
to the fact that the Jewish race was disseminated over the whole
civilized world." 20
Karl Kautsky finds another reason for the wide-
Jewish
Merchants. spread infiltration of the Jews. According to his
view: "The 'Diaspora,' the dispersal of the Jews
throughout the world, certainly does not begin as late as the de-
struction of Jerusalem by the Romans, nor with the Babylonian
Exile, but much earlier; it is a natural consequence of trade, a
phenomenon shared by the Jews with most commercial peoples." "
Quoting from Franz BuhJ,22 Kautsky had previously explained:
"Even before the Israelites came to Canaan, trade was highly
developed in this country. In the Tell-el-Amarna Letters (of the
fifteenth Century before Christ) caravans are mentioned that
travelled through the country under armed protection." 23 And in
a later volume, he further developed his idea of the mercantile
18 fewish Encyclopedia, Vol. IV, Article "Dispersion," p. 560.
19 Sibyllines, III, 271; Compare I Mach. xv.
20 Jewish Encyclopedia, 1. c. p. 561.
21 Kautsky. Foundations of Christianity. p. 2J2. Note :-According to Blunt:
"Israel before the kings had left trading to the Canaanites. But under the
!'1onarchy began a process of commercial development which was to write
Its mark deep on the character of the people, and which led in later Ju daisrn to
the custom that every Jewish father should teach his son a trade. Solomon and
his successors sedulously fostered commercial relations."-Blunt, Israel before
Christ, p. 62.
22 Franz Buhl, Die Sozialen Verhiiltnissl de, Israeliten, 1891), p. 76.
"Kautsky, 1. c. p. ]g6.
138 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
propensity of the Jews. He says in part: "It was too small and
weak, the superior power of its neighbours too crushing, to enable
Palestine to dispose of its population by settling it in conquered
regions. The territory of the Phoenicians cut Palestine off from
good seaports and the practice of navigation. Therefore the path
of colonization beyond the seas was also closed to the Israelites.
Their surplus population had no other alternative than to go
abroad as merchants (sometimes as mercenaries, but these played
no important part in history). In this capacity, they travelled
further and further and founded a number of settlements. In
many cities they became so numerous as to conduct not only trad-
ing operations, but also to employ artisans of their own; the
number of their intellectuals also increased.
"Constantly crowded and congested in their home-
Colonies.
land by the overwhelming strength of their
neighbours, this little race had no other path of expansion. This
path was pursued so energetically that the Israelitic population
abroad finally became more numerous than the home population.
The home population repeatedly loses its status as an independent
nation, finally losing it forever. But before this time has come, the
centre of gravity of Judaism had been shifted from its original
location to a number of cities in Egypt, Syria and 1Iesopo-
tamia." 24
These Jewish Colonies expanded, according to the
Proselyting.
same author, not only by natural increase, but also
by assimilation of neophytes. Thus he explains: "Those who sub-
jected themseh'es permanently to the Jewish rite might be de-
pended on as reliable fellow-members. But every stranger was
welcome who would recognise this rite--without regard to origin.
Jewish exclusiveness was not an exclusiveness of race. The Jewish
propaganda in all regions of the ancient world was rather calcu-
lated to stimulate tremenduously the mingling of races within
Judaism." 25 And again: "A mixed race from the very start, the
Jews, in the course of their migrations, have come into contact
with a great succession of ne\\ races and their blood has
become more and more mixed." 2.
::!4 Karl Kautsky, Are till' Je'Ws a Race' New York, 1926, p. tTl f.
26 Idem, p. 115.
26 Kautsky, Are tlac leu's a Roar p. 118. Note :-Professor Dixon is clear
on this point. "The questions of the racial origin and unity of the Jews have
THE DIASPORA 139
It was, in fine, the religious bond, the living tra-
Yahweh'.
People. dition that they were Yahweh's Chosen People,
that held the Jews together amid all their infidel-
ities, and not only preser\'ed them in a distinct social entity, but
led to the ready assimilation of the alien elements which were con-
stantly being absorbed through infiltration from without. For,
while the violations of the Mosaic exclusiveness were only too
frequent even from the earliest days in Palestine, as we shall
shortly see in detail, yet in the great mass of the people there was
shown a remarkable fidelity in this respect, and even in the case
of intermarriage, it was as a rule, the gentile who became a Jew,
and not a case of perversion or formal apostasy on the part of the
Israelite.
Kautsky's view of the Jew's early application to commerce, is
further substantiated by an observation of G. F. Abbott, who
notes: "As earlv as the fourth century B. c. we find the Hebrew
word for 'earne~t-money' domiciled in· the Greek language,27 and
as early as the second century in the Latin (arrhabo )-a curious
illustration of the Jew's commercial activity in the Mediterranean
even in those days." 2.
Intermarriage. Another interesting phase of Kautsky's theory is
the fact that he so fearlessly goes counter to the
popular impression that Deuteronomical exclusiveness has, in the
main, effectively restricted marital intercourse between Jew and
for long been fertile themes for discussion. The traditional view has always
been that they were a true Semitic people, and, indeed, the term Semite has
popularly come to be practically synonymous with Jc wo They were regarded
as a people whose purity of blood had, in spite of wide dispersion, been jeal-
ously preserved throughout the centuries. As soon, however, as detailed in-
vestigations in regard to Jewish physical types began to be available, it ap-
peared that it was extremely doubtful whether either of these assumptions was
true, for the Jews proved to be by no means uniform in their physical char-
acteristics, and the great majority appeared to be of a different type from that
found among other Semitic-speaking peopJes."-Dixon, Racial History of Alan,
p. 162. Then after a careful study of all available data, Dixon come to the
rather startling deduction that the Jews of to-day practically are Semites in
language only.-1. c. p. 175.
27 a.ppa{3tI,p.
"G. F. Abbott, lsra,/ ill Ellrop" London, 1907, Introduction, p. xvi. The
author remarks in a footnote: "The oldest Greek author in whose works the
term occurs is the orator Isaeus who flourished B. C. 364; the earliest Latin
writer is Plautus who died B. C. 184. Of course, the word, though very good
Hebrew, may have been imported into Europe by the Phrenicians. But it would
be a bold man who would attempt to distinguish between Jewish and Phcenician
merchants at this time of day."
140 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
Gentile, and thus preserved racially the Children of Israel unto
our own day.'·
But, as a matter of fact, the Scriptures themselves show that,
not only was marriage with the Gentile commonly practiced in the
early history of the Hebrew People, but that it was at times
directly approved of in the Law itself.
Of Jacob's sons, Juda certainly took a Canaanite
Early
Biblical to wife,'o and Joseph married an Egyptian
S1 The
Examples. children of Israel numbered seventy souls at the
time when they came into Gesas.e n,"' and of these, the three sons and two grandsons of J uda; Saul, the son of
Simeon; 54 and the two sons of J oseph--eight in aU-were with-
out question of mixed blood. Of the other sons of Jacob, some at
least, in all probability, had wedded Canaanites. For the Tell-el-
Amarna Letters show that the Khabiri,s' who are, as far as we
know, the only Tribes akin to the Israelites, and even that is
questionable, did not invade Canaan until the Children of Israel
were in Egypt. a. While then, individuals or small groups of kin-
dred race may have been in contact with Jacob and his immediate
family, still the presumption is that the other sons followed the
example of Juda and Joseph in their choice of wives.
At the time of the E.xodus, 430 years after the Israelites had
Z9 Doctor Haddon, too, is outspoken on this point. He says: ''The Abrahamic
family were a tribe of Mesopotamian Semites, probably identical with the
Ibri, whom the Egyptians lmew as Habiru, i. e. nomadic Semites equivalent to
the Bedawin; they entered the land of Goshen during the period of the
Hyksos domination and left the country at the time of the expulsion of their
patrons (1575 B. c.) or shortly afterwards. On their return to Palestine they
met, conquered and amalgamated with the Amorites and Hittites. The monu-
ments, as well as philological evidence, show that the former were Semites,
in appearance not to be distinguished from the Habiru. The Hittites were a
people whose governing class at least were entirely different from both and
are to-day represented by the Armenians. Later the Israelites, now a mixed
people of Semitic and Armenoid origin, took into their midst a third stock, the
Philistines, a typical Mediterranean race. The rounded Armenoid type of face
is dominant to the other two. However, when. an Armenoid Jew is mated with
a western European the latter type is dominant."-Raees of Alan and Their
Distribution, p. 107.
30 Gen. xxxviii, 2.
31 Gen. xli, 45.
32 Gen. xlvi, 27.
as Gen. xlvi, 12.
S. Gen. xlvi, 16.
36 Note :-Professor Breasted takes it for granted that the Khabiri were
Hebrews.-Cfr. James H. Breasted, Conquest of Cwiluration, New York,
1926, p. 21 9.
se Mercer, Exlra-Bibl'eal Sources, p. 1:3.
THE DIASPORA
taken up their residence in Gessen,37 the original band of seventy
had grown into a nation numbering 600,000 men besides chil-
dren."· During this period there must have been constant inter-
marrying with the Egyptians and other outsiders. Moses' wife
was a Midianite,a· and even after the Exodus, circumcision was
to make the stranger as one of the land'o
According to the command of God, the seven nations within
the confines of the Promised Land were to be utterly ~"termin
ated," and no marriage might be contracted with them" But as
regards the other nations outside the confines of the Promised
Land, treaties might be made with them," and in case of war,
their children might be taken by the Israelites," and be eligible
as wives. '5 Nay more, children begotten of Edomites or Egyp-
tians, in the third generation, were to gain full membership in the
congregation."
Despite the command to exterminate the original dwellers in
the Promised Land, the Jebusites dwelt with the children of Ben-
jamin,47 and the other proscribed nations became tributaries to
the Israelites'· Consequently, as might be expected, they gradu-
ally intermarried.'· Thus, for example, Samson chose as wi fe a
Philistine. 50
37 Exod. xii, 40.
8S Exod. xii, 37.
39 Exod. ii, 21.
.0 Exod. xii, 48.
41 Deut. vii, I, 2. Note :-Kortleitner asserts: "Lest the Hebrews might be
seduced, the seven tribes of Canaanites were to be extirpated, and the images
and sacred paraphernalia of the gods were to be utterly destroyed, so that no
vestige even of the name of an idol might remain."-De Po/ythcismo Universo,
p. 166. Moreover, the reason for this extermination of the Canaanites is to be
found in Holy Writ itself: IIFor those ancient inhabitants of thy holy land,
whom thou didst abhor, because they did works hateful to thee by their sor-
ceries, and wicked sacrifices, and those merciless murderers of their own chil-
dren, and eaters of men's bowels, and devourers of blood from the midst of
thy consecration, and those parents sacrificing with their own hands helpless
souls, it was thy will to destroy by the hands of our parents, that the land
which of all is most dear to thee might receive a worthy colony of the children
of God.'· Wisdom xii, 3-7.
U Deut. vii, 3.
.a Deut. xx, II.
44 Deut. xx, 14.
lle and Faille Lw'gllage, p. 342.
"Park, Travels ill the Interior of Africa, p. 406.
346 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
Colonel Ellis. C. K. Meek writes: "All the tribes, however, devoted
to naturism and fetishism, are sufficiently theistic to believe in the
existence of a Supreme Ruler of the world." 43
All this, of course, goes counter to the prevalent school of evo-
lutionists who place unlimited confidence in the observations of
Sir Alfred Burton Ellis. As an admirer of Herbert Spencer,H
Ellis follows his guide in his evolution of religious belief among
the West African tribes. And while his value as a witness in this
particular matter has been thoroughly discredited,45 yet he and
his disciple Miss Mary Kingsley are the great authorities quoted
by the modern school.
To meet, then, any criticism of our theory which may be brought
to bear from that source, it may be well to go into the question
here at some length.
Professor Mercer positively asserts: "The existence of a nation
of atheists has never been demonstrated. The most primitive
peoples, both historically and culturally, have been found to be
thei sts (in the broad and non-technical sense of the term) . The
oldest human records we possess, as well as the oldest and most
reliable traditions of the most ancient peoples, bear witness to the
universality of theism in ancient times." 46
<3 Meek, Northem Tribes of Nigeria, Vol. II, p. 29.
BEllis, Yorouba-Speaki"g Peoples, p. 282.
45 Cfr. page 6g If.
4 6 Samuel A. B. Mercer, The Ethiopic Liturgy: I ts Sources, Development,
aud Present Form, Milwaukee, 1915, p. IS. Note :-Even Ellis is finally forced
to admit that degenerate African worship, as shown for example in the venera-
tion of the serpent, is not idolatry in the strict sense of the word. For speaking
of the Ophiolatry of Dahomey, he writes: "The snake itself is not worshipped
but rather the indwelling spirit; the outward form of the python being con-
sidered the manifestation of the God."-Cfr. Til, Ewe-Speaking Peoples of the
Slave Coast of West Africa, p. 54. Then after explaining that its title Danh-gbi
implies "life-giving snake," he continues: (/Danh-gbi is the god of wisdom,
and of earthly bliss. He is also the benefactor of mankind, for the first man
and woman that came into the world were blind, and mankind would have been
blind to this day had not Danh-gbi opened their eyes."-1. c., p. 56. Diederich
Westerman in treating of "Conceptions of God found in West Africa," is even
more specific. He says: "The God of Heaven is also connected with a natural
body, namely the visible heaven. But this God holds a umque pOSItion, he IS
above everything and is everywhere. ... Everythmg owes Its ex~stence to
him. Local deities are his children, they derive theIr power from hIm. He IS
the creator, the guide and preserver of the world and all that is in the world.
His characteristic qualities are power, justice and goodness, and they find ex-
pression in a number of 'praise names,' sayings and, songs."--:Cfr. GottesvqTs-
tellungen in Oberguillea-Journal of the I"teroot"mal Institute of Afncan
Languages and Cultures, Vol. I, (1928), p. 283.
CONFIRMATION OF THE THEORY 347
Professor Wallis discloses the fundamental error
Rationalists'
Error. in the Rationalists' mode of procedure, when he
writes: "Much attention has been paid to the false
science of primitive man and the ethnologist has given little heed
to the correct science. 'IV'e are more prone to emphasize his super-
stitions than his knowledge, his errors of judgment than his cor-
rect inferences." 41
This is also in keeping with what we are told by
Radin's View. Doctor Paul Radin, late Professor of Anthro-
pology at the University of California and sometime Fellow of
Harvard and Columbia Universities. He says: "The problem, in
short, that confronts us is not as has always been erroneously as-
sumed, the origin of monotheism. That is one which I would say
antedates Neanderthal man.4B The historical problem connected
with monotheism implicit and explicit, is, as I see it, not how
monotheism arose but what made it the prevailing and exclusive
official religion of a particular people." 49 And again: "Most of
us have been brought up in the tenets of orthodox ethnology and
this was largely an enthusiastic and quite uncritical attempt to
apply the Darwinian theory of evolution to the facts of social ex-
perience. Many ethnologists, sociologists and psychologists stilI
persist in this endeavour. No progress will ever be achieved, how-
ever, until scholars rid themselves, once and for all, of the curious
notion that everything possesses an evolutionary history; until
they realize that certain concepts are as ultimate for man as a
.4,. Wallis, An Introduction to Anthropology, p. 482. Note :-We might here call attention to a remark of A. L. Kroeber : "It
is conceivable that the people of the Upper Paleolithic spent at least as much
time on ceremonial observances as in working flint. Analogy with modern un-
civilized tribes would make us think that this is quite likely. But the stone tools
have remained lying in the earth, while the religious customs went out of use
thousands of years ago and the beliefs were forgotten. Yet this is known: as
far back as the Mousterian, thirty thousand years ago, certain practices were
being observed by the Neanderthal race of western Europe which modern sav-
ages observe in obedience to the dictates of religion. When these people of the
Mousterian laid away their dead, they put some of their belongings with them.
When existing nations do this, it is invariably in connection with a belief in
the continued existence of the soul after death. We may reasonably conclude
therefore that even in this long distant period human beings had arrived at a
crude recognition of the difference between flesh and spirit; in short, religion
had come into being."-Kroeber, Anthropology, p. 171. Why is it that Kroeber
cannot go a step further and admit the existence of religion from the beginning
of the human race I
•• Paul Radin, Monotheism among Primitive Peoples, London, 1924, p. 65.
348 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
social being as specific physiological reactions are for him as a
biologial entity." 50
While entirely disagreeing with some of his con-
Lang's
Contention. clusions, Doctor Radin thus writes of Andrew
Lang: "In 1898 he published The Making of Re-
ligion, in which he claimed that the evolutionary school in ethnol-
ogy was hopelessly wrong in one of its fundamental assumptions,
that namely a belief in a Supreme Deity did not no\\' and never had
existed among so-caUed primitive tribes. He contended that ethnol-
ogists, misled by certain preconceptions, had misinterpreted those
indications pointing in such a direction, crediting to Christian in-
fluences those definite instances where the facts could not possibl)
be denied. But he went much further. He contended that the fairly
elevated conception of a Supreme Deity found much among such
simple tribes as the aborigines of Aushalia could only be under-
stood by assuming that the traces of monotheism there encoun-
tered, represented a definite degeneration of an older and purer
faith partially contaminated to-day by animistic beliefs. In other
words, monotheism had preceded animism and a purer faith had
secondarily been contaminated by the superstitious accretions of
a later degenerate time." 51
This last statement of Lang's, Doctor Radin positively rejects,
and yet he admits: "Twenty-five years have ~lapsed since Lang
wrote his book and his intuitive insight has been abundantly cor-
roborated. The Ethnologists were quite wrong. Accurate data ob-
tained by trained specialists have replaced his rather vague
examples. That many primitive peoples have a belief in a Supreme
Creator no one to-day seriously denies." 02
50 Idem, p. 66.
51 Radin, Monotheism among Primitive Peoples, p. 19. Note :-Radin im-
mediately adds: "As was the case in so many of Lang's theories or intuitions,
if you wish, he was only partially right."-1. c. His own personal theory con-
cerning "the existence among primitive people of monotheism," a theory with
which, as is evident, we must disagree, is thus briefly summed up: "Such a be-
lief, I cannot too often repeat, is dependent not upon the extent of knowledge
nor upon the elaboration of a certain type of knowledge, but solely upon the
existence of a special kind of temperament. \Vhen once this has been grasped,
much of the amazement and incredulity one inevitably experiences at the c1ear-
cut monotheism of so many primitive peoples will vanish and we shall recog-
nize it for what it is-the purposive functioning of an inherent type of thought
and emotion."-1. c., p. 67. \Vhile then, we disagree with Doctor Radin as to
his own conclusions, his admissions, particularly of the "clear-cut monotheism
of so many primitive peoples" is useful for our present purpose .
• 2 Radin,!' c., p. 21. Note :- Friederich Hertz, too, pays tribute to Lang in
CONFIRMATION OF THE THEORY 349
It is interesting, then, to find the Oxford His-
Dawson's
Testimony. torian Christopher Dawson clearly stating:
"Among the pastoral peoples all over the world,
from Siberia to Africa, we find the Sky God as a vague and often
impersonal power which is yet conceived as the creator and su-
preme ruler of the universe. It is characteristic alike of the ancient
Aryans, the Turks, the Mongols, the Hamites, and many of the
( Negro peoples of Africa; and even among peoples of the higher
culture such as the Sumerians and the Chinese it appears as one
of the earliest elements in their religion, inherited perhaps from
an older phase of barbarism. Even the lower peoples of the hunt-
ing culture are not entirely devoid of the conception, and it has a
good claim to be considered the oldest and most universal religion
of the world." 53
R. E. Dennett, too, absolutely rejects the sugges-
Retrogression.
tion that the Negroes gradually evolved from a
state of fetishism to whatever concept they have of God to-day.
On the contrary, it is his firm opinion that "the people have well
nigh lost the knowledge of God which once their forefathers pos-
sessed." And he adds: "I should infer from the long study of the
- people that I have made. . . that this superstition called fetishism
is an overgrowth imposed upon the purer knowledge they once
certainly possessed." 54
the following words: "The religious notions of primitive peoples appear to us
as full of inordinate imagination and gross superstitions. Yet recent research
by A. Lang and others has made the surprising discovery that the notion of a
supreme deity is also found in peoples at a very early stage of civilization,
though this particular deity is mostly imagined as enthroned so high as not to
take any care of the things of this earth and laying no claim to worship."-
Hertz, Race and Civilization, p. 246. In the present volume we have Seen that
this last statement is not borne out by facts.
"Dawson, The Age of the Gods, p. 243. Note :-Kortleitner is very clear on
this point. He maintains: HIt is evident that even such races as 1ater became
pagans, at the beginning worshipped one God, and afterwards passed eventually
to the worship of many gods. That the African Negroes once venerated one
God, Creator of the world, they who best understand the affairs of these peo-
ples, know both from the names by which the Divinity is designated among
these savages and by other indications as well."-Kortleitner, De Polytheismo
(/l1i'l.'t'rsn, p. 32.
"R. E. Dennett, At tile Back of the Black MaIL's J.,fi"d, London, 1906, p.
168. Note :-Professor Elliot Smith in his recent little volume on the origin of
civilization admits: "The gigantic ruins found in Central America, Java, Cam-
bodia, Rhodesia, and in many of the centers of still older cultures afford im-
pressive testimony of the fact that civilization is apt to undergo a process of
degradation. or even local destruction, more or less complete. The fact has
often promoted the suggestion that the communities of so-called natural men
350 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
This last observation is well confirmed by the
African
Judaism. present condition of North African Judaism. In
fact with all their fetishism, the tribal religions of
the Ashanti and other Negro peoples are no more gross and inde-
pendent of a Supreme Being, than the cult of avowed Jewish
tribes and groups remote from Negro Land. The degradation to
which the Mussulman domination has reduced the once prosperous
Jewish tribes is well illustrated by Nahum Slouschz, who is cer-
tainlya sympathetic witness. Of certain Jews at Tafilelt he writes:
"The mysticism of these people is extraordinary. Their jubilant
antics with the Torah on the morning of Simhat Torah was a
scene never to be forgotten. For them the Torah was no longer
the mere symbol of a sacred thing-in their ecstasy it became a
mystic fire-in itself an object of worship; it was the purest fet-
ichism." 55 When treating of the manners and customs of the
Tripolitan Jews, he records: "When a dead body makes a motion
as if to rise, it is said to be moved by an evil spirit, and must be
struck violently to prevent it from rising again. Under the head
of a corpse a sackful of sand is placed. If the death took place on
the Sabbath, a knife and a piece of bread are placed on the breast
of the body. If the deceased leave no male issue, they make the
cover of the coffin out of the top of his table. The hair-band is
always buried with a dead woman. If two members of the same
family die in one year, they release a cock in the field before the
coffin to ward off a third calamity. (This is a variant of the
Morocco custom mentioned before). On returning from the
cemetery, they drive a nail into the door of the house. Indeed re-
ligion in Tripoli has a large admixture of superstition." 56 In the
Atlas Mountains, Slouschz found "the cult of the dead plays an
important part." 57 At one village the "Genius of the river," is
worshipped. 58 Elsewhere "women made rendezvous with spirits
and danced with them." 59 Moreover, "the Jews of the Sahara
are exceedingly superstitious and believe in demons and in sor-
were not really primitive, but simply people who had lost the culture they
formerly enjoyed." G. Elliot Smith, In the Beginning, New York, 1928, p. 24 f.
05 Slouschz, Travels in North Africa, p. 349.
56 Idem, p. 208.
51 Idem, p. 469.
O. Idem, p. 472.
O. Idem, p. 284
CONFIRMATION OF THE THEORY 35I
ceries of every kind." 60 And, "the Sachai is a sorcerer who comes
originally from Morocco. By the use of kameot, conjuring books
and talismans (talmes), he learns all secret things. He cures,
curses, and uncovers springs and secret treasures." 61 And yet
these degraded devotees of superstition and fetishism justly claim
descent from the Chosen People who were expressly called to safe-
guard and perpetuate the service of Yahweh.
The evolutionist, then, is in error when he takes
Cultural
Development. it for granted that the low state of civilization to
be founel in out-of-the-way corners of the world
must be a survival of the early conditions of the human race, anel
not a deterioration from early standards. Experience shows that
a group does not always tend towards its betterment when left to
itself, but on the contrary too frequently degenerates physically
and intellectually, as well as spiritually.
Thus, for example, some twenty years ago a decidedly undesir-
able element flocked into the State of Maryland. They were pre-
sumably what is known as " White trash" from the West Virginia
:Mountains. They passed for such at any rate. A small colony, or
perhaps a single family, would suddenly appear in a neighborhood
and without leave or license take possession of a vacant house or
even a hovel in the woods. Dirty, unkempt, their horror of water
seemed only second to their aversion for work. Their propensity
for begging earned for them the title of "Gim-mes" (Give me).
Their open disregard for the ordinary standards of decency and
the accepted norm of morality was notorious. Legal marriage in
the str ict sense of the word was unknown to them. A certain nat-
ural bond wa, sanctioned among them, but at night men, women,
and children would sleep huddled together on the floor in a manner
00 Idem, p. 357.
01 Idem, p. 285. Note:-Slouschz states: "There are many kinds of kameot,
talismans and amulets. which the Jewish child wears from the day of its birth.
First comes the hand (or hand of Fatma) with five fingers, worked in metal
with strange designs. This hand is found engraved in all the houses of the
more backward Jews. It is worn as an amulet round the neck or on the heart.
Children wear besides a horn of coral, a collar containing a small cypress to
protect them f rom evil, a little bag of black cumin, incense, grains of carob,
and si lver plates with the words Shaddai, Siman Tob, etc."-Travels in North
,Itriea. p. 282. Slol1schz further reports that when Rabbi Isaac ben Shishet
rcached Algiers in 1391, "he began a campaign against the ignorance and su-
perstitions of the native Jews .... Still all his efforts did not succeed in dis-
pelling either the superstition which are the peculiar possession of the na-
tives, or their worship of the dead, the dominating African cult."-I. c., p. 320.
352 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
no whit more civilized than was customary in darkest Africa before
the advent of what we flatter ourselves by calling modern civiliza-
tion. And yet, this "White trash" from the West Virginia Moun-
tains, if they did actually come from there, was descended from as
good stock as ever settled in the United States. Isolation and
hardships and no doubt local conditions that can only be surmised
led to neglect of religious practices, God was forgotten in time,
and His moral law disregarded, until there was evolved a type of
degeneracy that is better left undescribed. Just how far physical
and moral uncleanness had advanced the decay of civilization, it is
hard to say. Without question the hook-worm had much to do
with the bodily lassitude and spiritual decreptitude of the poor un-
fortunates. In any case, here at least, the tendency of the race was
not to self-betterment but rather to decay.
It is not surprising then, to find Christopher Daw-
Civilization. son in his chapter on the Decline of Archaic Civ-
ilization, emphatic in his statement: "The Archaic Civilization, -
which has been described in the preceding chapters, reached its
full development in the third millenium B. c. Thereafter the note
of civilizations of the Near East was conservation rather than
progress. In fact, in many respects the general level of material
culture stood higher in that age than at any subsequent period. All
the great achievements on which the life of civ;!ization rests had
been already reached, and there was no important addition to its
material equipment until the rise of the great scientific and indus-
trial movements in Western Europe in modern times. The most
important inventions which characterise the higher culture, such as
agriculture and the domestication of animals, the plough and the
wheel vehicle, irrigation and the construction of canals, the work-
ing of metals and stone architecture, navigation and sailing ships,
writing and the calendar, the city state and the institution of King-
ship, had been already achieved by the fourth millenium, and by
the third we find organised bureaucratic states, written codes of
laws, a highly developed commerce and industry, and the begin-
nings of astronomy and mathematics." 62
62 Dawson, The Age of the Gods, p. 237. Note :-Doctor Frederick Tilney,
Professor of Neurology at Columbia University, whose recent work, The
Brai" from Ape to Man, is professedly a defense of the evolutionary theory, is
constrained to make certain admissions that are worth recording here. While
CONFIRMATION OF THE THEORY 353
Dawson had previously said: "Judged by purely
Criteria. physical standards, such as the size of their brain,
fossil man of the later palaeolithic period was equal and some-
times even superior to the average modern man. The modern
average of cranial capacity lies between 1400 and 1500 cubic
centimeters, while that of the fossil man of Cromagnon has been
estimated at 1650 cc., that of Chancelade at 1710 cc., and that of
Barma Grande, near Mentone, higher still. This result is not flat-
tering to our pride in the progress of modern man, but it is cu-
claiming for mankind in general a steady, if spasmodic, progress (Vol. II, p.
932), he contends, however, that this is accomplished only by a succession of
races, each of which in turn is doomed to decay and extinction. Thus he
states; "As in the first flush of any renaissance, so with the awakening of a
new race, the initial period is usually the most fertile in productive ingenuity.
. . . The same familiar cycle of juvenescence, maturity and decline which
characterised the development of earlier races did not fail to apply its in-
evitable formula to the Cro-Magnon." (Vol. II, p. 761 f). He had already
said: ··The Cro-Magnon ranks high among the races of mankind in intellectual
development and known capacities of production. He belongs to the species
H orno Sapiens, the same species of man that has made modern history." (I. c.,
p. 759). And again: "The Cro-Magnon were a race which developed in Asia
hut seem to have had no connection of an ancestral kind with the Neanderthals.
They possessed a brain capable of more complex ideas, greater comprehension,
more reasoning powers, a wider, more facile imagination. Above all, they
were endowed with a highly artistic sense which had not been present in any
of the previous races of man. Indeed, they seem to have possessed a cerebral
capacity which was nearly if not quite equal to that of modern man. They
were capable of advance education and had strongly developed esthetic as well
as religious feelings." (I. c., p. 760.) Later Doctor Tilney adds: "The treasures
of their art galleries upon the walls of the ancient caves, their remarkable
drawings, sculptures and paintings fully warrant the distinction which has
heen conferred upon them in the title of Paleolithic Greeks." (I. c., p. 763).
Y ct, speaking of Cro-1lagnon Industry, he observes: "The Solutrean was the
high noon of his cultural achievement just as the middle Mousterian was for
the Neanderthal. In this era the flint industry attained its culminating stage but
Its flourishing activities soon began to wane. Through the Magdalenian all of
the artistic and industrial development sank slowly toward the horizon of its
disappearance. At length in the Azilian Period the last survivors of the greatest
race in the Old Stone Age, senescent in their industries, decadent in their
lrt, saw the setting of the Cro-Magnon sun and the passing of their kind into
lhe darkness." (I. c., p. 762.) Once more he returns to the subject: "Cro-
\! agnon destiny was no exception to what had gone before and what would
follow many times thereafter. It embraced the irresistible tendency towards
r"CI.TI decline with final extinction, and this was the fate which did at length
Idall Cro-:>-Iagnon mall." (I. c., p. 766.) All this raises the question: Independ-
f'nt of experimental knowledge which necessarily is ever on the increase, just
how far has man ad vanced intellectually. especially in the power of deduction,
,mce Cro-~lagnon times? The question is especially pertinent as regards the
religiou< heliefs of so-called primitives. Moreover, if Doctor Tilney is con-
tstent 111 his theory, he should admit that the present race of man has been re-
crudescing. and that primeval cultural conditions were of a higher order than
those of the present day.
354 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
riously borne out by the recent discoveries of Fossil man outside
Europe." 63
Kroeber, too, adds his tribute of praise to the high
Cro-Magnon
Man. standard of civilization to which the Cro-Magnon
man attained. Thus he says: "The Cro-Magnon
race of Aurignacian times, as represented by the finds at Cro-
Magnon and Grimaldi, was excessively tall and large-brained, sur-
passing any living race of man in both respects." 64 And again:
"This race was not only tall, but clean-limbed, lithe, and swift.
Their brains were equally large. . . . If these individuals were
not exceptional, the figures mean that the size and weight of the
brain of the early Cro-Magnon people was some fifteen or twenty
per cent greater than that of modern Europeans. . .. The Cro-
Magnon peoples used skilfully made harpoons, originated a re-
markable art, and in general attained a development of industries
parallel to their high degree of bodily progress." 65 Certainly from
a civilizational standpoint the comparison of Cra-Magnon man -
with our so-called primitive of to-day, does not lend support to the
theory of the evolution and betterment of the human race.
The Reverend Philo L. Mills has said in his mon-
Primitive
Man. umental work on Prehistoric Religion: "There are
those who have dabbled with Tyler's Primitive Cul-
ture, with Frazer's pretentious work on Toteml~m and Exogamy,
and who are firmly convinced that primitive man was either entirely
'S Dawson, The Age of the Gods, p. 10. Note :-Naturally size of brain alone
has been cast aside as an index of the scale of civilization, and other criteria,
such as complexity of cerebral convolution, and the like, have been introduced
in the scheme of evolution. Thus Professor Tilney first mentions: "Statistics
indicate that the brain weight of distinguished and talented individual mem-
bers of the race is somewhat in excess of the average adult brain. Thus in one
hundred distinguished men, the average weight of the brain was q6g.65 gm.,
about 100 gms. above the average weight of European brains."-The Brain
from Ape to Ma1>," Vol. II, p. 777. He then takes care to add, when he is dis-
tinguishing the brain of a man from that of an ape: "Two facts are impressive
upon inspection of the cerebral hemisphere in man when compared with all the
lower primates: first, the marked increase in size; second, the great com-
plexity of convolutional richness and intricacy of fissural pattern."-l. c., p. 778.
To which he adds later: "If a single statement might cover the characteristic
features of the lateral aspect of the human hemisphere in contrast to all other
primates, it is that the complexity of the convolutions and the tortuousness of
the fissures render impossible a uniform description in man, while the relative
simplicity of these features in all simian brains discloses the discrete territorial
boundaries almost at first glance."-l. c., p. 789.
'4 Kroeber, Anthropology, p. 27 .
• , Idem, p. 28.
CONFIRMATION OF THE THEORY 355
atheistic, or if in possession of any religion at all, that the idea of
God was developed out of the ghost or the magical nature cult.
To them we shall oppose an enormous array of religious facts
which have only recently been unearthed but which in their united
force point to conclusions of precisely the opposite character-it
is the all-Father belief which precedes the totemic or animistic
cult by indefinite ages. Primitive man believed in God, and only
in later times was the belief corrupted." 66
So, too, the Reverend Joseph Rickaby: "It is not unlikely that
the savage state of what anthropologists and geologists know as
'primitive man' was part of the punishment of original sin." 61
I t is not surprising then, to find even so pronounced an advo-
cate of the evolution of religious beliefs as Professor Lynn
Thorndyke, actually forced to admit: "Instead of simply having
failed to progress from a lower stage of civilization, savages may
have retrogressed from a once higher state of culture. It is, there-
- fore, none too certain that their customs and thought are those of
primitive man." 68 And again: "The view that man once lived
promiscuously in hordes and that the family developed only grad-
ually, perhaps with settled life, has now been abandoned, and the
family, usually monogamous, is recognized as the oldest human
institution and 'omnipresent at every stage of culture.' " ••
\\Therefore, we conclude, that, the Supreme Be-
Final
Conclusion. ing not only of the Ashanti and allied tribes, but
most probably of the whole of Negro Land as well,
is not the God of the Christians v;hich, at a comparatively recent
date, was superimposed on the various tribal beliefs by ministers
of the Gospel: but, the Yahweh of the Hebrews, and that too of
the Hebrews of pre-exilic times, that either supplanted the previous
concept of divinity in the African mind, or else clarified and defined ,/
the original monotheistic idea which may haye lain dormant for
many centurie-, or even perhaps been buried for a time in an inex-
plicahle confusion of polytheism and superstition. It was the tri-
•• Philo L. Mills, Prehistoric JIa/!, Washington, 1918, Proleg. p. 4.
61 Joseph Rickaby, Walas that Go Softly, London, 1923, # 51.
.8 Lynn Thorndyke. A Short History of Cit'i/iaatioll, New York, 1926, p. 23.
Note :-Christopher Dawson positively asserts: "The passing of the glacial
age seems to have been in many respects a time of retrogression and cultural
decadenee."-The Age of the Gods, p. 45 .
•• Thorndyke, I. c., p. 29.
356 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
umph over the darkness of error of the original monotheistic idea,
that had existed previous to the lapse from grace of the parents of
the Human Race, and the reawakening of this primitive concept
was the fruit of the Diaspora of the Chosen People of God that was
to pave the way for Christianity.70
70 Cfr. Henry Martin Battenhouse, The Bible Unlocked, New York, 1928,
p. 406: "The Jews of the Dispersion formed the bridge across which Chris-
tianity entered the Roman \Vorld."
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Anything like a critical Bibliography would require a volume
in itself. We must here be satisfied with merely listing such refer-
ences as have been found useful in preparing the present work.
With the exception of periodicals, these may be found for the
most part in the Boston College Library, Newton, Mass.
GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY
ABoUL FARADJ, GREGORY.
SHpplementum Historiae DynastiarHtn, trad. Edward Pocock, Ox-
ford, 1663.
ABULFEDA, ISMAEL.
Annales Muslamici, ed. Jacobus Georgius Adler, Hafniae, 1789.
Historia Anteislamica, ed. Henricus Orthobius Fleischer, Lipsiae,
183I.
Geographie, I Partie, trad. Reinard, Paris, 1848.
.. II " trad. Saint-Goyard, Paris, 1884.
ABUTlBUS, GEORG1US ELMACEN1US.
Historia Saracenica, red. Thomas Erpenius, Amsterdam, 1625.
BARTH, HENRY.
Travels and Discoveries in North and Central Africa, New York,
1857.
BARTON, GEORGE A.
Religions of the World, Chicago, 1919.
BASSET, RENE.
Etudes Nord-Africaines et Orientales, Paris, 1923-1925.
M eiallges Africains et o r·ientaHx, Paris, 1915.
BOAS, FRANZ.
Anthropology and Modern Life, New York, 1928.
BOEMUS, JOANNES.
Mores, Leges e( Ritus Omnimn GentiHm, London, 154I.
BRAWLEY, B. G.
Short History of the American Negro, New York, 1913.
Social History of the American Negro, New York, 1921.
BREASTED, JAMES HENRY.
Ancient Times, Boston, 1916.
Conquest of Civili:::ation, New York, 1926.
357
358 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
BURTON, RICHARD F.
Select Papers an Anthropology, London, 1924.
CASSERLY, GORDON.
Africa To-Day, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
CHARTON, EDOUARD.
Voyageurs Anciens et M odernes, Paris, 1867.
CLAY, ALBERT T.
E111pire of the Amorites, New Haven, 1919.
Origin of Biblical Tradition, New Haven, 1923.
CLELAND, HERDMAN FITZGERALD.
Our Prehistoric Ancestors, New York, 1928.
CRA WFORD, O. G. S.
Man and His Past, Oxford, I92I.
CUST, ROBERT NEEDHAM,
Modern Languages of Africa, London, 1883.
DALE, A.
Dissertationes de Origine et Progress!{ Idololatriae, Amsterdam,
1693.
DAWSO N, CHRISTOPHER.
The Age of the Gods, Boston, 1928.
DENHAM, CLAPPERTON AND OUDNEY.
Discoveries in Africa, London, 1826.
DENIKER, J.
Les Races et les Peuples de la Terre, Paris, 1926.
DENNETT, R. E.
At the Back of the Black Man's Mind, London 1906.
DIO, CASSIUS COCCEIANUS.
Roman H ,istory, trans, E. Cay, London, 1914.
DIXON, ROLAND B.
Racial History of Man, New York, 1923.
Building of Cultures, New York, 1928.
DOWD, JEROME.
The Negro Races, New York, I907.
DUBOIS-FoNTANELLE, J. G.
Anecdotes Africaines, Paris, I77S.
DUFOURCQ, ALBERT.
Les Religions Paremzes et Ie Religion Jui'L'e Conpm'Ces, Paris, 1923.
FILLION, L. CL.
Histoire d'Israel Peltple de Dielt, Paris, 1927-1928.
FOWLER, HENRY THATCHER.
Great Leaders of Hebrew History, New York, 1920.
FRAZER, JAMES GEORGE.
Totemism and Exogamy, London, I9IO.
The Golden Bough, London, 1920.
GAFFAREL, PAUL.
La Conq!lete de I' Afriqlte, Paris, 1892.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 359
GARNIER, NOEL.
L'A frique: Anthropologie Geographique, Paris, 1894.
GOLDENWEISER, ALEXANDER A .
Early Civilization, New York, 1926.
GRAY, GEORGE BUCHANAN.
Studies in H ebrew Proper Names, London, 1896.
Sacrifice in the Old Testament, Oxford, 1925.
HADDON, A. C.
Races of Man and their Distribution, New York, 1925.
HANKINS, FRANK H.
Racial Basis of Civilization, New York, 1926.
HARRIS, JOHN.
N avigantium atque I tinerantium Bibliotheca, London, 1764.
HARTMANN, JOANNES MELCHIOR.
Edrisii Africa, Giittingen, 1796.
HASTI NGS, JAMES.
Dictionary of the Bible, (Edited), New York, 1924.
Encyclopedia of Religion and Ethics, (Edited), New York, 1913-
1922.
HEEREN, A. H. L.
African Nations, Oxford, 1832.
Historical Researches, London, 1847.
HERODOTUS.
GeograPhy, trans. A. D. Godley, London, 1921-1924.
HERTZ , FRIEDERICH.
Race and Civilization, London, 1928.
HOPKINS, E. WASHBURN.
History of Religions, New York, 1926.
IBN AT-TIQTAQA.
Al Fakri, trad. E . Amar, Paris, I9IO.
IBN HAOUKAL, ABOU'L QASIM.
Description de I' Afrique, trad. Slane-Journal Asiatiqlle, Paris,
1842.
JOHNSTON, HARRY H.
History of the Colonization of Africa by Alien Races, Cambridge,
1913.
JOSEPHUS, FLAVIUS.
Antiquities of the Jews, trans. William Whiston, New York.
Agaitlst Apion, trans. H. St. J. Thackery, London, 1926.
JUNKER, WILLIAM.
Travels ill Africa, London, 1890.
JUSTEL, H.
Reweil de Divers Voyages, Paris, 1684.
KEANE, A. H.
Africa, London. 1895.
Man, Past a1ld Present. Cambridge, 1920.
360 H EBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
KOELLE, S. W.
Polyglotta Africana, London, 1854.
KOHLER, KAUFMANN.
lewish Theology, New York, 1928.
Koran.
Trans. J. M. Rodwell, London, 1871.
KORTLEITNER, FRANCIS X.
De Polytheis11l0 Universo et q!tibusdam ejus Formis apud H I'braeos
Finitinwsque Gentes Usitatis, Innsbruck, 1908.
Archaeologia Biblica, Innsbruck, 1917.
KROEBER, A. L.
Anthropology, New York, 1923.
LAMMENS, HENRI.
L'Islam: Croyances et Institutions, Beyrouth, 1926.
LANG, ANDREW.
Making of Religion, New York, 1900.
Magic and Religion, London, 190I.
LE BLANC, VINCENT.
The World Surveyed, trans. F. B. Gent, London, 1660.
LEO AFRICANUS, JOANNES. (Hassan ibn Mohammed el-Ouzzan)
Africae Descriptio, Amsterdam, 1632.
LE Roy, ALEXANDER.
La Religion des Primitifs, Paris, 191 I.
Religion of the Primitives, trans. Newton Thompson, New York.
1922.
LEROY, OLIVIER.
La Raison Primitive, Paris, 1927.
LETOURNEAU, CH.
L'Evolution Litt6raire dans les Diverses Races Humain.?s, Paris,
1894.
LEVy-BRUHL, LUCIEN.
Les Fonctions Mentales dans les Societes Injerieures, Paris,
1918.
La M entalite Primitive, Paris, 1922.
L' Ame Primitive, Paris, 1927.
LOWIE, ROBERT H.
Culture and Eth.nology, New York, 1916.
Primitive Society, New York, 1919.
Primitive Religion, New York, 1924.
LUCAS, CHARLES P.
Partition and Colonization of Africa, Oxford, 1922.
MACALASTER, R. A. S.
Century of Excavation in Palestinc, London, 1926.
lfAIMONIDES, MOSES.
De Idololatria, Amsterdam, 1675.
MARMOL, CARVAJAL.
Description General de Africa, Malaga, 1599.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
L'Afrique, trad. D'Ablancourt, Paris, 1667.
MARTIN, BENJAMIN.
System of Philology, London, 1759·
MEILLET ET COHEN.
Les Langues du M onde, Paris, 1924.
MESNAGE, J.
Le Christianisme en Afrique, Dec/in et Extinction, Paris,
1915.
MIGNE, J. P.
Patrologiae CttrSUS Completus:-
Series Latina, Paris, 1844-65.
Series Graeca, Paris, 1857-66.
MILLS, PHILO LAOS.
Prehistoric Religion, Washington, 1918.
MOORE, FRANCIS.
Travels in Inland Parts of Africa.
MOORE, GEORGE FOOT.
History of Religions, Edinburgh, 1914.
MORRISON, W. D.
The Jews under Roman Rule, London, 1890.
MULLER, W. MAX.
Science of Languages, London, 1861.
MUNTSCH, ALBERT.
Evoltltion and Culture, St. Louis, 1923.
MURET, M.
Rites of Ftuzeral, Ancient and Modem, trans. Paul Lorrain, Lon-
don, 1683.
MURRAY, HUGH.
Discoveries and Travels in Africa, Edinburgh, 1818.
NETTER, NATHAN.
Israel et Son Talmud Ii Travers I'Histoire, Paris, 1926.
OGILBY, JOUN.
Africa, London, 1679.
OUSELEY, WILLIAM.
Oriental Geography of Ebn Haukal, London, 1800.
PERRY, W. J.
Children of the Sun, London, 1927.
PHILO, JUDAEUS.
Works, trans, C. D. Young, London, 1890.
PLINY, THE ELDER.
Natural Histvry, trans. Bostock and Riley, London, 1855.
POLYBIUS.
Histories, trans. W. B. Paton, London, 1922.
PORY, JOHN.
Geographical Historie vf Africa, London, 1600.
PURCHAS, SAMUEL.
His Pilgrimages, London, 1614.
362 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
Q UATREFAGES, A. DE.
H uman S pecies, London, 1903.
RADIN, P AUL .
Monotheism among Primitive Peoples, London, 1924.
RASMUSSEN, J AMES L ASSEN.
Historia Praecipuorum Arabll11! Regnorum ante Islaismum, Han-
niae, 1817.
Additamenta ad H istoriam Arabl~m ante I s/amismu11!, excepta ex
I bn Nabatah Nuveirio atque I bn Koteibah, Hanniae, 1821.
RAWLI SON, GEORGE.
Translation of H erodotus.
RECL us, ELI SEE.
Africa and Its Inhabitants, trans. A. H . Keane, London, 1878.
ROMMEL, CHRISTOPHER.
Abulfedea Arabiae Descriptio C ommentario Perpetua llil/strata,
Giittingen, 1802.
Ross, ALEXANDER.
Panseibia, Little London .. 1672.
ROSTOVTZEFF, M.
History of the Ancient World, trans. J . D. Duff, Oxford, 1926.
SAPIR, EDWARD.
LanglWge, New York, 1921.
SAULCY, F. DE.
Histoire de l' Art Juda¥que, Paris, 18S8.
SCHMIDT, MAX.
Primitive Races of Mankind, London, 1926.
SCHMIDT, W.
"Origine de l'Idee de Dieu,"-Anthropos, Vienne, 1910.
"Les Religions de I'Afriqne"-Semaine d'Ethnologie Religieuse,
Paris, 1913.
Die Sprachfamilien und Sprachenkreise der Erde, Heidelberg,
1926.
SCHOLES, THEOPHILUS E. S.
Glimpes of the Ages, London, 1905.
SCHULTZ, ALFRED P.
Race or Mongrel, Boston, 1908.
SHAW, THOMAS.
Travels and Observations, Oxford, 1738.
SMITH, G. ELLIOT.
In the Beginning, New York, 1928.
SOUTTAR, ROBINSON.
Short History of Ancient Peoples, London, 1904
STRABO.
Geography, trans. Horace Leonard J ones, London, 1917.
SUMNER, WILLIAM GRAHAM.
Folkways, Boston, 1906.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
SUMNER, KELLER and DAVIE.
The Science of Society, New Haven, 1927.
TALEB KAHN, MIRZA ABU.
Travels, trans. Charles Stewart, London, 1810.
TAYLOR, GRIFFITH.
Environment and Race, Oxford, 1927.
THORNDYKE, LYNN.
Short History of Civilization, New York, 1926.
TILNEY, FREDERICK.
The Brain from Ape to Man, New York, 1928.
TOUTAIN, J.
Les Cultes Paiens dans I'E mpire Roman, Paris, 1920.
TYLER, EDWARD B.
Primitive Cultttre, London, 1873.
Anthropology, New York, 1923.
UGOLINI, BL.
Thesaurus Antiquitatu11! Sacrarmn, Cmnplectens S electissima
Clarissimoru11! Viroru11! Opuscula, in quibus Veteruln H e-
braeoru11! Mores, Leges, Instituta, Ritus Sacri et Civiles Illus-
trantltr, Venice, 1744-69.
VENDRYES, J.
Languages, London, 192$.
VIGOUROUX, F.
La Bible et la Critique, Paris, 1883.
La Bible et les Decouvertes Modernes, Paris, 1884.
WALLIS, WILSON D.
Messiahs: Christian and Pagan, Boston, 1918.
Introduction to Anthropology, New Yorlc, 1926.
WEATHERFORD, W. D.
The Negro from Africa to America, New York, 1924.
\VILLOUGHBY, W. C.
Race Problems in New Africa, Oxford, 1923.
The Soul of the Bantu, New York, 1928.
WISSLER, CLARK.
Man and Culture, New York, 1923.
WORK, MONROE N.
Bibliography of the Negro in Africa and America, New York,
1928.
BIBLIOGRAPHY-FOR INTRODUCTION ON JAMAICA
Abridgment of the Minutes of the Evidence taken before a Commit-
tee of the Whole House, to Whom It was Referred to COl1sider
of the Slave-Trade, London, 1789-I79I.
BACON AND AARON.
The New Jamaica, Kingston, 1890.
364 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
BARCLAY, ALEXANDER.
Practical View of Present State of Slavery in West Indies, Lon-
don, 1828.
BARKER AND SINCLAIR.
West African Folk-Tales, London, 1917.
BECKFORD, WILLIAM.
Remarks l~pon the Situation of the Negroes in Jamaica, lUI-par-
tially Made from a Local Experience of Nearly Thirteen Years
in that Island, London, 1788;
Descriptive Account of the Island of Jamaica, London, 1790.
BIGELOW, JOHN.
Jamaica in [850, New York, I8s!.
BLOME, RICHARD.
Description of the Island of Jamaica from the Notes of Sir Thomas
Linch, Knight, Governor of Jamaica, London, 1672.
BRIDGES, GEOGRE WILSON.
A Voice from Jamaica, London, 1823;
Annals of Jamaica, London, 1828.
BROWNE, PATRICK.
Civil and Natural HistOl'y of Jamaica, London, 1789.
BURDETT, WILLIAM.
Life and Exploits of Mansong with a Particular Accou.nt of the
Obi, London, 1800.
BURGE, WILLIAM.
Reply Relative to the Present State of Jamaica, London, 1839.
CANA, FRANK R.
Ashanti-Eticyclop(I!dia Brittanica, lIth Edition, Vol. II, p. 725.
CLARK, A. H.
Ingenious Method of Cal{sing Death Employed by the Obeah Men
of the West Indies-American Anthropologist, Lancaster, Penn.
Vol. XIV (1912).
COOK, E. M.
Jamaica: The Lodestone of the Caribbean, Bristol, 1924.
COOPER, THOMAS.
Facts Illustrative of the Condition of the Negro Slaves in Jamaica,
London, 1824.
Correspondence Relative to the Condition of the Negro Slaves in
Jamaica, London, 1824.
CRONISE AND WARD.
Cunnie Rabbit, Mr. Spider and the Other Beef, London, 1903.
CUNDALL, FRANK.
Historic Jamaica, London, 1915.
Jamaica Under the Spaniards, Kingston, 1919.
Jamaica Handbook, Kingston, 1924.
DALLAS, ROBERT CHARLES.
History of the Maroons, London, 1803.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
DANA, M.
Voodoo, Its Effects on the Negro Race-Metropolitan Magazine,
New York, Vol. XXVII (1908).
DAVIS, H. P.
Black Democracy, New York, 1928.
DE LISSER, H. G.
In Jamaica and Cuba, Kingston, 1910.
20th Century Jamaica, Kingston, 1913.
EDW ARDS, BRYAN.
SPeech on the Slave Trade, London, 1790.
History Civil and Commercial of the British Colonies in the West
Indies, London, 1793.
Proceedings of the Governor and Assemby of Ja71wica in regard
to the Marooll Negroes, London, 1796.
FINLASON, W. F.
History of the Jamaica Case, London, 1869.
FRANCKLYN, G.
Answer to the Rev. Mr. Clarkson's Essay on Slavery, London,
1789.
FULLER, STEPHEN.
Two Reports of the House of Assembly of Jamaica on the Subject
of the Slave Trade, London, 1789.
New Act of Assembly of the Island of Jamaica; being the present
Code Nair of that Island, London, 1789.
Proceedings of the H on. House of Assembly of Jamaica, on the
Sugar alld Slave Trade, London, 1793.
Original Letter Books While Agent of Jamaica in England, 1764-
1795, MSS in Boston College Library, Newton, Mass.
GARDNER, WILLIAM JAMES.
History of Jamaica, London, 1909
GAUNT, MARY.
Where the Twain Meet, New York, 1922.
GLADSTONE, JOHN.
Facts Relating to Slavery, London, 1830.
HAKEWILL, JAMES.
Picturesque Tour of the Island of Jamaica, London, 1825.
HANSON, FRANCIS.
Account of the Island of Jamaica-Prefixed to Laws of Jamaica,
London, 1683.
HARVEY AND BREWIN.
Jamaica ill 1866, London, 1867.
HICKERINGILL, EDMUND.
Jamaica VitrdJed, London, 1661.
HILL. ROBERT T.
Cuba alld Porto Rico with the Other Islands of the West Indies,
New York, 18gB.
366 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
JECKYLL, WALTER.
Jamaican Song and Story, London, 1907.
J OHNSTON, HARRY H.
The Negro in the New World, London, 1910.
JONES, JAMES.
Acts of Assembly passed in the Island of Jamaica from 1770 to
I783, Kingston, 1786.
KIDD, J OSEPH B.
Illustrations of Jamaica, London, 1840.
KNIBB, WILLIAM.
Facts a1ld Documents Connected with the Late Insurrection in
Jamaica, London, 1832.
LESLIE, JAMES.
New History of Jamaica, London, 1740.
LEWIS, MATTHEW GREGORY.
JOl£nwl of a West Indian Planter, London, 1834.
LIVINGSTON, WILLIAM P.
Black Jamaica, London, 1899.
LLOYD, WILLIAM.
Letters from the West Indies, London, 1837.
LONG, EDWARD.
History of Jamaica, London, 1774.
LOWE, JOSEPH.
Inquiry into the State of the British West Indies, London, 1807.
LUNAN, JOHN.
Abstract of the Laws of Jamaica Relating to Slaves, Saint Jago
de la Vega, Jamaica, 1819.
LYNCH, MRS. HENRY.
The Family Sepulchre, London, 1848.
MADDEN, RICHARD. R.
A Twelve-months Residence in the West Indies, London, 1835.
MATSON, JAMES.
Remarks on the Slave Trade and African Squadron, London,
1848.
McMAHON, BENJAMIN.
Jamaica Plantership, London, 1839.
McNEILL, HECTOR.
Observations on the Treatment of the Negroes in the Island of
Jamaica, London, 1788-1789.
MILNE-HoME, MARY PARMELA.
Mamma's Black Nurse Stories, Edinburgh, 1890.
MILNER, T. H.
Present and Future State of Jamaica, London, 1839.
MONTAGNAC, NOEL DE
Negro Nobodies, London, 1899.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
MORETON, J. B.
West India Customs and Manners, London, 1793.
NELSON, WILLIAM S.
La Race Noire dans la Democratie Americane, Paris, 1922.
NILES, BLAIR.
Black Hayti, New York, 1926.
NUGENT, MARIA.
lOltrnal of a Voyage to and Residence in the Island of Jamaica,
1801-18°5, London, 1839.
PHILLIPPO, JAMES M.
Jamaica: Its Past and Present State, London, 1843.
PIM, BEDFORD.
The Negro and Jamaica, London, 1866.
PITMAN, FRANK WESLEY.
Development of the British West Indies, 1700-1763, New Haven,
1917·
PRICE-MARS, DR.
Le Sentiment et le PhCnomene religiellx chez les negres de Saint-
Domingue-Bulletin de la S ociCte d' Histoire et de Geographie
d'Hayti, Port-au-Prince, Hayti, 1925.
Ainsi Parla l'01lcle, Compiegne, 1928.
PRINGLE, THOMAS.
Suggestions Respecting the Apprenticeship of N egro Children,
London, 1833.
PULLEN-BuRY, BESSIE.
Jamaica as It Is in 1903, London, 1903.
Ethiopia in Exile, London, 1905.
RADCLIFFE, JOHN.
Lectures on Negro Proverbs with a Preliminary Paper on N egro
Literature, Kingston, 1869.
RAULIN, M.
Histoirl: de la lamalque, London, I75I.
RENNY, ROBERT.
History of Jamaica, London, 1807.
ROBY, JOHN.
History of the Parish of St. James, Jamaica, to the Y ear 1740,
Kingston, 1849.
SCOTT, MICHAEL.
Tom Cringle's Log, Philadelphia, 1833.
The Cruise of the Midge, Edinburgh, 1834.
SCOTT, SIBBALD DAVID.
To Jamaica and Back, London, 1876.
SHERLOCK, P. M.
Jamaica Superstitions-Empire Review, 1924.
SHORE, JOSEPH.
368 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
In Old St. James, Kingston, 1911.
SLOANE, HANS.
A Voyage to the Islands, London, 1707.
Natural History of Jamaica, London, 1707.
STARK, JAMES H.
Jamaica Guide, Boston, 1898.
STERNE, HENRY.
A Statement of Facts, London, 1837.
STEWART, J.
Past and Present State of the Island of Jamaica, Edinburgh,
1823.
STUART, VILLIERS.
Jamaica Revisited, London, 1891.
STURGE AND HARVEY.
The West Indies in I837, London, 1838.
TAYLOR, R.
Negro Slavery Especially in Jamaica, London, 1823.
THOMAS, HERBERT T.
Untrodden Jamaica, Kingston, 1890.
THOME AND KIMBALL.
Emancipation in the West Indies, New York, 1838.
TRAPHAM, THOMAS.
DisCOltrSe of the State of Health in the Island of Jamaica, Lon-
don, 1679.
TURNBULL, DAVID.
The J a11laica Movement, London, 1850.
UNDERHILL, EDWARD BEAN.
The Tmgedy of Morant Bay, London, 1865.
A Letter on the Condition of Jamaica, London, 1865.
VV ADDELL, HOPE MASTERSON.
TwentY-l1ine Years in the West Indies and Central Africa, Lon-
don, 1863.
WHITEHEAD, HENRY S.
Obi in the Caribbean-The Commonwed, New York, June I, 1927,
WHITELEY, HENRY.
Three Months in Jamaica in I832, London, 1833.
WILCOX, ELLA WHEELER.
Sailing Sunny S eas, Chicago, 1909.
WILLIAMS, CYNRIC R.
Toltr Through the Island of Jamaica, London, 1826.
WILLIAMS, JAMES.
Narrative of Events, London, 1837.
WILLIAMS, JOSEPH J.
Whisperings of the Caribbean, New York, 1925.
YOUNG, ROBERT.
A View of Slavery, London, 1825.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
BIBLIOGRAPHY-FOR CHAPTERS I, II & IlION THE ASHANTI
ALLEN, MARCUS.
The Gold Coast, London, 1874.
ANCELLO, J.
Les Explorations au Senegal, Paris, 1886.
ARCIN, ANDRE.
La Guinee Fran~aise, Paris, 1907.
AUDAIN, LEON.
Le Mal d'Haiti, Port-au-Prince, Hayti, 1908.
BADEN-POWELL, R. S. S.
Downfall of Prempeh, Philadelphia, 1896.
BECKWITH, MARTHA WARREN.
Jamaica A'Jansi Stories, New York, 1924.
BEECHAM, JOHN.
Ashantee and the Gold Coast, London, 184I.
BELL, HESKETH J.
Obeah Witchcraft in the West Indies, London.
BISS, HAROLD C. J.
Relief of Kumasi, London, 1901.
BOWDITCH, T. EDWARD.
Mission from Cape Town Castle to Ashantee, London, 1819.
Essay on the Superstitions, Customs and Acts, Common to the
Ancient Egyptian, Abyssinians, and Ashantees, Paris, 1821.
Africa, London, 1825.
BOWLER, LOUIS P.
Gold Coast Palaver, London, 1911.
BOYLE, FREDERICK.
Through Fanteeland to Coo massie, London, 1874.
BOYLE, VIRGINIA FRAZER.
Devil Tales, New York, 1900.
BRACKENBURY, H.
Fallti a1ld Ashanti, Edinburgh, 1873.
BUDGE, E. A. WALLIS.
The Divine Origin of the Craft of the Herbalist, London, 1928.
BUXTORF, JOANNES.
Synagoga Judaica, Basel, 1641.
CAMPBELL-THOMPSON, R.
Semitic Magic: Its Origins and Development, London, 1908.
CARDINALL, A. W.
Natives of the Northern Territories of the Gold Coast, London,
1908.
In Ashallti and Beyond, Philadelphia, 1927.
CASTELLANFS, H. C.
Nl"1u Oriealls as It was, New Orleans, 1895.
CHANTRE, ERNEST.
370 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
C ontribHtioll a I' etude des races humaines de la Guim?e, Les
Aschantis-Bulletin Societe d' Anthropologie de Lyon, 1919.
CHRISTALLER, J. G.
Collection of Three Thousand and Six HiU-ndred Tshi Proverbs,
Basel, 11l79.
Dictionary of the Asante and Fante Language, Basel, 1881.
CLARIDGE, W. \VALTON.
History of the Gold Coast and Ashanti, London, 1915.
CLIFFORD, LADY.
OHr Days on the Gold Coast, London, 1919.
CONNOLLY, R. M.
Social Life in Fallti-Land-J oumal of the Royal Anthropological
Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, London, Vol. XXVI
( 1895).
CORY'S
Ancient Fragments, ed. E. Richmond Hodges, London, 1876.
CRUIKSHANK, BRODIE.
Eighteen Years on the Gold Coast of Africa, London, 1853.
DAVIES, T. WILTON.
Magic, Divination and Demonology among the Hebrews and
Their Neighbours, London, 1898.
DEANE, JOHN BATHURST.
Worship of the Serpent, London, 1833.
DORSAINVILLE, J. c.
Une Explication Philologique du VaHdou, Port-au-Prince, Hayti,
1924.
DUPUIS, JOSEPH.
Journal of a Residence in Ashantee, London, 1824.
ELLIS, ALFRED BURTON.
The Land of Fetish, London, 1883.
The Tshi-Speaking Peoples of the Gold Coast of West Africa,
London, 1887.
The Ewe-Speaking Peoples, London, 1890.
History of the Gold Coast of West Africa, London, 1893.
The Yoruba-Speaking Peoples of the Slave Coast, London, 1894.
On Vodu-Worship-Popular Science Monthly, New York, Vol.
XXXVIII (1891).
West African Folklore-Popular Science Monthly, Vol. XLV
(1894) .
EMERICK, A. J.
Obeah and Duppyism in Jal1w,ica (Printed Privately), Wood-
stock, 1915.
Ja11w,ica Mialism (Printed Privately), Woodstock, 1916.
Jamaica Duppies (Printed Privately), Woodstock, 1916.
EpSTEIN, MOSHEH.
Torah Verified in Science, New York, 1928.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 371
FARBRIDGE, MAURICE H.
Stt/dies in Biblical and Semitic Symbolism, London, 1923.
FREEMAN, RICHARD AUSTIN.
Travels and Life in Ashanti and Jaman, Westminster, 1898.
FULLER, FRANCIS C.
A Vanished Dynasty; Ashanti, London, 1921.
GODWIN, THOMAS.
Moses and Aaron, Civil and Ecclesiastical Rites used by the An-
cient Jews, London, 1678.
GRAVE, E. J.
Fetishism in Congo Land~Century Magazine, New York, Vol.
XIX (1891).
GROS, JULES.
Voyages, Aventl{reS et Captivite de J. Bonat chez les Achantis,
Paris, 1884.
HADDON, ALFRED C.
Magic and Fetishism, London, I906.
HAY, J. DALRYMPLE.
Ashanti and the Gold Coast, London, 1874.
HAYFORD, CASELY.
Gold Coast Native Institutions, London, 1903.
HOWEY, M. OLDFIELD.
The Encircled Serpent, Philadelphia, 1928.
HURWITz, SOLOMON T. H.
Root-Derivatives in Semitic Speech, New York, 1913.
ILLUSTRATED LONDON NEWS.
From Cape Coast to Coomassie, London, 1874.
JOHNSTON, HARRY H.
History and Description of the British Empire in Africa, Lon-
don, 1910.
KEMP, DENNIS.
Nine Years at the Gold Coast, London, 1898.
MACDONALD, GEORGE.
The Gold Coast, Past and Present, New York, 1898.
MARTIN, EVELINE C.
British West Africa S ett/ements, London, 1927.
MEREDITH, HENRY.
Accoullt of the Gold Coast of Africa, London, 1812.
MORAND, PAUL.
Magie Noire, Paris, 1928.
MUSGRAVE, GEORGE C.
To Kltmassie with Scott, London, 1896.
NASSAU, ROBERT HAMMILL.
Fetishism ill ,,"Vest Africa, London, 1904.
Where Animals Talk, London, 1914.
NEWLAND, H. OSMAN.
372 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
West Africa, London, 1922.
OWEN, MARY A.
Voodoo Tales, New York, 1893.
PARK, R. E.
Magic, Mentality and City Life-Publications American Soci-
ological Society, Vol. XVIII (1924).
PITTARD, EUGENE.
Contribution Ii l'fltude Anthropologique des Achanti-L'AII-
thropologie, Paris, Tome XXXV (1925).
PLAUCHUT, EDMOND.
Les Anglais Ii la Cote d'Or, Paris, 1875.
PRICE, HANNIBAL.
Le R ehabilitation de la Race Noire, Port-au-Prince, Hayti, 1900.
PUCKETT, NEWBELL NILES.
Folk Beliefs of the Southern Negro, London, 1926.
RAMSEYER AND KUHNE.
Four Years in Ashantee, London, 1875.
RATTRAY, R. SUTHERLAND.
Ashanti Proverbs, Oxford, 1916.
Ashanti, Oxford, 1923.
R eligion and Art in Ashanti, Oxford, 1927.
ROBERTS, H. H.
Three Jamaica Folk Stories-Journal of American Folklore, Vol.
XXXV (1922).
A Study of Folksong Variants based on Field Work in JamaiclJr-
Journal of American Folklore, Vol. XXXVIII (1925).
Possible S1£rvivals of African Folksongs i1: J01naiclJr-Musical
Quarterly, Vol. XII.
SAXON, LYLE.
Fabulous New Orleans, New York, 1928.
S CHAEFFER, HENRY.
H ebrew Tribal Economy and the Jubilee, Leipzig, 1922.
SCOTT, EDWARD.
Dancing in all Ages, London, 1899.
SHEPHEARD, H.
Traditions of Eden, London, 1871.
STAN LEY, HENRY MORTON.
Coomassie and Magdala, New York, 1874.
Autobiography, ed. by his wife, Boston, 1909.
Sub-Officers Guide of Jamaica.
Publ. Harry McCrea, Kingston, 1908.
TROUILLOT, D.
Esquisse Ethnographique de Vatwou, Port-au-Prince, Hayti, 1885.
V AN HIEN, A.
Totemism 011 the Gold Coast-Journal of the Royal Anthropo-
BIBLIOGRAPHY 373
logical Institute of Great Britain and Irela}ld, London, Vol.
XXXVI (1905).
WERNER, A.
Language-Families of Africa, London, 1925.
ZELLER, RUDOLF.
Die Goldgerwichte von Asante, Leipzig, 1912.
BIBLIOGRAPHY-FOR CHAPTER IV ON WEST AND CENTRAL AFRICA
ABADIE, MAURICE.
La Colonie du Niger, Paris, 1927.
ADAMSON, M.
Histoire Naturelle de Senegal, Paris, 1757.
A]ISAFE, A. K.
Law and Customs of the Y oruba People, London, 1924.
ALEXANDER, HERBERT.
Boyd Alexander's Last Journey, London, 1912
ALEXANDER, JAMES EDWARD.
Expedition of Discovery, London, 1838.
ALLEN AND THOMPSON.
Expedition to the River Niger, London, 1848.
ALMADA, ALVAREZ D'.
Traite Succinle sur les Rivieres de Guinee et du Cap V ert (1594),
ed. Diego Kopke, Porto, 184I.
ApPEL, JOSEPH H.
Africa's White Magic, New York, 1928.
AZURARA, GOMEZ EANNES DE.
Chronicle of the Discovery and Conquest of Gt{illea, trans. Beazley
and Prestage, London, 1896-99.
BACKWELL, H. F.
Occupation of Hallsaland, Lagos, 1927.
BAIKIE, WILLIAM BALFOUR.
Exploring Voyage of the Rivers Kwora and Bemw, London, 1856.
BARATIER, GENERAL.
Epopees Africaines, Paris, 1918.
BARBOT, J.
Histoire de la GttilZee, Paris, 1660.
BARNES, JAMES.
Through Celltral Africa, New York, 1915.
BARRET, PAUL.
L'Afrique Occidentale, Paris, 1888.
BASDEN, G. T.
Among the [bos of Nigeria, Philadelphia, 1921.
374 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
BASSET, RENE.
Essai sur I'Histoire et la Langue de Tombouctou et des Royautne.r
de Songhoi et Melli, Paris, 1889.
BASTIAN, A.
Der Fetisch an der Kuste Guineas, Berlin, 1884.
BATEMAN, CHARLES SOMERVILLE LATROBE.
The First Ascent of the Kasai, London, I88g.
BATTY, R. B.
Notes on the Yontba Country-Journal of the Royal Anthropo-
logical Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, London, Vol.
XIX (1888).
BAUDIN, R. P.
Fetichisme et Feticheurs, Lyon, 1884.
BAUMANN, HERMANN.
Division of Work according to Sex in African Hoe Culture-
Journal of the International Institute of African Languages and
Cultures, London, Vol. I (1928).
BENEZET, ANTHONY.
Some Historical Account of Guinea, Philadelphia, I77I.
BENTLEY, W. HOLMAN.
Pioneering in the Congo, London, 1900.
BERENGER-FERAND, J. B.
Les Peuplades de la Sellegambie, Paris, 1879.
BERRY, ERICK.
Black Folk Tales, New York, 1928.
BIND LOSS, HAROLD.
In the Niger Country, Edinburgh, I8g8.
BOSMAN, WILLIAM.
Voyage de Guinee, Utretcht, 1705;
ANew Accurate Description of the Coast of Guinea, London,
I72 I.
BOUCHE, PIERRE.
La Cote des Esclaves et Ie Dahomey, Paris, 1885.
BOUET, F.
Les Tomas, Paris, 1912.
BOWDITCH, T. EDWARD.
British and French Expedition to Teembo, Paris, 1821;
Essay on the Geography of North-Western Africa, Paris, 1824.
BRUNACHE, P.
Le Centre de l' Afrique, Paris, 1894.
BRUNET ET G1ETHLEN.
Dahomey et Dependances, Paris, I90I.
BUELL, RAYMOND LESLIE.
Native Problem in Africa, New York, 1928.
BURDo, ADOLPHE.
Niger et BenuB, Paris, 1880.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 375
BURROWS, G.
, The Land of Pigmies, London, 1898.
BURTON, RICHARD F.
Wanderings ill fiVest Africa, London, 1863.
Wit and Wisdom from West Africa, London, 1865.
BUTT-THOMPSON, F. W.
Sierra Leolle in History and Tradition, London, 1926.
CA DA MOSTO, ALUISE DE.
Voyages a la Cote Occidentale d'Afrique (I455-I457) , Paris,
1895.
CAILLIE, RENE.
Voyage a Tomboctou et Jenne, Paris, 1830.
CALVERT, ALBERT FREDERICK.
Togoland, London, 1918.
CARBON, H.
La Region de Tchad et du Ouadai, Paris, 1912.
CARNEGIE, DAVID WYNFORD.
Letters from Nigeria, Brechin, 1902.
CARNES, J . A.
Voyage from Boston to the West Coast of Africa, Boston, 1852.
CARON, E.
De Saint-Louis au Port de Tombouktou, Paris, 189I.
CENDRARS, BLAISE.
The African Saga, New York, 1927.
HATELAINE, HELL
Folk Tales of Angola, Boston, 1894.
HEVALIER, AUGUSTE.
L' Afriqtte Centrale Fran,aise, Paris, 190
CLARIDGE, C. CYRIL.
Wild Bush Tribes of Tropical Africa, London, 1922.
LARKE, JOHN.
S pecimells of Dialects: Short Vocabularies of Languages and
Notes of Countries and Customs in Africa, Berwick-upon-
Tweed, 1848.
LOZEL, F. J.
Dix AilS d la Cote d'Ivoire, Paris, 1906.
LOZEL ET VILLAMUR.
COllfumes Indigenes de la Cote d'Ivoire, Paris, 1902.
aLAS, A.
Rmseigllements Geographiques sur I' Afrique Centrale et Occiden-
tale, Alger, 1880.
OLE. WILLIAM.
Life 011 the Niger, London, 1862.
O:'IMISSARIAT DE LA REPUBLIQUE FRAN<;:AISE AU CAMEROUN.
Guide de la Colonisation au Call1crotm, Paris, 1923.
OMPIEGNE, MARQUIS DE.
376 HEBREWISMS OF WEST AFRICA
L'Afrique Equatoriale, Paris, I875.
CORRY, JOSEPH.
Windward Coast of Africa, London, I807.
CRAWFORD, D.
Thinking Black, London, I9I2.
CROWTHER, SAMUEL.
Grammar of the Y oruba Language, London, 1852.
CULTRU, P.
Premier Voyage de Sieur de la Courbe fait d la Coste d'Afriqu,
en I68S, Paris, I9I3.
CUREAU, ADOLPH LOUIS.
Savage Man in Central Africa, trans. E. Andrews, London, I9I5.
DALZEL, ARCHIBALD.
History of Dahomey, London, 1793.
DA YRELL, ELPHISTONE.
Folk Stories from SOllthem Nigeria, London, 1910.
DECLE, LIONEL.
Three Years in Savage Africa, London, 18g8.
DELAFOSSE, MAURICE.
Les Agni---L'Anthropologie, Paris, Tome IV (1893).
Sur les Traces probables de Civilisation Eqyptienne et d' Homme dt
Race Blanche d la Cote d'Ivoire-l.c., Tome XI (1900).
Les Langues de l'Afrique-l.e., Tome XXX (1920).
VocabH/aires Comparatifs de plus de 60 Langl f es au Dialectes Afri-
caines parUs d la Cote d'Ivoire at dal1s les Regions Limitrophes
Paris, 1904.
Les Noirs de l'Afrique, Paris, 1922;
Les Frontieres de la COte d'[voire, de la Cote d'Or, et du Soudan,
Paris, 1908;
L'Etudes des Langues Negro-Africaines de I822-d I922-Journa.
Asiatique, Paris, IIe Serie, Tome XIX (1922).
DE LA SALLE, D'AUFREVILLE.
Notre Vieux Senegal, Paris, 1909;
Sur la Cote d'Afrique, Paris, 1912.
DEMANET, ABBE.
Nouvelle Histoire de l'Afrique Fran,aise, Paris, 1767.
DENNETT, R. E.
Notes on the Folklore of the Fjort, London, r8g5;
Nigerian Studies, London, 1910;
My Y oruba Alphabet, London, 1916.
DOUVILLE, J. B.
Voyage au C0l1g0, Paris, I832.
DUBOIS, FELIX.
Tomnbouctol! la Mysterieuse, Paris, 1897;
Timbuctoo the Mysterious, trans. Diana White, London, 1897;
Notre Beau Niger, Paris, 19II.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 377
U CIIAILLU, PAUL BELLONI,
Explorations and Adventures ill Equatorial Africa, London, 1861.
)UXCAN, ]rJllN.
Travels ill Western Africa, Londr)n, 1847.
D . 1'1.£5S15, ].
Thrice through the Darll Continent, London, 1')17.
Vt.;PUIS-YAKOUBA, A.
Les Cow 011 Chasseurs du Niger, Paris, I')I I.
DMNP., NAtE!!.
Chrrmiques rie la Mauritanie Sfmegalaise, Paris, 1::)1 I.
L1.J()T, (J. J• . S.
Some Noles on Native West African Customs-Journal of the
Noyal Alllhropologiral Instilttte of Creat lJritaill and Ireland,
Lrmdrm, \ir)!. XXllI (I8